As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 23, 2021

Registration No. 333-254943

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_________________________________

AMENDMENT NO.2
TO
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_________________________________

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

_________________________________

 

British Virgin Islands

 

7841

 

Not applicable

   
   

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

   

_________________________________

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

601 Everest Grande, A Wing
Mahakali Caves Road
Andheri (East)
Mumbai, India 400 093
Tel: (284)494
-2810

_________________________________

CCS Global Solutions, Inc.
530 Seventh Avenue, Suite 508
New York, NY 10018
Tel: +1
-315-9304588

_________________________________

Copies to:

 

M. Ali Panjwani, Esq.

Pryor Cashman LLP

7 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 421-4100

 

Darrin Ocasio, Esq.

Avital Perlman, Esq.

Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP

1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 930-9700

   

_________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Emerging growth company    

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act  

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Class of Securities to be Registered

 

Amount
to be
Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price
per Share

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee

Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share(1)(2)

 

3,136,362

 

$

11.00

 

$

34,499,982

 

$

3,764

 

Underwriter’s Warrants(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Shares underlying Underwriter Warrants(3)

 

136,364

 

$

13.75

 

$

1,875,005

 

$

205

 

Total

     

 

   

$

36,374,987

 

$

3,969

*

____________

(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). There is no current market for the securities or price at which the shares are being offered. Includes up to 409,090 common shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment allowance.

(2)      Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there is also being registered hereby such indeterminate number of additional common shares of the Registrant as may be issued or issuable because of stock splits, stock dividends, stock distributions, and similar transactions.

(3)      We have agreed to issue to the representative of the underwriters warrants to purchase the number of common shares (the “Representative Warrants”) in the aggregate equal to five percent (5%) of the shares sold at closing of the offering (excluding the over-allotment shares). The Representative Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time within four (4) years commencing from one (1) year from the closing of the offering, in whole or in part, but may not be transferred nor may the shares underlying the warrants be sold until 180 days from the effective date of the offering. The exercise price of the Representative Warrants is equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in the offering.

*        Previously paid

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION 

 

DATED AUGUST 23, 2021

2,727,272 common shares

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

This is our initial public offering of common shares of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. We are offering 2,727,272 common shares. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $10.00 and $12.00 per share.

No public market currently exists for our common shares. We have applied for approval for quotation on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LYT” for the common shares we are offering. We believe that upon the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, we will meet the standards for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Act of 2012, as amended, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

An investment in our securities is highly speculative, involves a high degree of risk and should be considered only by persons who can afford the loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

 

$

11.00

 

$

29,999,992

 

$

34,499,982

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

0.77

 

$

2,099,999

 

$

2,414,999

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

10.23

 

$

27,899,993

 

$

32,084,983

(1)      We have also agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to Aegis Capital Corp. (“Aegis”) as representative of the underwriters, of 1% of the gross proceeds received in this offering and to reimburse the underwriters for other out-of-pocket expenses related to the offering. For a description of other compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 409,090 common shares on the same terms as the other common shares being purchased by the underwriters from us. For a description of the other compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares against payment in U.S. dollars on or about         , 2021.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The date of this prospectus is August 23, 2021

Aegis Capital Corp.

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Risk Factors

 

12

Forward-Looking Statements

 

31

Use of Proceeds

 

32

Dividend Policy

 

33

Exchange Rate Information

 

34

Capitalization

 

35

Dilution

 

36

Post-Offering Ownership

 

37

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

38

Our Business

 

49

Management

 

68

Related Party Transactions

 

74

Principal Shareholders

 

75

Description of Share Capital

 

76

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

83

Tax Matters Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares

 

84

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

 

91

Determination of Offering Price

 

92

Underwriting

 

93

Legal Matters

 

99

Experts

 

99

Where You Can Find More Information

 

99

Financial Statements

 

F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, as the case may be, or any sale of common shares in our company.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, nor the underwriters, have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the common shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information that we present more fully in the rest of this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying common shares in this offering. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “could,” and similar expressions denoting uncertainty or an action that may, will or is expected to occur in the future. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the financial statements and the notes to those statements.

Our Company

Overview

We are a growing platform services company primarily providing content streaming/telecasting services with over 8 million active users located all across India.1 Our scope of business also covers telemedicine services with local assistance through local Health Centers. Through our platform, our customers are well connected via customer premises equipment (“CPE”) devices/set top boxes (“STBs) and have access to multi-dimensional services including telemedicine service.

Our customer base and expansive market presence position us to widen our portfolio of offerings. We have been focused on adopting and implementing technologies that can change the landscape of being a conventional streaming services provider.

We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”). The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in tele-medicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe that our deep understanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Corporate History and Structure

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. (“we”, “Lytus”, “Lytus Group”, or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on March 16, 2020. On March 19, 2020, we acquired all of the equity share capital of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), an Indian company. On March 31, 2020, Lytus acquired 51% of the equity shares from the present shareholders of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (“DDC”). On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”) and the shareholder of GHSI, pursuant to which the Company acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI.

The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:

____________

1               Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

1

Table of Contents

As discussed in details on page 48, the acquisition of Lytus India was from a related party, Nimish Pandya, the brother of our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya. In addition, the Company has acquired 51% of the total issued and outstanding shares of DDC, which involved (a) the assignment of the rights under the agreement entered into between Lituus Technologies Limited (“LTL”), wherein Dharmesh Pandya was then the CEO of, and the shareholders of DDC India; and (b) the assignment of the rights under the agreement entered into between Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as our director on April 1, 2020, and the shareholders of DDC.

While Lytus Group was restructured in 2020, DDC has been operation for more than five years. We have established a strong customer base and obtained significant market share through our acquisition of the customers of Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”), a long-standing cable services company in India. Reachnet is also a Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned as well as redistributed) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. Reachnet also owns and operates fiber optic cable networks with offices in various major cities across the country. These networks are used by Reachnet to offer its services to Lytus India’s subscribers. Reachnet also offers its cable network along with management personnel and subscriber management services to third party service providers for a fee. It has an extensive infrastructure and logistics set-up in various cities for provision of telecasting/streaming services to their erstwhile subscribers.

Under the terms of the customer acquisition agreement (the “Customer Acquisition Agreement”) between Reachnet and Lytus India dated June 20, 2019, these approximately 1.8 million customers legally belong to Lytus India. These customers are not and will not be Reachnet’s customers for internet access as well as services other than telecast/streaming provided by the Company to its customers. Reachnet has no ownership rights over these customers and all telecast services provided by Reachnet on behalf of the Company, are in the capacity of a third party independent service provider. The arrangement between Lytus India and Reachnet mandates Reachnet, as a third-party service provider, to maintain the infrastructure required to continue telecast services to the customers for which it is paid 61% revenue collected only from the provision of telecast services. All the services (including the internet service) are, as a matter of fact and in law, provided by the Company to its subscribers.

Revenue generated upon launch of the telemedicine, OTT and other services in India will belong 100% to the Company.

Lytus’ customers will be able to access the OTT services at an additional cost in the following ways:

1.      Through an app installed on the Set Top Box in the customer’s home which also provide telecast services.

2.      Through a web portal using either a computer or tablet.

3.      Through apps downloaded from the iOS and or Android store.

The Company has acquired all subscribers of Reachnet for a lumpsum consideration and with the condition that the Company will have control and unconditional entitlement rights over the revenues generated from or related to these subscribers.

In light of the above, the Company has 100% control of and 100% entitlement rights over the revenues accruing and arising to the Company from its subscribers. Reachnet has no control, ownership or entitlement rights over revenue generated from the Company’s subscribers.

The service agreement entered into with Reachnet, obligates Reachnet to retain its infrastructure to provide streaming/telecast services and provide such services to the Company’s subscribers on an on-going basis without disruption or interruption, under the Company’s control, management and supervision. The service charge for providing these services is determined at arm’s length. According to local industry practice, the average industry EBITDA for cable service companies in India is approximately 57% of total streaming revenues. Since the Company intends to work with Reachnet as a strategic partner over the next several years, the Company has agreed to pay Reachnet a service fee at a variable percentage of 61% of the Company’s total streaming/telecast revenue.

Of the 29.2 million in revenue generated from streaming services during the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, the Company has provided for an approximately $16.9 million as service charge payable to Reachnet for the 9-month period ended December 31, 2020.

2

Table of Contents

In addition, we have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We believe our acquisitions of Lytus India and DDC have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offerings. We have aggregated customers from several service providers and other businesses by bring them on to the Lytus platform. We provide services to our customers through access to a network of 25,000 kilometers of deployed fiber and broadband infrastructure in accordance with our service agreement with our partner. Since our inception we have consistently expanded our network capabilities and offerings while growing our customer base.

Lytus India provides technology enabled customer services, which includes content streaming/telecast services. The present device/STB is being further upgraded to support the unified and integrated platform through which it shall provide multi-dimensional services such as MedTech IOT (IOT refers to the Internet of Things), etc.

DDC is a licensed MSO in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned channels as well as redistribution) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. In India the regulation does not differentiate between telecasting and streaming as long as the streaming is done in Internet Protocol television (IPTV) format. Lytus has the expertise and has plans to offer additional value-added services such as MedTech IOT, by upgrading the existing cable networks. The upgrade primarily consists of deploying FTTH GPON and changing the existing STB/CPE.

Lytus India provides streaming/telecast services to the customers we acquired from Reachnet. DDC has been providing streaming/telecast services to its customers in New Delhi region for several years and will continue to do so independently of Lytus India and Reachnet.

Along with a strong India focus, we expect to grow our international presence in regions such as Africa, Indonesia, UK, and the USA.

GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. After the completion of acquisition, GHSI brought in the key management team and acquired important contracts. GHSI’s telemedicine service aims to provide management and technology solutions to hospital networks, university medical schools, physician networks and individual practices in the U.S. Its proprietary delivery platform uses digital communication technologies using medical monitoring devices, video capabilities and data capture methodologies. The platform also uses AI Ecosystem Assets including Conversational Computing, Intelligent Robotic Process Automation (iRPA), and Machine Learning (ML). This platform is currently rolled out in New Jersey, Illinois, Florida and Texas with approximately 125 medical physicians using our system for approximately 3000 users via hospital and clinic networks.

GHSI’s business is focused on remote patient monitoring devices. These devices installed at the homes of the patients of participating physicians practices are sourced from various Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and FDA compliant vendors. These devices have the monitoring and reporting software pre-installed in them. GHSI currently has not developed any proprietary software that is deployed with patients in the USA. While the revenue generated by these devices are currently not significant from and organizational perspective, GHSI expects to roll out these devices to additional patients in the near future. We expect that the additional rollout of devices will generate significant revenue for the Company.

In India, Lytus’ telemedicine business, through Lytus India, has commenced repurposing its existing Local Cable Operator Network infrastructure to set up Local Health Centers/diagnostic centers (LHC). There is scheduled to be one dedicated LHC for every 5000 customers and this LHC will be staffed with trained healthcare professionals. LHCs will support customers with additional patient services that cannot be remotely provided through device strategy. Typical services provided at the LHCs will include ECGs, blood and urine testing, ultrasound scans etc. The LHC network will act as an important link between patients, doctors and supporting hospital partners for better integration. The Company also intends to leverage the LHC network for pharmaceutical delivery.

The telemedicine service in India operates under a different model. The technology platform used to book doctor appointments and video conference with doctors collects data and then connects the patient to a captive team of physicians which provide the medical consulting service. The technology platform used by the India telemedicine team is proprietary and developed by Lytus India.

The Company does not itself obtain or contract for the content it uses currently. The content provided to our customers is through the license agreement that DDC currently has with broadcasters such as ESPN, SonyTV, ZEE TV and BBC.

3

Table of Contents

Strategic Roadmap

We believe that through additional customer acquisitions, our business will expand rapidly over the next three years. Our objective is to grow profitably by building on our current strategic position to become a dominant global unified platform services company.

The key elements of our strategy include:

•        expanding the service and product portfolio to enhance cross-selling opportunities;

•        enhancing the service platform by investing in technology;

•        expanding into new geographic markets; and

•        pursuing selective strategic partnerships and acquisitions.

We have six principles for our growth:

Operating model:    simplify and align with our customers’ needs and end markets.

Enhance customer experience:    introduce customer-centric programs and services leveraging the latest technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to improve our customers’ experiences and continue to earn their business.

Service portfolio management:    adopt a more proactive approach, be agile in introducing new offerings while continuously scrutinizing the potential for returns.

Build scale:    to grow and build scale in a broad range of international markets and industry verticals within the online service platform and e-healthcare segment.

Strategic relationships:    focus on building and maintaining long-term strategic business relationships with other established players in the market to better utilize the network capabilities, reduce cost burden and generate supplementary revenue streams.

Acquisition strategy:    develop a more targeted and disciplined approach; focus on acquisitions that augment our existing online streaming portfolio.

Our Streaming Services

We have a very broad customer base (including retail and commercial customers). We offer subscription-based video services and Internet services to primarily residential customers, with prices and related charges based on the types of service selected, whether the services are sold as a “bundle” or on an individual basis, and based on the equipment necessary to receive our services. Our video customers receive a package of programming, which generally includes a device that provides an interactive electronic programming guide with parental controls, access to pay-per-view services, including video on demand (“VOD”). Customers have the option to purchase additional tiers of services, including premium channels that provide original programming, commercial-free movies, sports, and other special event entertainment programming. Almost all of the popular linear video channels and content are available in high definition.

Leading Technology-Enabled Innovation in Healthcare

Our healthcare work will focus on providing telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a large part of the Indian population. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services, as well as serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system. Our unique addition to conventional telemedicine is in the form of local health centers staffed by trained nurses, both male and female, to assist the doctor to thoroughly examine the patient and administer treatment such injections as per the advice of the doctor on the video consultation.

We believe this extension of traditional healthcare services is vital because:

•        68% of Indians live in rural villages;

•        India has one doctor for every 1,445 people;

•        More than 75% of Indian doctors are based in cities or urban areas; and

4

Table of Contents

•        Approximately 89% of rural Indian patients have to travel about 8 kilometers to access basic medical treatment2.

Tele-medicine services

Building on the Company’s strong fiber-optic network and customer base, we strive to use technology-based innovation to address the most significant unmet needs of patients and societies across rural India.

In the first phase of our journey, we are developing and delivering telehealth services in the nature of preventive healthcare using technologies such as Internet of Medical Things (IoMT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI). Our initial focus is aimed at offering basic health monitoring and digital stethoscope services with the help of our own smart devices and software systems and also last mile medicine delivery services. Further, we utilize clinical informatics for the collation of information for effective data analysis and for sharing the information with doctors/relatives/other stakeholders to help in better decision making.

With our streaming services and our devices, we intend to make it possible for the people to undertake self-health monitoring and combine the same with remote diagnosis and treatment with unique local assistance through secure patient-doctor consultation. Thereby not only reducing the number of trips to the hospital but also build an ecosystem that may turn out to be an affordable, as well as a fast, way to bridge the rural-urban health divide.

Technology Platform

In an industry where the cost of error is high, operational consistency and network dependability are critical. Information has to be accurate, and readily available. Our operations benefit from centralized decision-making and a uniform technology platform, coupled with a coordinated local presence. Our unified, scalable technology platform has been developed by our technology team, which is located in India. This technology platform covers all relevant aspects of our operations, from data management, business intelligence, traffic optimization and consumer engagement to infrastructure, logistics and payments. Data is constantly collected and analyzed to help optimize operations, make the consumer experience more personal and relevant, and enable us, selected sellers and logistics partners to make informed, real-time decisions.

Competitive Advantage

We continually enhance our access to fiber-optic network, with the goal of elevating the customer experience, enhancing reliability and sustaining future growth. Building on this capability and leveraging modern technology, we are diversifying into new growth areas to expand our business horizon.

From a traditional contact management service provider, we have evolved into a significant streaming service provider. We continue to invest in long-term growth opportunities, while simultaneously building on our core capabilities and engaging in strategic partnerships to widen our geographical presence and offerings.

We focus on customer service excellence and technological leadership to further strengthen our differentiated competitive position and enhance the customer experience.

Recent Financing

On December 30, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for Subscription of Debentures with an investor (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Company shall issue to the Investor Redeemable Debentures (the “Debentures”) of Rs. 240 crores (a crore denotes ten million, approximately $33,000,000). The tenure of the Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of the Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years, for an aggregate of 5 years. The Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000), with an assumed principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,400,000) and accumulated interest of Rs. 45 crores (approximately $6,200,000), at the end of 12 months from the issuance date. The redeemed amount shall be paid

____________

2          World Health Day Amid Covid Crisis by Pramod N Sulikeri, Available: https://myarogya.in/general/world-health-day-amid-covid-crisis/ & Telemedicine Force Multiplier for Healthcare Delivery by Major General Ashok Kumar Singh (retd), Available: https://innohealthmagazine.com/2020/guest-column/telemedicine-healthcare-delivery/

5

Table of Contents

within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000) plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,000,000) starting from the revised principal date. The Debentures have not been issued because the transaction contemplated under the Agreement for Subscription of Debentures is still subject to the regulatory approval of the local government in India.

On July 1, 2021, the Company entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with an institutional investor (the “Investor”), pursuant to which it sold to the Investor 100 units (each, a “Unit” and collectively, the “Units”) at a price of $8,800 per Unit, consists of (i) a six-month, 7% Senior Secured Promissory Note in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000 per Unit purchased, reflecting an original issue discount of 12% (the “Note”), and (ii) one half of a three-year warrant (each, a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants”) to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company’s common shares (the transaction, the “Bridge Financing”). The principal and accrued interest of the Note will be due and payable on the date that is the earlier of (i) six (6) months anniversary of the Note, or (ii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering that results in the common shares of the Company being traded on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Qualified IPO”). On July 1, 2021, the Company and the Investor also entered into a pledge agreement (the “Pledge Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to pledge and grant the Investor a security interest in 75% of its equity interest in GHSI and all related Future Rights, and the Proceeds as such terms are defined in the Pledge Agreement. In addition, the Investor and GHSI entered into a Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, pursuant to which it agrees to jointly and severally guarantees the payment of the Note.

The Warrants issued in this Bridge Financing will be exercisable six months after the Qualified IPO and allow the Investor to purchase up to 500,000 common shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of the Company at a price of (i) the lesser of 110% of the of the price of the Qualified IPO and the lowest daily volume weighted average price during the ten trading days prior to exercise of the Warrant, if six months have elapsed since a Qualified IPO has occurred, or (ii) 110% of the price of the Qualified IPO if six months have not elapsed since a Qualified IPO; or (iii) $10.00 if a Qualified IPO has not occurred. The holder of the Warrants shall also have the purchase rights to acquire securities that the Company issues which the Holder would have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Warrant Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the issuances. The Warrants Sharers shall be registered by the Company on a resale registration statement on Form F-1 promptly following the Qualified IPO. The Bridge Financing was closed on July 15, 2021 and the Company received proceeds of $880,000. The Company has issued the Units in reliance upon the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) and Rule 506 under the Securities Act.

Emerging Growth Company Status

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year (the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020), we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

•        being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our SEC filings,

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, and

•        exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, if certain events occur before the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.00 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company before the end of such five-year period.

6

Table of Contents

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and acknowledge such election is irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.

As an exempted British Virgin Islands company to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. However, the Nasdaq Stock Market rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the British Virgin Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. For instance, we are not required to:

•        have a majority of the board to be independent (although all of the members of the audit committee must be independent under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act);

•        have a compensation committee or a nominating or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors;

•        have regularly scheduled executive sessions for non-management directors; and

•        have annual meetings and director elections.

Currently, we do not intend to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance and we intend to fully comply with the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards after we complete with this offering. For example, we intend to have mandatory annual meetings and director elections after this offering.

Notes on Prospectus Presentation

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them. Certain market data and other statistical information contained in this prospectus is based on information from independent industry organizations, publications, surveys and forecasts. Some market data and statistical information contained in this prospectus are also based on management’s estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of the independent sources listed above, our internal research and our knowledge of the Indian information technology industry. While we believe such information is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information and our internal data has not been verified by any independent source.

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only:

•        Depending on the context, the terms “we,” “us,” “our company,” and “our” refer to Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., BVI company, and its consolidated subsidiaries:

•        “Lytus India” refers to Lytus Technologies Private Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary in India.

•        “DDC” refers to DDC CATV Network Private Ltd., our majority-owned (51%) subsidiary in India.

•        “common shares” refer to our common shares, $0.01 par value per share.

•        all references to “Rs.” or “Rupee” are to the legal currency of India, and all references to “USD,” “$”, “US$” and “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States.

•        a “crore” denotes ten million.

7

Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted, all currency figures in this filing are in U.S. dollars.

This prospectus contains translations of certain Indian rupee amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at a specified rate solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, we have translated profit and loss items at an average rate of 71.09 for the period ended March 31, 2020. For balance sheet items, we have translated at a closing rate of 75.33 as of March 31, 2020. We have stated equity accounts at their historical rates. We make no representation that the Indian rupee amounts or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Indian rupee amounts, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On August 20, 2021, the exchange rate was Rs.74.31 to $1.00. Any discrepancies in any table between the amounts identified as total amounts and the sum of the amounts listed therein are due to rounding.

Assuming the completion of this offering, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 80.3% of our outstanding common shares. Specifically, Dharmesh Pandya, our chief executive officer and director, in the aggregate, will beneficially own 71.1% following this offering, which, in turn, will allow such shareholders to exert substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving mergers or other business combination transactions. As a result, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will possess substantial ability to impact our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for approval. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our common shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase common shares in this offering. See “Risk Factors”.

8

Table of Contents

The Offering

Common shares offered

 

2,727,272 common shares

Over-allotment Option to purchase additional common shares from us

 


We have granted the underwriters 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 409,090 shares on the same terms as the other shares being purchased by the underwriters from us.

Common shares outstanding before this offering

 


34,154,062 common shares.

Common shares outstanding after this offering

 


36,881,334 common shares.

Use of Proceeds

 

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including acquiring additional assets and developing our telemedicine service. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

Lockup Agreements

 

Our executive officers, directors, and shareholders holding 5% or more of our common shares prior to the offering, collectively, have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer. or dispose of any common shares or similar securities for a period of 90 days following the closing of this offering.

NASDAQ Trading symbol

 

We have applied for listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LYT”.

Risk Factors

 

Investing in these securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common shares.

9

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our historical consolidated financial data. We have derived the historical consolidated statements of operations data for the period March 16, 2020 to March 31, 2020, from our audited consolidated financial statements, and for the period ended December 31, 2020, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full fiscal year.

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Loss Data:

 

For the period
March 16,
2020

(date of inception)
through
March 31,
2020
(US$)

 

For the
9 months
ended
December 31,
2020
(US$)
(Unaudited)

Revenues

 

 

   

 

 

Operating revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription Income

 

 

 

 

834,722

Carriage Fees

 

 

 

 

170,425

Advertisement Income

 

 

 

 

40,136

Placement Fees

 

 

 

 

26,180

Fiber Lease Charges

 

 

 

 

51,330

Telemedicine service fees

 

 

 

 

306,233

Others

 

$

 

$

35,339

Total revenues

 

 

 

 

1,464,364

   

 

   

 

 

Other income

 

 

   

 

 

Other income

 

 

15,759,393

 

 

10,815,454

Total income

 

 

15,759,393

 

 

12,279,818

   

 

   

 

 

Expenses

 

 

   

 

 

Amortization

 

 

204,086

 

 

8,927,417

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

178,103

Legal and professional expense

 

 

272,894

 

 

223,865

Staffing expense

 

 

15,777

 

 

235,229

Other operating expenses

 

 

8,463

 

 

1,178,532

Total expenses

 

 

501,220

 

 

10,743,146

   

 

   

 

 

Finance income

 

 

 

 

2,515

Income before income tax

 

 

15,258,173

 

 

1,539,187

Income tax expense

 

 

3,894,674

 

 

423,227

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

 

$

1,115,960

   

 

   

 

 

Attributable to:

 

 

   

 

 

Controlling interest

 

$

11,363,499

 

$

1,067,824

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

48,136

10

Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

As of
March 31,

2020
(US$)

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)
(Unaudited)

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

 

 

$

100,254

Other financial assets

 

 

42,038

 

 

 

246,437

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

40,000

Trade receivables

 

 

390,151

 

 

 

481,310

Other receivable

 

 

18,015,483

 

 

 

31,831,246

Other current assets

 

 

4,351,189

 

 

 

7,856,194

Total current assets

 

 

22,840,621

 

 

 

40,555,441

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,130,534

 

 

 

976,366

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

 

59,326,290

 

 

 

50,476,958

Other non-current assets, net

 

 

16,472

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

156,020

 

 

 

1,103,338

Total non-current assets

 

 

60,629,316

 

 

 

52,556,662

Total assets

 

$

83,469,937

 

 

$

93,112,103

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,216

 

 

$

1,599,080

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

894,011

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

475,970

Security deposits payable

 

 

59,807

 

 

 

39,677

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,375,226

 

 

 

13,168,777

Customer acquisition payable

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

 

30,271,230

Current tax liability

 

 

2,005,748

 

 

 

2,008,804

Total current liabilities

 

 

41,172,306

 

 

 

48,457,549

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customers acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

 

30,271,230

Deferred tax liability

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

 

2,930,748

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

31,279,733

 

 

 

33,201,978

Total liabilities

 

 

72,452,039

 

 

 

81,659,528

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity share capital

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

341,541

Other equity

 

 

11,056,589

 

 

 

11,097,209

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

 

 

11,059,589

 

 

 

11,438,750

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

13,826

Total equity

 

 

11,017,898

 

 

 

11,452,576

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

83,469,937

 

 

$

93,112,103

11

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below represent our known material risks to our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could suffer. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment. You should not invest in this offering unless you can afford to lose your entire investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Lytus platform may not be accepted in the marketplace.

Uncertainty exists as to whether our Platform will be accepted by the market without additional widespread subscriber acceptance. Several factors may limit the market acceptance of our Platform, including the availability of alternative products and services, as well as the price of our Platform services relative to alternative products. There is a risk that subscriber acceptance will be encouraged to continue to use other products and/or methods instead of ours. We are assuming that, notwithstanding the fact that our Platform is new in the market, subscriber acceptance will elect to use our Platform because of our collective and integrated offerings.

Subscribers need to be persuaded that our Platform service is justified for the anticipated benefit, but there is no assurance that enough subscribers will be convinced to develop a successful market for our Platform.

Our revenues will be dependent upon acceptance of our Platform product by the market.

Our revenues are expected to come from our Platform. There can be no assurance that subscribers will adopt our Platform. If we are not able to market and significantly increase the number of subscribers that use our Platform, or if we are unable to charge the necessary prices, our financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Defects or malfunctions in our Platform could hurt our reputation, sales, and profitability.

The acceptance of our Platform depends upon its effectiveness and reliability. Our Platform is complex and is continually being modified and improved, and as such may contain undetected defects or errors when first introduced or as new versions are released. To the extent that defects or errors cause our Platform to malfunction and our customers’ use of our Platform is interrupted, our reputation could suffer, and our potential revenues could decline or be delayed while such defects are remedied. We may also be subject to liability for the defects and malfunctions.

There can be no assurance that, despite our testing, errors will not be found in our Platform or new releases, resulting in loss of future revenues or delay in market acceptance, diversion of development resources, damage to our reputation, adverse litigation, or increased service, any of which would have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our 8 million user base is based on a calculation of our 1.8 million paid home subscribers multiplied by an industry average of 4.6 users per household in India and the assumptions we used to determine these figures may not be accurate. Assumptions that may not be accurate.

Our 8 million user base is based on a calculation of our 1.8 million paid home subscribers multiplied by an industry average of 4.6 users per household in India. The conversion rate of 4.6 users per household was supported by the Database on Household Size and Composition 2019 released by the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations.1 Our estimates of household size and the number of users are based upon historical cable industry practices for measurement of user data. For example, according to the Universe Update Report released by Broadcast Audience Research Council of India in July 20182, the number of average users per household in 2018 was 4.45. Although we believe the figures in the industry report were reasonable, there can be no assurance that the assumptions we used are accurate and therefore the number of the members per household may not necessarily equal to the number of our active users. As a result, the number of our actual active users may be less than 8 million.

____________

1        Available at: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

2        Available at: https://www.barcindia.co.in/resources/pdf/BARC%20India%20Universe%20Update%20-%202018.pdf

12

Table of Contents

Software failures, breakdowns in the operations of our servers and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements could harm our business.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our servers and communications systems. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures could impede services and could result in the loss of subscribers. While our operations will have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins, and similar events at our computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a server failure, we could be required to transfer our client data collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our clients.

Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements, improvements and inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. Although, we plan to carry property and business interruption insurance for our business operations, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

We face risks related to the storage of customers’ and their end users’ confidential and proprietary information.

Our Platform is designed to maintain the confidentiality and security of our patients’ confidential and proprietary data that are stored on our server systems, which may include sensitive personal data. However, any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to these data could expose us to liability for the loss of such information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and other possible liabilities as well as negative publicity. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are difficult to recognize and react to. We may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures.

We might incur substantial expense to further develop our Platform which may never become sufficiently successful.

Our growth strategy requires the successful launch of our Platform. Although management will take necessary precaution to ensure that our Platform will, with a high degree of likelihood, achieve commercial success, there can be no assurance that this will be the case. The causes for failure of our Platform once commercialized can be numerous, including:

•        market demand for our Platform proves to be smaller than we expect; 

•        further Platform development turns out to be costlier than anticipated or takes longer; our Platform requires significant adjustment post-commercialization, rendering the Platform uneconomic or extending considerably the likely investment return period; additional regulatory requirements may increase the overall costs of the development; patent conflicts or unenforceable intellectual property rights; and physical therapists and clients may be unwilling to adopt and/or use our Platform. 

•        Compliance with changing regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

We cannot be certain that we will obtain intellectual property rights for our platform and technology and if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and business may suffer.

We believe that our success and competitive position will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property rights for our platform. Although we seek to obtain copyright or trademark protection for our intellectual property when applicable, it is possible that we may not be able to do so successfully or that the copyright or trademark we have obtained may not be sufficient to protect all of our intellectual property rights. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or duplicate our intellectual property or otherwise use our intellectual properties without obtaining our consent. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is

13

Table of Contents

difficult and costly, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will effectively prevent misappropriation of our intellectual properties. If we are not successful in protecting our intellectual property rights, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Liability issues are inherent in the healthcare industry and insurance are expensive and difficult to obtain, we may be exposed to large lawsuits.

Our business exposes us to potential liability risks, which are inherent in the healthcare industry. While we will take precautions we deem to be appropriate to avoid liability suits against us, there can be no assurance that we will be able to avoid significant liability exposure. Liability insurance for the healthcare industry is generally expensive. We have obtained professional indemnity insurance coverage for our Platform. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such coverage on acceptable terms, or that any insurance policy will provide adequate protection against potential claims. A successful liability claim brought against us may exceed any insurance coverage secured by us and could have a material adverse effect on our results or ability to continue our Platform.

We will need to increase the size of our organization and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

At present, we are a small company. We expect to experience a period of expansion in headcount, infrastructure, and overhead, and anticipate that further expansion will be required to address potential growth and market opportunities. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, and integrate new managers. Our future financial performance and its ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on its ability to manage any future growth effectively.

Dependence on key existing and future personnel

Our success will depend, to a large degree, upon the efforts and abilities of our officers and key management employees. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, as our business model is implemented, we will need to recruit and retain additional management and key employees in virtually all phases of our operations. Key employees will require a strong background in our industry. We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully attract and retain key personnel.

We rely on information technology to operate our business and maintain our competitiveness, and any failure to adapt to technological developments or industry trends could harm our business.

We depend on the use of sophisticated information technology and systems, which we have customized in-house, for provision of several online services, customer relationship management, communications and administration. As our operations grow in both size and scope, we must continuously improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer our customers enhanced services, features and functionality, while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure in a cost- effective manner. Our future success also depends on our ability to upgrade our services and infrastructure ahead of rapidly evolving consumer demands while continuing to improve the performance, features and reliability of our service in response to competitive offerings.

We may not be able to maintain or replace our existing systems or introduce new technologies and systems as quickly as our competitors, in a cost-effective manner or at all. We may also be unable to devote adequate financial resources to develop or acquire new technologies and systems in the future.

We may not be able to use new technologies effectively, or we may fail to adapt our websites, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure to consumer requirements or emerging industry standards. If we face material delays in introducing new or enhanced solutions, our customers may forego the use of our services in favor of those of our competitors. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Our customer devices include license software from third party vendors, as we continue to introduce new offering services. We cannot be sure that such technology licenses will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

We operate in a highly competitive industry

Although we are not aware of any other “Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Telemedicine Program” with local assistance precisely like ours, and targeting our specific population, we shall encounter competition from local, regional or national entities, some of which have superior resources or other competitive advantages in the larger

14

Table of Contents

physical therapy space. Intense competition may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may also experience competition from companies in the wellness space. These competitors may be larger and more highly capitalized, with greater name recognition. We will compete with such companies on brand name, quality of services, level of expertise, advertising, product and service innovation and differentiation of product and services. As a result, our ability to secure significant market share may be impeded. Although we believe our services will enable us to serve more patients than traditional physical therapy providers, if these more established offices or providers start offering similar services to ours, their name recognition or experience may enable them to capture a greater market share.

Limited product testing and operations

We have built out the technology platform and content library necessary to execute our planned business strategy. Of course, there may be other factors that prevent us from successfully marketing a product, including, but not limited to, our limited cash resources. Further, our proposed reimbursement plan and the eventual operating results could be susceptible to varying interpretations by scientists, medical personnel, regulatory personnel, statisticians and others, which may delay, limit or prevent our executing our proposed business plan.

We face substantial competition, and others may discover, develop, acquire or commercialize products before or more successfully than we do

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our products compete with other products of competitors who may have greater clinical, research, regulatory and marketing resources than us. In addition, some of our competitors may have technical or competitive advantages for the development of technologies and processes. These resources may make it difficult for us to compete with them to successfully discover, develop and market new products.

We also depend upon our ability to recruit and retain experienced therapists

Our future revenue generation is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve, and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians. Our therapists are the front line for generating these referrals and we are dependent on their talents and skills to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians. If we cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and clinically skilled therapists, our business may decrease, and our net operating revenues may decline.

We rely on third-party systems and service providers, and any disruption or adverse change in their businesses could have a material adverse effect on our business

We currently rely on certain third-party computer systems, service providers, and local cable operators to provide various services that we offer customers. Any interruption or deterioration in performance of these third-party systems and services could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our success is also dependent on our ability to maintain our relationships with these third-party systems and service providers, including our technology partners. In the event our arrangements with any of these third parties are impaired or terminated, we may not be able to find an alternative source of systems support on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms, which could result in significant additional costs or disruptions to our business.

We rely on the value of our brand, and any failure to maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe continued investment in our brand, “LYTUS,” and the brands of our subsidiaries, is critical to retain and expand our business. We believe that our brand is well respected and recognized in the markets where we have customers. However, we are relatively new to the Indian Ecommerce sector and may not enjoy the same brand recognition in the new areas that we launch our new businesses. We have invested in developing and promoting our brand since our inception and expect to continue to spend on maintaining our brand’s value to enable us to compete against increased spending by our competitors, as well as against emerging competitors, including search engines and meta-search engines, and to allow us to expand into new geographies and products where our brand is not well known. Our marketing costs may also increase as a result of inflation in media pricing (including search engine keywords). There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand. Even if we are successful in our branding efforts, such efforts may not be cost-effective. If we are

15

Table of Contents

unable to maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand and generate demand in a cost-effective manner, it would negatively impact our ability to compete in the ecommerce sector which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategies.

Our growth strategy is to enhance our service platforms by investing in technology, and expanding into new geographic markets. Our success in implementing our growth strategies are affected by:

•        our ability to increase the number of suppliers, and product offerings on our platform;

•        our ability to continue to expand our distribution channels, and market and cross-sell our services and products to facilitate the expansion of our business;

•        our ability to build or acquire the required technology;

•        the general condition of the global economy (particularly in India and markets with close proximity to India) and continued growth in demand for online services;

•        our ability to compete effectively with existing and new entrants to the Indian ecommerce industry;

•        the growth of the Internet as a medium for commerce in India; and

•        changes in our regulatory environment.

Many of these factors are beyond our control and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in implementing our strategy. Separately, our growth strategy also involves expanding into new geographic markets, which will involve additional risks.

We may not be successful in pursuing strategic partnerships and acquisitions, and future partnerships and acquisitions may not bring us anticipated benefits.

Part of our growth strategy is the pursuit of strategic partnerships and acquisitions. There can be no assurance that we will succeed in implementing this strategy as it is subject to many factors which are beyond our control, including our ability to identify, attract and successfully execute suitable acquisition opportunities and partnerships.

This strategy may also subject us to uncertainties and risks, including acquisition and financing costs, potential ongoing and unforeseen or hidden liabilities, diversion of management resources and cost of integrating acquired businesses. We could face difficulties integrating the technology of acquired businesses with our existing technology, and employees of the acquired business into various departments and ranks in our company, and it could take substantial time and effort to integrate the business processes being used in the acquired businesses with our existing business processes. Moreover, there is no assurance that such partnerships or acquisitions will achieve our intended objectives or enhance our revenue.

If we are unable to continue to identify and exploit new market opportunities, our future revenues may decline and as a result our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

As more participants enter our markets, the resulting competition often leads to lower commissions. This may result in a decrease in future revenues in a particular market even if the volume of trades we handle in that market increases. We may not be able to attract new customers or successfully enter new markets. If we are unable to continue to identify and exploit new market opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis, our future revenues may decline and as a result our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Difficult market conditions, economic conditions and geopolitical uncertainties could adversely affect our business in many ways by negatively impacting our future revenues in the financial markets in which we offer services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Difficult market conditions, economic conditions, and geopolitical uncertainties have in the past adversely affected and may in the future adversely affect our business and profitability. Our business and financial services

16

Table of Contents

industry in general are directly affected by national and international economic and political conditions, broad trends in business and finance, the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in and uncertainty regarding tax laws and substantial fluctuations in the volume and price levels of securities transactions. The financial markets and the global financial services business are, by their nature, risky and volatile and are directly affected by many national and international factors that are beyond our control. Any one of these factors may cause a substantial decline in the U.S. and global financial services markets, resulting in reduced trading volume. These events could have a material adverse effect on our results and profitability. These factors include:

•        economic and political conditions in India, the U.S., Europe and elsewhere in the world,

•        concerns about terrorism, war and other armed hostilities,

•        concerns over inflation and wavering institutional and consumer confidence levels,

•        the availability of cash for investment by our dealer customers and their customers,

•        the level and volatility of interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates,

•        the level and volatility of trading in certain equity and commodity markets, and

•        currency values.

The global financial markets have experienced significant disruptions since 2008, and the United States, Europe, and other economies have experienced periods of recession. There is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies. Adverse economic conditions could have negative adverse effects on our business and financial conditions. Additionally, continued turbulence in the international markets may adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.

Employee misconduct or error could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain customers and subjecting us to significant legal liability and reputational harm; moreover, this type of misconduct is difficult to detect and deter and error is difficult to prevent.

Employee misconduct or error could subject us to financial losses and regulatory sanctions and could seriously harm our reputation and negatively affect our business. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions taken to prevent and detect employee misconduct may not always be effective. Misconduct by employees could include engaging in improper or unauthorized transactions or activities, failing to properly supervise other employees, or improperly using confidential information. Employee errors, including mistakes in executing, recording or processing transactions for customers, could cause us to enter into transactions that customers may disavow and refuse to settle, which could expose us to the risk of material losses even if the errors are detected and the transactions are unwound or reversed. If our customers are not able to settle their transactions on a timely basis, the time in which employee errors are detected may be increased and our risk of material loss could be increased. The risk of employee error or miscommunication may be greater for products that are new or have non-standardized terms. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct or error, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases.

Changing laws, rules and regulations and legal uncertainties, including adverse application of tax laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new, laws, rules and regulations applicable to us and our business, including those relating to the Internet and e-commerce, consumer protection and privacy. Such unfavorable changes could decrease demand for our services and products, increase costs and/or subject us to additional liabilities. For example, there may continue to be an increasing number of laws and regulations pertaining to the Internet and e-commerce, which may relate to liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the Internet or mobile networks, user privacy, taxation and the quality of services and products sold or provided through the Internet. Furthermore, the growth and development of e-commerce may result in more stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional burdens on online businesses generally.

17

Table of Contents

The application of various Indian and international sales, use, occupancy, value-added and other tax laws, rules and regulations to our services and products is subject to interpretation by the applicable taxing authorities. Many of the statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established before the growth of the Internet, mobile networks and e-commerce. If such tax laws, rules and regulations are amended, new adverse laws, rules or regulations are adopted or current laws are interpreted adversely to our interests, particularly with respect to occupancy or value-added or other taxes, the results could increase our tax payments (prospectively or retrospectively) and/or subject us to penalties and, if we pass on such costs to our customers, decrease the demand for our services and products. As a result, any such changes or interpretations could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Infrastructure in India may not be upgraded in order to support higher internet penetration, which may result in additional investments and expenses for us.

According to Internet World Stats and the McKinsey Global Report on Digital India dated March 2019, Internet penetration in India was only 7.0% in 2009, but reached over 40% in 2018. There can be no assurance that Internet penetration in India will increase in the future as slowdowns or disruptions in upgrading efforts for infrastructure in India could reduce the rate of increase in the use of the Internet. As such, we may need to make additional investments in alternative distribution channels. Further, any slowdown or negative deviation in the anticipated increase in Internet penetration in India may adversely affect our business and prospects.

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

As the functional currency of Lytus India, our key operating subsidiary, is the Indian Rupee, our exposure to foreign currency risk primarily arises in respect of our non-Indian Rupee-denominated trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, and cash and cash equivalents.

We may not be able to obtain additional financing, if needed, on terms that are acceptable, which could prevent us from developing or enhancing our business, taking advantage of future opportunities or responding to competitive pressure or unanticipated requirements.

Our business is dependent upon the availability of adequate funding and sufficient capital. If for any reason we need to raise additional funds, we may not be able to obtain additional financing when needed. If we cannot raise additional funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our business, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressure or unanticipated requirements.

We may experience technology failures while developing and enhancing our software.

In order to maintain our competitive advantage, our software is under continuous development. There is risk that software failures may occur and result in service interruptions and have other unintended consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any significant disruption in service on our platform or in our computer systems, including events beyond our control, could prevent us from processing or posting transactions on our platform, reduce the attractiveness of our platform and result in a loss of borrowers or investors.

In the event of a platform outage and physical data loss, our ability to perform our servicing obligations, process applications or make products and services available on our platform would be materially and adversely affected. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our platform, and our underlying network infrastructure are critical to our operations, customer service, reputation and our ability to retain existing and attract new borrowers and investors. Our operations depend on our ability to protect our systems against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or attempts to harm our systems, criminal acts and similar events. If there is a lapse in service or damage to our facilities, we could experience interruptions in our service as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities. Any interruptions or delays in our service, whether as a result of third-party error, our error, natural disasters or security breaches, whether accidental or willful, could harm our relationships with our borrowers and investors and our reputation. Additionally, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur.

18

Table of Contents

We operate in a rapidly evolving business environment. If we are unable to adapt our business effectively to keep pace with these changes, our ability to succeed will be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The pace of change in our industry is extremely rapid. Operating in such a rapidly changing business environment involves a high degree of risk. Our ability to succeed will depend on our ability to adapt effectively to these changing market conditions. If we are unable to keep up with rapid technological changes, we may not be able to compete effectively. To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality, accessibility and features of our proprietary software, network distribution systems and technologies. Our business environment is characterized by rapid technological changes, changes in use and customer requirements and preferences, frequent product and service introductions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our existing proprietary technology and systems obsolete. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to:

•        develop, license and defend intellectual property useful in our business,

•        enhance our existing services,

•        develop new services and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our prospective customers,

•        respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis,

•        respond to the demand for new services, products and technologies on a cost-effective and timely basis, and

•        adapt to technological advancements and changing standards to address the increasingly sophisticated requirements and varied needs of our prospective customers.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to respond in a timely manner to changing market conditions or customer requirements. The development of proprietary electronic trading technology entails significant technical, financial and business risks. Further, the adoption of new Internet, networking or telecommunications technologies may require us to devote substantial resources to modify, adapt and defend our technology. We cannot assure you that we will successfully implement new technologies or adapt our proprietary technology and transaction-processing systems to customer requirements or emerging industry standards, or that we will be able to successfully defend any challenges to any technology we develop. Any failure on our part to anticipate or respond adequately to technological advancements, customer requirements or changing industry standards, or any significant delays in the development, introduction or availability of new services, products or enhancements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and, as a result, may rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to shareholders of other companies.

We are a “controlled company” as defined under Rule 5615(c)(1) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules because Mr. Dharmesh Pandya holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering. For so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and may rely, on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

19

Table of Contents

As a result, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules, if we utilize such exemptions. We currently do not intend to utilize the controlled company exemptions.

Lack of liquidity or access to capital could impair our business and financial condition.

Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our business. We expend significant resources investing in our business, particularly with respect to our technology and service platforms. As a result, reduced levels of liquidity could have a significant negative effect on us. Some potential conditions that could negatively affect our liquidity include:

•        illiquid or volatile markets,

•        diminished access to debt or capital markets,

•        unforeseen cash or capital requirements, or

•        regulatory penalties or fines, or adverse legal settlements or judgments.

The capital and credit markets continue to experience varying degrees of volatility and disruption. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for businesses similar to ours. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be required to limit or curtail our operations or growth plans, and our business would suffer. Notwithstanding the self-funding nature of our operations, we may sometimes be required to fund timing differences arising from the delayed receipt of client funds associated with the settlement of client transactions in securities markets. These timing differences are funded either with internally generated cash flow or, if needed, with funds drawn under our revolving credit facility. We may also need access to capital in connection with the growth of our business, through acquisitions or otherwise. In the event current resources are insufficient to satisfy our needs, we may need to rely on financing sources such as bank debt. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as:

•        market conditions,

•        the general availability of credit,

•        the volume of trading activities,

•        the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry,

•        our credit ratings and credit capacity, and

•        the possibility that our lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects is a result of industry- or company-specific considerations. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating organizations take negative actions against us.

Disruptions, uncertainty, or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business. Such market conditions may limit our ability to satisfy statutory capital requirements, generate commission, fee and other market-related revenue to meet liquidity needs and access the capital necessary to grow our business. As such, we may be forced to delay raising capital, issue different types of capital than we would otherwise, less effectively deploy such capital, or bear an unattractive cost of capital, which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility.

Our business could be materially adversely affected as a result of the risks associated with acquisitions and investments.

We may pursue further acquisitions and investments in the future. These transactions are accompanied by risks. For instance, an acquisition could have a negative effect on our financial and strategic position and reputation or the acquired business could fail to further our strategic goals. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses into ours, and therefore we may not be able to realize the intended benefits from an acquisition. We may have a lack of experience in new markets, products or technologies brought on by the acquisition and we may have an initial dependence on unfamiliar supply or distribution partners. An acquisition may create an impairment of

20

Table of Contents

relationships with customers or suppliers of the acquired business or our advisors or suppliers. All of these and other potential risks may serve as a diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns, and any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.

We cannot be certain that our operations or any aspects of our business do not or will not infringe upon or otherwise violate trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how, or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We may be from time to time in the future subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there may be third-party trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights that are infringed by our products, services or other aspects of our business without our awareness. Holders of such intellectual property rights may seek to enforce such intellectual property rights against us in India, the United States or other jurisdictions. If any third-party infringement claims are brought against us, we may be forced to divert management’s time and other resources from our business and operations to defend against these claims, regardless of their merits. Additionally, the application and interpretation of India’s intellectual property right laws and the procedures and standards for granting trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights in India are still evolving and are uncertain, and we cannot assure you that Indian courts or regulatory authorities would agree with our analysis. If we were found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives of our own. As a result, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our platforms and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical, and if it contains undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.

Our platforms and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process, and manage immense amounts of data. The software on which we rely has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors or bugs. Errors or other design defects within the software on which we rely may result in a negative experience for customers and funding sources, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in errors or compromise our ability to protect customer or investor data or our intellectual property. Any errors, bugs or defects discovered in the software on which we rely could result in harm to our reputation, loss of customers or investors or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is dependent on our ability to maintain relationships with our business partners and other third parties, and at the same time, we are subject to risks associated with our business partners and other third parties.

We currently rely on a number of business partners and other third parties in various aspects of our business. In addition, we cooperate with a number of business partners and other third parties to deliver our services to our customers. Furthermore, if third-party service providers fail to function properly, we cannot assure you that we would be able to find an alternative in a timely and cost-efficient manner, or at all. Pursuing, establishing and maintaining relationships with business partners and other third parties, as well as integrating their data and services with our system, require significant time and resources.

The smooth operation of our business also depends on the compliance by our business partners and other third parties with applicable laws and regulations. Any negative publicity about business partners and other third parties could harm our reputation. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Our reputation is associated with these business partners and other third parties, and if any of the foregoing were to occur, our reputation may suffer.

We face risks related to health pandemics that could impact our sales and operating results.

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of a widespread outbreak of contagious disease, including the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) first identified in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China. These could include disruptions or restrictions on our ability to travel and to deliver our products to our customers, as well as temporary closures of our facilities or the facilities of our customers and third-party service providers.

21

Table of Contents

Any disruption or delay of our operations and those of our suppliers or customers may adversely impact our sales and operating results. This could also add pressure on our cash flow, although the size and duration of this global pandemic are uncertain as of this prospectus. In addition, a significant outbreak of contagious diseases in the human population resulted in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of India and many other countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect demand for our products and significantly impact our operating results.

A widespread health crisis could adversely affect the global economy, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact demand for our services. The future impact of the outbreak is highly uncertain and cannot be predicted and there is no assurance that the outbreak will not have a material adverse impact on the future results of the Company. The extent of the impact, if any, will depend on future developments, including actions taken to contain the coronavirus.

Effective April 2, 2021, the Indian Government in an effort to control the COVID-19 Pandemic has imposed lockdown in different parts of India, extending until released. With the number of new COVID-19 cases stabilizing in the major metro areas, future lockdowns cannot be ruled out because of the nature of the pandemic.

We will likely not pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

Dividend policy is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. There is no assurance that our Board of Directors will declare dividends even if we are profitable. Under BVI law, we may only pay dividends from profits of our company, or credits standing in our Company’s share premium account, and we must be solvent before and after the dividend payment in the sense that we will be able to satisfy our liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of business.

Risks Related to Doing Business in India

A substantial portion of our business and operations are located in India and we are subject to regulatory, economic, social and political uncertainties in India.

A substantial portion of our business and employees are located in India, and we intend to continue to develop and expand our business in India. Consequently, our financial performance and the market price of our common shares will be affected by changes in exchange rates and controls, interest rates, changes in government policies, including taxation policies, social and civil unrest and other political, social and economic developments in or affecting India.

The Government of India has exercised and continues to exercise significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy. Since 1991, successive Indian governments have generally pursued policies of economic liberalization and financial sector reforms, including by significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant and we cannot assure you that such liberalization policies will continue. The present government, formed in May 2009, has announced policies and taken initiatives that support the continued economic liberalization policies that have been pursued by previous governments. However, the present government is a multiparty coalition and therefore there is no assurance that it will be able to generate sufficient cross-party support to implement such policies or initiatives. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting travel service companies, foreign investments, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investments in India could change as well. A significant change in India’s policy of economic liberalization and deregulation or any social or political uncertainties could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business and prospects.

As the domestic Indian market constitutes a significant source of our revenue, a slowdown in economic growth in India could cause our business to suffer.

The performance and growth of our business are necessarily dependent on economic conditions prevalent in India, which may be materially and adversely affected by political instability or regional conflicts, economic slowdown elsewhere in the world or otherwise. The Indian economy also remains largely driven by the performance of the agriculture sector, which depends on the quality of the monsoon and is difficult to predict. The Indian economy has grown significantly over the past few years. In the past, economic slowdowns in the Indian economy have harmed the

22

Table of Contents

ecommerce sector as customers have less disposable income for their shopping online. Any future slowdown in the Indian economy could have a material adverse effect on the demand for the travel products we sell and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations.

Trade deficits could also adversely affect our business and the price of our common shares. India’s trade relationships with other countries and its trade deficit, driven to a major extent by global crude oil prices, may adversely affect Indian economic conditions. If trade deficits increase or are no longer manageable because of the rise in global crude oil prices or otherwise, the Indian economy, and therefore our business, our financial performance and the price of our common shares could be adversely affected.

India also faces major challenges in sustaining its growth, which include the need for substantial infrastructure development and improving access to healthcare and education. If India’s economic growth cannot be sustained or otherwise slows down significantly our business and prospects could be adversely affected.

The ecommerce business in India is susceptible to extraneous events such as terrorist attacks and other acts of violence, which may result in a reduction in online transaction volumes impacting our business profitability.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war involving India or other neighboring countries may adversely affect the Indian markets and the worldwide financial markets. In addition, any deterioration in international relations between India and other countries may result in concerns regarding regional stability which could adversely affect the price of our common shares. The occurrence of any of these events may result in a loss of business confidence and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Natural calamities could have a negative impact on the Indian economy and cause our business to suffer.

India has experienced natural calamities such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, and drought in the past few years. The extent and severity of these natural disasters determines their impact on the Indian economy. Substantially all of our operations and employees are located in India and there can be no assurance that we will not be affected by natural disasters in the future. The occurrence of any of these disasters may result in a loss of business confidence and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Restrictions on foreign investment in India may prevent us from making future acquisitions or investments in India, which may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and financial performance.

India regulates ownership of Indian companies by foreigners, although some restrictions on foreign investment have been relaxed in recent years. These regulations and restrictions may apply to acquisitions by us or our affiliates, including Lytus India and affiliates which are not resident in India, of shares in Indian companies or the provision of funding by us or any other entity to Indian companies within our group. For example, under its consolidated foreign direct investment policy, the Government of India has set out additional requirements for foreign investments in India, including requirements with respect to downstream investments by Indian companies owned or controlled by foreign entities and the transfer of ownership or control of Indian companies in sectors with caps on foreign investment from resident Indian persons or entities to foreigners. These requirements, which currently include restrictions on valuations and sources of funding for such investments and may include prior approval from the Foreign Investment Promotion Board, may adversely affect our ability to make investments in India, including through LYTUS India. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any required approvals for future acquisitions or investments in India, or that we will be able to obtain such approvals on satisfactory terms.

Our business and activities are regulated by The Competition Act, 2002.

The Competition Act, 2002, as amended, or the Competition Act, several provisions of which have recently come into force, seeks to prevent practices that could have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Under the Competition Act, any arrangement, understanding or action between enterprises, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition, is void and will be subject to substantial penalties. Any agreement that directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices, limits or controls production, or creates market sharing by way of geographical area or number of customers in the market is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Provisions relating to the regulations of certain acquisitions, mergers or amalgamations which have an appreciable adverse effect on competition are not yet in force. Such provisions could, if brought into force in the future, be applicable to us.

23

Table of Contents

The effect of the Competition Act on the business environment in India is unclear. If we or any member of our group, including Lytus India, are affected, directly or indirectly, by the application or interpretation of any provision of the Competition Act or any enforcement proceedings initiated by the Competition Commission of India or any adverse publicity that may be generated due to scrutiny or prosecution by the Competition Commission of India, our business and financial performance may be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Shares

Prior to this offering, we had no public market for our common shares and you may not be able to resell our common shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common shares. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common shares will develop or that the market price of our common shares will not decline below the public offering price. The public offering price of our common shares may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market following the offering.

If we are unable to comply with certain conditions, our common shares may not trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

If we are unable to meet initial listing requirements for listing of our securities on NASDAQ, our shares may not trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market. In addition, we have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market are “covered securities.” If we are unable to meet the final conditions for listing, then we will not be able to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell common shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering until we have met the final conditions.

If our financial condition deteriorates as a NASDAQ listed company, we may not meet continued listing standards on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

We have applied for listing of our securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market. The NASDAQ Capital Market requires companies to fulfil specific requirements in order for their shares to continue to be listed. If our common shares are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market but are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date, our shareholders could find it difficult to sell our common shares. In addition, if our common shares are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date, we may apply to have our common shares quoted on the Bulletin Board or in the “pink sheets” maintained by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. The Bulletin Board and the “pink sheets” are generally considered to be less efficient markets than the NASDAQ Capital Market. In addition, if our common shares are not so listed or are delisted at some later date, our common shares may be subject to the “penny stock” regulations. These rules impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and institutional accredited investors and require the delivery of a disclosure schedule explaining the nature and risks of the penny stock market. As a result, the ability or willingness of broker-dealers to sell or make a market in our common shares might decline. If our common shares are not so listed or are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date or become subject to the penny stock regulations, it is likely that the price of our common shares would decline and that our shareholders would find it difficult to sell their common shares. In addition, we have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market are “covered securities.” If we are unable to meet the final conditions for listing, then we will not be able to rely on the “covered securities” exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell common shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering until we have met the final conditions.

If a limited number of participants in this offering purchase a significant percentage of the offering, the effective public float may be smaller than anticipated and the price of our common shares may be volatile.

As a company conducting a relatively small public offering, we are subject to the risk that a small number of investors will purchase a high percentage of the offering. If this were to happen, investors could find our common shares to be more volatile than they might otherwise anticipate. Companies that experience such volatility in their stock price may be more likely to be the subject of securities litigation. In addition, if a large portion of our public float were to be held by a few investors, smaller investors may find it more difficult to sell their common shares.

24

Table of Contents

We are a “foreign private issuer,” and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you with the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime. As a foreign private issuer, we will also be exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we will still be subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.

Common shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our common shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding common shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our common shares.

The market price of our common shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our common shares. An aggregate of 34,154,062 common shares are outstanding before the consummation of this offering and 36,881,334 common shares will be outstanding immediately after this offering (which does not include 409,090 common shares that the underwriters may purchase form us to cover over-allotments). All of the common shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining common shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common shares is expected to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common shares. Assuming the completion of the offering, if you purchase common shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $11.31 per share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the common shares. Accordingly, if you purchase common shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”

We have not finally determined the uses of the proceeds from this offering, and we may use the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

While we have identified the priorities to which we expect to put the proceeds of this offering, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. Specifically, we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for research and development and additional hiring, sales and marketing, working capital, and general corporate purposes. We have reserved the right to re-allocate funds currently allocated to that purpose to our general working capital. If that were to happen, then our management would have discretion over even more of the net proceeds to be received by our company in this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve profitability or increase our stock price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce profit or increase value. See “Use of Proceeds.”

25

Table of Contents

Our officers, directors and principal shareholders own a significant percentage of our common shares and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to shareholder approval.

Assuming the completion of this offering, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 80.3% of our outstanding common shares. Specifically, Dharmesh Pandya, our chief executive officer and director, in the aggregate, will beneficially own 71.1% following this offering, which, in turn, will allow such shareholders to exert substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving mergers or other business combination transactions. As a result, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will possess substantial ability to impact our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for approval.  This concentration of ownership and voting power may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our common shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase common shares in this offering. See “Principal Shareholders.”

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a newly public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a newly public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements and costs of recruiting and retaining non-executive directors. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and NASDAQ. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Our management will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

There may not be an active trading market for our common shares, which may cause shares of our common shares to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the common shares you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for our common shares. It is possible that after this offering an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will be sustained which would make it difficult for you to sell your common shares at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which common shares will trade in the public market after this offering. The market price of our stock may decline below the initial offering price and you may not be able to sell your common shares at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

The market price of common shares may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our common shares may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market, or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common shares in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our results of operations could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly results of operations, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our

26

Table of Contents

business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about our industry in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of our common shares could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your common shares of at or above the initial public offering price. In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, or at all.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing shareholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common shares to decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of common shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur could harm the prevailing market price of our common shares. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of 36,881,334 common shares outstanding (which does not include 409,090 common shares that the underwriters may purchase form us to cover over-allotments). Of the outstanding common shares, the 2,727,272 common shares sold or issued in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, except that any common shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All remaining common shares, which are currently held by our existing shareholders, may be sold in the public market in the future subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions contained in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If any existing shareholders sell a substantial amount of common shares, the prevailing market price for our common shares could be adversely affected. Our executive officers, directors and certain of our existing shareholders will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of our common shares and certain other securities held by them for 90 days following the date of this prospectus. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the common shares subject to any such lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common shares could drop significantly if the holders of our restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our common shares or other securities.

As the rights of shareholders under BVI law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have fewer protections as a shareholder.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended (the “BVI Act”), and the common law of the BVI. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders, and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under BVI law are governed by the BVI Act and the common law of the BVI. The common law of the BVI is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from the common law of England and the wider Commonwealth, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the BVI. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under BVI law are largely codified in the BVI Act but are potentially not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the BVI has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. As a result of all of the above, holders of our common shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against our management, directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company.

27

Table of Contents

BVI companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions, thereby depriving shareholders of the ability to protect their interests.

Shareholders of BVI companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. Shareholders of a BVI company could, however, bring a derivative action in the BVI courts, and there is a clear statutory right to commence such derivative claims under Section 184C of the BVI Act. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a BVI company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The BVI courts are also unlikely to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts in the United States based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities law; and to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the BVI, based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in the BVI of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the BVI will generally recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. The BVI Act offers some limited protection of minority shareholders. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may apply to the BVI court for an order directing the company or its director(s) to comply with, or restraining the company or a director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, the BVI Act or the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under the BVI Act, the minority shareholders have a statutory right to bring a derivative action in the name of and on behalf of the company in circumstances where a company has a cause of action against its directors. This remedy is available at the discretion of the BVI court. A shareholder may also bring an action against the company for breach of duty owed to him as a member. A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI court for an order to remedy the situation.

There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the Board of Directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to BVI law and the constituent documents of the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders. This means that even if shareholders were to sue us successfully, they may not be able to recover anything to make up for the losses suffered.

The laws of the BVI may provide less protection for minority shareholders than those under U.S. law, so minority shareholders may have less recourse than they would under U.S. law if the shareholders are dissatisfied with the conduct of our affairs.

Under the laws of the BVI, the rights of minority shareholders are protected by provisions of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies and other remedies available under common law (in tort or contractual remedies). The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the constitutional documents of the company (i.e. the Memorandum and Articles of Association) as shareholders are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the company. A shareholder may also bring an action under statute if he feels that the affairs of the company have been or will be carried out in a manner that is unfairly prejudicial or discriminating or oppressive to him. The BVI Act also provides for certain other protections for minority shareholders, including in respect of investigation of the company and inspection of the company books and records. There are also common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English common law, since the common law of the BVI for business companies is limited.

28

Table of Contents

As a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards.

As an exempted British Virgin Islands company to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. However, the Nasdaq Stock Market rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the British Virgin Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. For instance, we are not required to:

•        have a majority of the board to be independent (although all of the members of the audit committee must be independent under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act);

•        have a compensation committee or a nominating or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors;

•        have regularly scheduled executive sessions for non-management directors; and

•        have annual meetings and director elections.

Currently, we do not intend to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance after we complete with this offering. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

We may not be able to pay any dividends on our common shares in the future due to BVI law.

Under BVI law, we may only pay dividends to our shareholders if the value of our assets exceeds our liabilities and we are able to pay our debts as they become due. We cannot give any assurance that we will declare dividends of any amounts, at any rate or at all in the future. Future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will depend upon our results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, payment to us of cash dividends by our subsidiaries, capital needs, future prospects and other factors that our directors may deem appropriate.

We may be or may become a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to U.S. investors.

Based on the past and projected composition of our income and assets, and the valuation of our assets, including goodwill, we do not believe we were a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for our most recent taxable year, and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the current taxable year or the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard.

In general, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which:

•        at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or

•        at least 50% of the value (determined based on a quarterly average) of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income, which include cash, such as cash raised in this offering.

The determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually. Accordingly, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year due to changes in our asset or income composition. Because we have calculated the value of our goodwill by taking into account the expected market value of our common shares, a decrease in the price of our common shares may also result in our becoming a PFIC.

29

Table of Contents

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our common shares, our PFIC status could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to you if you are a U.S. Holder, as defined under “Tax Matters — United States Federal Income Taxation.” For example, if we are or become a PFIC, you may become subject to increased tax liabilities in respect of our common shares under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations, and will become subject to burdensome reporting requirements. See “Tax Matters — United States Federal Income Taxation — Passive Foreign Investment Company.” There can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company” (1) we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) we will be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements, (3) we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (4) we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We currently intend to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements regarding executive compensation. If we remain an “emerging growth company” after fiscal 2018, we may take advantage of other exemptions, including the exemptions from the advisory vote requirements and executive compensation disclosures under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Customer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, meaning that the company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We may remain an “emerging growth company” until the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering, though we may cease to be an “emerging growth company” earlier under certain circumstances, including (1) if we become a large accelerated filer, (2) if our gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion in any fiscal year or (3) if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible notes in any three year period. The exact implications of the JOBS Act are still subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits of the JOBS Act. In addition, investors may find our common shares less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our stock price may decline and/or become more volatile.

30

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements in this prospectus, including under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and elsewhere that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “could” and similar expressions denoting uncertainty or an action that may, will or is expected to occur in the future. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

Examples of forward-looking statements include:

•        the timing of the development of future services,

•        projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items,

•        the development of future company-owned call centers,

•        statements regarding the capabilities of our business operations,

•        statements of expected future economic performance,

•        statements regarding competition in our market, and

•        assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business.

The ultimate correctness of these forward-looking statements depends upon a number of known and unknown risks and events. We discuss our known material risks under the heading “Risk Factors” above. Many factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements. Consequently, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

31

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our 2,727,272 common shares in this offering will be approximately $27.5 million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us (including the offering expenses that have been committed to be paid).

The principal purposes of this Offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, establish a public market for our common shares and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds received from this Offering for the following:

•        An aggregate of $15 million for the acquisition of customers (ownership of approximately 1.8 million customers) and 51% of the shares in a licensed cable company.

•        $8 million for general corporate purposes, primarily related to our precursor initiatives for the launch of our offerings in the telemedicine space.

•        $4.5 million for future development of assets, mainly the upgrade of our streaming devices, purchase and development of software applications for telemedicine services, purchasing of health monitoring devices and memory capacity for third party marketplace (Android market-place) and software applications.

We shall continue to provide streaming services to the existing approximately 1.8 million subscribers using an upgraded device that provides the additional facilities, such as internet services and availability of our proprietary operating system to augment our Lytus platform, through already installed fiber network and infrastructure to approximately 1.8 million households. This streaming segment generated approximately $15 million for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020. This will be used for our operating expenses.

We shall also utilize the surplus cash proceeds for commercializing new “Internet of Medical Things” solutions and product extensions and potentially pursue targeted acquisitions. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary business, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so.

We have not yet determined the amount of net proceeds to be used specifically for any of the foregoing purposes. Accordingly, we will retain broad discretion over the use of these proceeds.

32

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

The holders of our common shares are entitled to dividends out of funds legally available when and as declared by our Board of Directors subject to the BVI Act. Our Board has never declared a dividend and does not anticipate declaring a dividend in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

Should we decide in the future to pay dividends, as a holding company, our ability to do so and meet other obligations depends upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from our operating subsidiary and other holdings and investments. In addition, our operating company may, from time to time, be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us, including as a result of restrictive covenants in loan agreements, restrictions on the conversion of local currency into U.S. dollars or other hard currency and other regulatory restrictions.

33

Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our business is conducted in India, and the financial records of our Indian subsidiaries are maintained in Indian rupees, its functional currency. However, we use the U.S. dollar as our reporting currency; therefore, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into U.S. dollars using the then-current exchange rates. Our financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 830-10, “Foreign Currency Matters.” We have translated our asset and liability accounts using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. We translated our statements of operations using the average exchange rate for the period. We reported the resulting translation adjustments under other comprehensive income/loss. Unless otherwise noted, we have translated profit and loss items at an average rate of 71.09 for the period ended March 31, 2020 and for the balance sheet items we have translated at closing rate as of March 31, 2020 which is 75.33.

We make no representation that any Rupee or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Rupee, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. On August 20, 2021, the exchange rate was Rs.74.31 to $1.00. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.

34

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

•        On an actual basis; and

•        On a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale of 2,727,272 common shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting the estimated 7% underwriting discounts and commissions, 1% non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the public offering price of our common shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this capitalization table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

As of December 31, 2020

   

Historical (unaudited)

 

Pro Forma

 

Pro Forma,
As Adjusted

Cash and Cash Equivalents (*Proceeds, after all
expenses)

 

100,254

 

27,474,993

(1)

 

27,575,247

Equity

       

 

   

1)    Equity Share Capital

 

341,541

 

27,273

(2)

 

368,813

2)    Other Equity

 

11,097,209

 

27,447,720

 

 

38,544,929

Total Lytus Equity

 

11,438,750

 

27,474,993

 

 

38,913,743

Noncontrolling interest

 

13,826

 

 

 

13,826

Total Equity

 

11,452,576

 

27,474,993

 

 

38,927,569

Total Capitalization

 

11,552,830

 

54,949,985

 

 

66,502,815

____________

(1):    Expected Proceeds

 

 

Per Share

 

 

Without
Over-Allotment

Public offering price

 

$

11.00

 

$

29,999,992

Underwriter discount (7%)

 

$

0.77

 

$

2,099,999

Proceeds, before expenses

 

$

10.23

 

$

27,899,993

Non-accountable expense allowance

 

$

0.11

 

$

300,000

Proceeds, after non-accountable

 

$

10.12

 

$

27,599,993

Proceeds, after all expenses

 

$

10.07

 

$

27,474,993

____________

(2):    New Investors: 2,727,272 shares x par value of our common shares of $ 0.01 per share = $27,273.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share by approximately $0.06 and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering by $0.94 per share, assuming that the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance, and offering expenses payable by us.

35

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per common share and the pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2020, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of $(39,024,383), or $(1.14) per common share based on 34,154,062 common shares outstanding at December 31, 2020. Our historical net tangible book value per share is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities as of December 31, 2020, divided by the number of common shares outstanding at December 31, 2020.

Dilution results from the fact that the per common share initial public offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per common share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding common shares. After giving effect to our issuance and sale of 2,727,272 common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020, would have been $(11,549,390), or $(0.31) per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $0.83 per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $11.31 per share to new investors purchasing common shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates the estimated net tangible book value per share after this offering and the per share dilution to persons purchasing common shares in this offering based on the foregoing offering assumptions:

     

Post-
Offering(1)

Assumed offering price per common share

 

 

 

 

 

$

11.00

 

Net tangible book value per common share as of December 31, 2020

 

$

(1.14

)

 

 

 

 

Increase in net tangible book value per common share attributable to investors participating in this offering

 

$

0.83

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.31

)

Dilution per common share to investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

$

11.31

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share by approximately $0.06 and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering by $0.94 per share, assuming that the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance, and offering expenses payable by us.

36

Table of Contents

POST-OFFERING OWNERSHIP

The following charts illustrate our pro forma proportionate ownership, upon completion of this offering by present shareholders and investors in this offering, compared to the relative amounts paid by each. The charts reflect payment by present shareholders as of the date the consideration was received and by investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, without deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance, and our estimated offering expenses. The charts further assume no changes in net tangible book value other than those resulting from the offering.

 

Common Shares
Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price
Per Share

   

Shares

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing shareholders

 

34,154,062

 

92.60

%

 

$

11,438,750

 

27.60

%

 

$

0.33

New investors

 

2,727,272

 

7.40

%

 

 

29,999,992

 

72.40

%

 

 

11.00

Total

 

36,881,334

 

100.00

%

 

$

41,438,742

 

100.00

%

 

$

1.12

37

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the financial statement date and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we review our estimates and assumptions. The estimates were based on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results are likely to differ from those estimates or other forward-looking statements under different assumptions or conditions, but we do not believe such differences will materially affect our financial position or results of operations. Our actual results may differ materially as a result of many factors, including those set forth under the headings entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

Overview

We are a growing platform services company primarily providing content streaming/telecasting services with over 8 million active users located all across India.3 On our Lytus platform, we provide a wide range of streaming services and telemedicine services with local assistance through local Health Centers. Through our platform, our customers are well connected via CPE devices/STBs and have access to multi-dimensional services including telemedicine service we place to offer in the future.

Our strong customer base and expansive market presence position us to widen our portfolio of offerings. We have been focused on adopting and implementing technologies that can change the landscape of being a conventional streaming services provider. Partnering with those who share our passion, we strive to provide India’s semi-urban, urban population with unmatched services across the tele-healthcare.

We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of GHSI. The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in telemedicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe that our deep understanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the logistics and payment landscapes in the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Key Factors For Our Performance

The following factors are the principal factors that have affected and will continue to affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

•        Number of Subscribers: our revenue growth and long-term profitability are affected by our ability to increase our subscriber base because we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from streaming services and via client contracts that provide subscribers access to our Lytus platform in exchange for a contractual based monthly fee. Revenue is driven primarily by the number of subscribers, the number of services contracted for by a subscriber and the contractually negotiated prices of our services and online content that is specific to that particular subscriber. We believe that increasing our subscriber base is an integral objective that will provide us with the ability to continually innovate our services and support initiatives that will enhance subscriber experiences and lead to increasing or maintaining our existing annual net dollar retention rate. The number of the subscribers as at the end of March 31, 2020 is 1,812,894 and as of December 31, 2020 is 1,930,443.

•        Cluster of customized online content: the Lytus platform provides an opportunity to customize the online content to meet the needs of that particular subscriber. We plan to form partnership with other companies

____________

3          Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

38

Table of Contents

to develop our telemedicine business and entertainment and education online content. Revenues arising from this segment will be driven primarily by the customizable content formats aligned with the customer satisfaction. We believe that increasing our current subscriber utilization rate is a key objective in order for our subscribers to realize tangible healthcare savings with our service.

•        Net Surplus Rate (NSR): net surplus rate arising from streaming service is a supplemental measure of our organic revenue growth. We believe that NSR is an important metric that provides insight into the long-term value and stability of our service platform and our ability to retain and grow revenue from our existing subscribers. Revenues from streaming service has a consistent subscription levels with marginally insubstantial attrition rate. In particular, our contract with Reachnet has factored-in the context of NSR, wherein, for a limited purpose, it is the net cash available with the Company, in respect of provision of streaming services to subscribers, after adjusting the operational costs for streaming services. Per the contract, the Company has engaged the service provider (Reachnet) for streaming services and the NSR relates to the net amount available with the Company, after adjusting the service fee towards the above-mentioned service provider. From the net amount available, the Company shall incur expenditures for enabling multi-dimensional services and providing technology platform to subscribers. “NSR of 39% refers to $ 15,759,393 shown at net levels as ‘Other Income’ as of March 31, 2020 and $ 11,121,687 as of December 31, 2020.”

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Revenue

We derive substantially all of our revenue from usage-based fees earned from customers subscribing to our streaming/telecasting, content management services and other products. Generally, customers enter into 12-month contracts and are invoiced monthly in advance based on usage.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of streaming service fees paid to the licensed service provider, through which we have an exclusive access to fiber optic network, bandwidth capacity, network operators, data center colocation, etc. We have a long-term and an exclusive arrangement with licensed service operators. We provide streaming services utilizing the services and accessing the infrastructure and network capacity of licensed service providers.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our projected cash needs and projected sources of liquidity depend upon, among other things, our actual results, and the timing and amount of our expenditures. As we continue to grow our subscriber base, we expect an initial funding period to grow new products as well as negative working capital impacts from the timing of device-related cash flows when we provide the devices to customers pursuant to equipment installment plans.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

Under SEC regulations, we are required to disclose off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, such as changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. An off-balance sheet arrangement means a transaction, agreement or contractual arrangement to which any entity that is not consolidated with us is a party, under which we have:

•        Any obligation under certain guarantee contracts,

•        Any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets,

•        Any obligation under a contract that would be accounted for as a derivative instrument, except that it is both indexed to our stock and classified in shareholder equity in our statement of financial position,

39

Table of Contents

•        Any obligation arising out of a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

•        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that we are required to disclose pursuant to these regulations. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into operating lease commitments, and other contractual obligations. These transactions are recognized in our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

•        We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We continually evaluate our estimates, including those related to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful life of property and equipment, assumptions used in assessing impairment of long-term assets, and valuation of deferred tax assets.

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Any future changes to these estimates and assumptions could cause a material change to our reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions4.

Trade Receivable

Assessment as to whether the trade receivables and other receivables from Reachnet are impaired: When measuring Expected Credit Loss (ECL) of receivables and other receivables related to Reachnet the Group uses reasonable and supportable information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.

COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India is of short term nature and ought to have no impact on collectability of the $20.6 million Trade Receivable and $15.6 million Other Receivables due from DDC CATV and Reachnet respectively.

____________

4          Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) throughout March 31, 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-8 – F-21 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

          Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

          As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

40

Table of Contents

The payment protocols with respect to the Telecast and OTT services are very closely regulated by the Ministry of Telecommunications along with other departments of the Government of India. The payment gateways reporting protocols for the cable industry are very robust, with most of the transactional interactions with the customers in this industry being subject to independent audits by the government. Payments processed online by customers electronically are reported promptly.

While we acknowledge that the current situation on the ground on account of the COVID-19 pandemic is grim, with the efforts currently implemented by the Indian government in conjunction with the U.S. and other countries, the number of new cases reported is already seeing a steady decline in major metro areas where most of the Company’s customers reside.

The Company’s business continues to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 crisis in India. However, we believe that steps implemented by the Company since the last lockdown in April 2020 and successive lockdowns thereafter, will enable the Company to keep the disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic to a minimum.

The Company does not expect the lockdown to cause any asset impairment. While we expect the lockdown to delay the collection processes from various offices in the country temporarily, there should be no impact on collectability of those payments from customers. In response to the current lockdown, the Company’s management has been in close communication with the Reachnet’s operational team to identify and address any impact to the business. Upon the relaxation of the lockdown, the Company will work expeditiously to resume normal functionality.

Given that Reachnet is an ongoing operations partner of Lytus India with respect to the telecasting business, the collectability of the amounts does not pose a significant risk for the following reasons:

1.      Reachnet is a licensed cable company and is regularly audited by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting. These audits regularly confirm number of subscribers and subscriptions fees reported in the Nationwide SMS platform (Subscriber Management Platform);

2.      The Management of the Company and Reachnet have implemented protocols requiring the finance teams of both companies to closely monitor the amounts receivable and payable providing relevant confirmations periodically;

3.      To the extent that Reachnet is unable to collect or pay the amounts owed to the Company, the Company has the ability to set those amounts off against any future payments to Reachnet in conjunction with the ongoing operations of the company;

4.      The Company has the ability to take legal action against Reachnet and or its directors for non-payment of dues owed to the Company. Under Indian law, remedies pursued against the management of Reachnet can be both civil remedies as well as remedies under the Indian Penal Code; and

5.      Upon ending of the lockdown and reconciliation of all payments with Reachnet, the Company intends to implement a direct billing system with its customers so that it has better visibility and control over revenue streams from customers.

Please refer accounting policy relating to intangible asset on page F-56 for assumptions and estimates.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill:

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication at the end of a reporting period that the asset may be impaired.

41

Table of Contents

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease and to the extent that the impairment loss is greater than the related revaluation surplus, the excess impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss to the extent that it eliminates the impairment loss which has been recognized for the asset in prior years. Any increase in excess of this amount is treated as a revaluation increase.”

Assessment as to whether the trade receivables and other receivables from Reachnet are impaired

When measuring Expected Credit Loss (ECL) of receivables and other receivables related to Reachnet the Group uses reasonable and supportable information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.

COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India is of short-term nature and ought to have no impact on collectability of the $20.6 million Trade Receivable and $15.6 million Other Receivables due from DDC CATV and Reachnet respectively.

A widespread health crisis could adversely affect the global economy, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact demand for our services. The future impact of the outbreak is highly uncertain and cannot be predicted and there is no assurance that the outbreak will not have a material adverse impact on the future results of the Company. The extent of the impact, if any, will depend on future developments, including actions taken to contain the coronavirus.

Effective April 2, 2021, the Indian Government in an effort to control the COVID-19 Pandemic has imposed lockdown in different parts of India, extending until the restriction is relaxed. As of date, the lockdown restriction is not relaxed. With the number of new COVID-19 cases stabilizing in the major metro areas, we expect the lockdown to be relaxed soon. However, future lockdowns cannot be ruled out because of the nature of the pandemic.

Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive substantially all of our revenue from usage-based fees earned from customers subscribing to our streaming, content management services and other products. Generally, customers enter into 12-month contracts and are invoiced monthly in advance based on usage.

Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), our wholly-own subsidiary in India, did not have significant operations during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020.

For the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, Lytus Group had an income of approximately $1.5 million.

42

Table of Contents

Other Income/Application of IFRS 15

We had other income of $15.7 million for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020.5 We anticipate that the customer base we acquired from Reachnet will translate into approximately $40 million in gross revenue without considering additional product offerings by the Company for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021. While the contractual subscription fee accrued from April 1, 2019, the timing of the consummation and the delay on account of COVID-19, the contractual subscription fee was effective from March 26, 2020. Accordingly, the contractual subscription fee was recognized as “Other Income” and was further adjusted with the Streaming Service Fee of $24.9 million paid to the vendor for the continuing service in the period ended March 31, 2020.

During the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, the Group recognized the Other Income of $11 million (gross receipt of $29 million minus streaming costs of 17 million, resulting in $11 million).

The Company intends to continue growing its subscriber base through strategic identified acquisitions and partnerships. It also intends to grow its revenue base through increased offerings in the Telemedicine space.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of streaming service fees paid to the licensed service provider, through which we have an exclusive access to fiber optic network, bandwidth capacity, network operators, data center co-location, etc. We have a long-term and an exclusive arrangement with licensed service operators. We provide streaming services utilizing the services and accessing the infrastructure and network capacity of licensed service providers.

Operating Expenses

For the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, the most significant components of operating expenses are staffing expense, which was $15,777, consisting of salaries, benefits and bonuses. In addition, during the period March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020, we incurred legal and professional expenses of $272,894, amortization costs of $204,086 and other operating expenses of $8,463.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future. Although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period, over the long term, we expect general and administrative expense to gradually decline as a percentage of revenue as we scale our business.

Income Taxes

Our income tax consists of the following as of March 31, 2020: $3,894,674 as our income tax expenses, including current tax of $1,987,659 and deferred tax of $1,907,015.

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations of Lytus India from INR to USD has been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary is situated, i.e. in India (at the rate of 25.17%).

During the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020, our current tax was $3,055 and deferred tax was $420,171.

____________

5          Other income of approximately $15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of March 26, 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues.

           The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated June 21, 2019 and December 6, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of $59 million. On March 26, 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Group is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on March 26, 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”.

           The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT), these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

43

Table of Contents

Going Concern, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Note on Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city was not allowed, either. Therefore we have had limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices were closed and banks were severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we also have had restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. On September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was also passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

The intermittent inability to process accounts receivables and receive cash payments has resulted in liquidity issues and impacted the operations of both the Company and Reachnet. However, the Company, in collaboration with Reachnet’s management, has taken necessary steps, including communicating with all relevant commercial partners, seeking deferral of its payment obligations where possible, to mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s liquidity.

On February 5, 2021, Lytus India and Reachnet entered into the Third Supplemental Agreement to the original subscriber acquisition agreement dated June 20, 2019, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to, on a good faith basis, settle payments before March 31, 2021, upon completion of the third party’s systems and operational review of Reachnet and its subscribers. The commercial terms to the agreement remain intact and are not subject to any contingency. Given the uncertainty with respect to another potential lockdown caused by a recent COVID-19 resurgence in India, the parties have also agreed that setting off the amounts due, can be an option, if required.

As per the terms of the third supplemental agreement dated February 5, 2021, the Company has committed to making all payment due to Reachnet upon submission of a final report from an independent consultant retained to carry out a routine business technical review of the operations. This exercise was undertaken to ensure a smooth transition of the operational system to the Company. The submission of the independent consultant’s final report has be delayed on account of the impending lockdown in different parts of India.

Once the report is submitted to the board and the transition implementation is complete, the following steps are expected to be implemented:

•        Both the parties shall determine the total receivables as of May 31, 2021 (or the final day of the lockdown, whichever is later).

•        Reachnet will pay the Company all amounts due to the company (approximately US$33 million) as of December 31, 2020.

•        Simultaneously, the Company will pay all amounts owed by it to Reachnet (approximately US$30 million against the total payment obligation of approximately $60 million).

No money has currently been paid to Reachnet under the contract pending the submission of the independent consultant’s report. Post implementation of this payment settlement, the Company intends to, on a going forward basis, directly bill subscribers and maintain direct relationships with the local agents responsible for collecting subscription revenue from customers.

The payment processing issues triggered by the series of COVID-19 related lockdowns and potential write-off of outstanding balances owed have not impacted our subscriber numbers. We still have approximately 1.8 million subscribers that are regularly paying their monthly subscription fees.

44

Table of Contents

The subscribers pay service fees in advance for the streaming services. The subscriber fee is collected through an independent agent as per the industry practice, i.e. through a local cable operator functioning in that locality. Presently, the Company is relying on the ability of Reachnet for collection of service fees. The service is terminated if the service fees are not received in advance.

The subscribers are recorded in the Subscribers Management System (SMS), a mandatory co-system with Conditional Access System (CAS) for streaming of services as per the directives issued by TRAI. SMS captures all details of the subscribers like name, address, and contact details, type of streaming device and bouquets / a-la-cartes as chosen by the subscribers. CAS receives all commands from the SMS. Once CAS receives command from the SMS, it entitles the streaming device thereby completing the transaction initiated by the streaming service operator. The platform is so designed that if encryption is violated (criminal offense as per regulation), any command that is initiated by SMS will not hit the streaming device through CAS. In effect, the network is completely protected and services cannot reach the subscribers without initiating the same through SMS and CAS.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown. In particular, it has increased the difficulty in collecting cash from operating offices and customers located in different parts of the country on a timely basis, many of which are currently under total lockdown.

The Company has negative cash used in operating activities to the extent of $700 as of March 31, 2020, and $431,000 for the 9 months period ending December 31, 2020. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On March 31, 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2023, respectively. Per the agreement, the July 31, 2020, payment has not been paid and will be paid at a mutually agreed date after the COVID-19 restrictions have been lifted. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021, and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination of our consolidated financial statements.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of April 1, 2019, through March 31, 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts, and $29 million for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020. The COVID-19 lockdown

45

Table of Contents

has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Note on Liquidity and Capital Resources:

The principal amount of our debt as of March 31, 2020, was $1,599,080 and for the period ended December 31, 2020, was $1,597,777. Our business does not require significant cash to fund principal and interest payments on our debt.

Our projected cash needs and projected sources of liquidity depend upon, among other things, our actual results, and the timing and amount of our expenditures. As we continue to grow our subscriber base, we expect an initial funding period to grow new products as well as negative working capital impacts from the timing of device-related cash flows when we provide the devices to customers pursuant to equipment installment plans.

In order to establish our customer base, the Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021 and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity. The payable to Reachnet for customers is not traditional debt or loan it is merely long term payable and hence it is not considered as debt.

The below table elucidates the reconciliation for increase in Trade Receivables for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020.

Particulars

 

As of
December 31, 2020

 

As of
March 31,
2020

   

(US$)

 

(US$)

   

Unaudited

 

Audited

Trade receivables:

 

481,310

 

390,151

Receivables from Reachnet for the period up to March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2020 was recognized under “Note 7 — Other Receivables”, aligning itself with the nature of revenue recognized as “Other Income” up to March 31, 2020 and up to December 31, 2020, respectively.

Our net cash position as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2020 was impacted by the lockdown imposed on account of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We expect to utilize free cash flow, cash on hand, and availability under our credit facilities, as well as future refinancing transactions to further extend the maturities of our obligations. The timing and terms of any refinancing transactions will be subject to market conditions among other considerations. Additionally, we may, from time to time, and depending on market conditions and other factors, use cash on hand and the proceeds from securities offerings or other borrowings to retire our debt through open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases, tender offers or redemption provisions. We believe we have sufficient liquidity from cash on hand, free cash flow and Lytus’ access to the capital markets to fund our projected cash needs.

46

Table of Contents

We continue to evaluate the deployment of our cash on hand and anticipated future free cash flow including to invest in our business growth and other strategic opportunities, including mergers and acquisitions as well as stock repurchases and dividends.

As possible acquisitions, swaps or dispositions arise, we actively review them against our objectives including, among other considerations, improving the operational efficiency, geographic clustering of assets, product development or technology capabilities of our business and achieving appropriate return targets, and we may participate to the extent we believe these possibilities present attractive opportunities. However, there can be no assurance that we will actually complete any acquisitions, dispositions or system swaps, or that any such transactions will be material to our operations or results.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

During the period ended March 31, 2020, Lytus has acquired a subscriber base of more than 8 million (i.e. 1.84 million household connections) for a consideration of $59,216,654, consisting the consideration of acquiring each customer at a price of approximately $27 and indirect tax (GST) additionally charged at a rate of 18%. Having regard with the timing of the consummation (also discussed in the Revenue note above), the legal enforceable right for subscriber acquisition was effective from March 26, 2020. Accordingly, the amortization expense on the customer acquisition costs is $204,086 for the period ended March 31, 2020 and is $8,927,417 for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020.

The acquisition of customers was valued on an arms-length basis by valuation expert and the valuations were conducted as per the discounted free cash flow method (see Schedule 1 of the Valuation Report attached hereto as Exhibit 99.3). We have also carried out valuation using the Subscriber’s Multiple method (see Schedule 2 of the Valuation Report). The result was further validated using the independent comparable method.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

As discussed above, the Company has acquired customers from Reachnet pursuant to an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019 and the income entitlement rights for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021 and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity.

The Company has also acquired 100% equity interest of Lytus India and 51% equity interest of DDC. For the acquisition of DDC, the Company currently has an outstanding obligation of $265,410.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

Under SEC regulations, we are required to disclose off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, such as changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. An off-balance sheet arrangement means a transaction, agreement or contractual arrangement to which any entity that is not consolidated with us is a party, under which we have:

•        Any obligation under certain guarantee contracts,

•        Any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets,

•        Any obligation under a contract that would be accounted for as a derivative instrument, except that it is both indexed to our stock and classified in shareholder equity in our statement of financial position, and

•        Any obligation arising out of a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

47

Table of Contents

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that we are required to disclose pursuant to these regulations. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into operating lease commitments, and other contractual obligations. These transactions are recognized in our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Substantially all of our operations are within India and the United States, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, interest rate changes and inflation. Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about these market risks is set forth below.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

As a result of our international operations, primarily in India and the United States, we are exposed to currency translation impacts. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency of Lytus India and DDC, which generate the majority of our revenue, is the Indian Rupees (“INR”). The financial statements of our subsidiaries whose functional currency is the INR are translated to U.S. dollars using period end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities, average rate of exchange for revenue and expenses and cash flows, and at historical exchange rates for equity. As a result, as the Rupee depreciates or appreciates against the U.S. dollar, our revenue presented in U.S. dollars, as well as our Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate, will be negatively or positively affected. Constant Currency Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate is calculated using fixed exchange rates to remove the impact of foreign currency translations.

As a result of foreign currency translations, which are a non-cash adjustment, we reported foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries of $306,910, net of tax.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Cash and short-term investments were held primarily in bank and time deposits. The fair value of our cash and short-term investments would not be significantly affected by either an increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements begin on page F-1.

Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The interim consolidated financial statements begins on Page F-39.

48

Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

We are a growing platform services company and currently have 8 million active users located all across India.6 Our business model comprises of primarily (a) distribution of linear content streaming/telecasting services and (b) development of technology products, namely, telemedicine. On the basis of approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections, we have subscriber strength of more than 8 million active customers. As per the Michael Bauer Research7, updated as of December 31, 2019, the average households’ size in India is 4.6 people per household.

Our strength is in our capability to leverage our technology platform for a competitive advantage and to be engaged in developing customer-inspired products and on-demand content, which significantly alters the way that consumers and businesses operate in the MedTech and Wellness industry. Our objective is to reinvent the customer experience and be engaged in disruptive innovation in online content management.

Lytus platform provides our customers with a one-stop site with the access to all of the services provided by us. We believe our strong customer service, access to an extensive fiber optic network infrastructure, and significant market presence position us as a service provider of choice and provide us with momentum in offering our online products. Our business model is based on shared core competencies and capabilities, with our subscriber base as our biggest asset. We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”). The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in tele-medicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe our deep outstanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Corporate History

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. (“we”, “Lytus”, “Lytus Group”, the “Group”, or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on March 16, 2020.

On March 19, 2020, the Company, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), Mr. Nimish Pandya, our CEO’s brother, and Mr. Girish Podar, the shareholders of Lytus India, entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares, representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India for a purchase price of Rs.150,000 (approximately $2,000).

On February 21, 2020, Lituus Technologies Limited (“LTL”), a BVI company, DDC CATV Network Private Limited (“DDC”), and all of the shareholders of DDC (the “DDC Shareholders”) entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which LTL acquired 4,900 shares, representing 49% of the outstanding equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.19,208,000 (approximately $255,000).

On February 21, 2020, LTL, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into a share subscription agreement, pursuant to which LTL has option to subscribe 900,000 shares fully convertible preference shares, representing 100% of the fully convertible preference shares of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs. 90,000,000 (approximately $1,200,000). On February 26, 2020, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into another share purchase agreement with Mr. Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as a director of the Company on April 1, 2020, pursuant to which Mr. Kohli acquired 200 shares, representing 2% of the equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.784,000 (approximately $10,400).

On March 20, 2020, LTL and Mr. Kohli respectively entered into an assignment of contract with the Company and transferred all of their respective equity interest in DDC to the Company for no consideration. Such transfer was completed on March 31, 2020, resulting in the Company’s owning of 51% of the equity interest in DDC. The Company has the option to purchase 900,000 fully convertible preference shares of DDC for Rs. 90,000,000, subject to the increase of the authorized share capital of DDC, the approval of the Reserve Bank of India and other Indian company law requirements.

____________

6          Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

7          https://www.arcgis.com/home/item.html?id=6cf22970ea8c4b338a196879397a76e4

49

Table of Contents

The acquisition of Lytus India was from a related party, Nimish Pandya, the brother of our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya. In addition, the acquisition of the majority of DDC’s equity involved our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya, who was then also the CEO of LTL, and Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as our director on April 1, 2020.

On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”) and the shareholder of GHSI, pursuant to which the Company acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. The Company will conduct its telemedicine business in the U.S. through GHSI.

The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:

While Lytus Group was restructured in 2020, DDC has been operation for five years. We have established a strong customer base and obtained significant market share through our acquisition of the customers of Reachnet, a long-standing cable services company in India. Reachnet is a licensed Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned as well as redistributed) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. Reachnet also owns and operates fiber optic cable networks with offices across the country in various major cities. These networks are used by Reachnet to offer its services to Lytus India’s subscribers. Reachnet also offers its cable network along with management personnel and subscriber management services to third party service providers for a fee. It has an extensive infrastructure and logistic set-up in various cities for provision of telecasting/streaming services to their erstwhile subscribers. We have acquired all of the customers of Reachnet, who are primarily located in the following metros in India: Mumbai, Hyderabad, Calcutta, New Delhi and Allahabad. We are not bound to have service agreement with Reachnet for exclusive provision of streaming service and can always enter with an independent service provider for the provision for streaming services to our subscribers.

Under the terms of the customer acquisition agreement (the “Customer Acquisition Agreement”) between Reachnet and Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”) dated June 20, 2019, these approximately 1.8 million customers legally belong to Lytus India. These customers are not and will not be Reachnet’s customers for internet access as well as services other than telecast/streaming provided by the Company to its customers. Reachnet has no ownership rights over these customers and all telecast services provided by Reachnet on behalf of the Company, are in the capacity of a third party independent service provider. The arrangement between Lytus India and Reachnet mandates Reachnet, as a third-party service provider, to maintain the infrastructure required to continue telecast services to the customers for which it is paid 61% revenue collected only from the provision of telecast services. All the services (including the internet service) are, as a matter of fact and in law, provided by the Company to its subscribers.

Revenue generated upon launch of the telemedicine, OTT and other services in India will belong 100% to the Company.

Lytus’ customers will be able to access the OTT services at an additional cost in the following ways:

1.      Through an app installed on the Set Top Box in the customer’s home which also provide telecast services.

2.      Through a web portal using either a computer or tablet.

3.      Through apps downloaded from the iOS and or Android store.

50

Table of Contents

The Company has acquired all subscribers of Reachnet for a lumpsum consideration and with the condition that the Company will have control and unconditional entitlement rights over the revenues generated from or related to these subscribers.

In light of the above, the Company has 100% control of and 100% entitlement rights over the revenues accruing and arising to the Company from its subscribers. Reachnet has no control, ownership or entitlement rights over revenue generated from the Company’s subscribers.

The service agreement entered into with Reachnet, obligates Reachnet to retain its infrastructure to provide streaming/telecast services and provide such services to the Company’s subscribers on an on-going basis without disruption or interruption, under the Company’s control, management and supervision. The service charge for providing these services is determined at arm’s length. According to local industry practice, the average industry EBITDA for cable service companies in India is approximately 57% of total streaming revenues. Since the Company intends to work with Reachnet as a strategic partner over the next several years, the Company has agreed to pay Reachnet a service fee at a variable percentage of 61% of the Company’s total streaming/telecast revenue.

Of the 29.2 million in revenue generated from streaming services during the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, the Company has provided for an approximately $16.9 million as service charge payable to Reachnet for the 9-month period ended December 31, 2020.

In addition, we have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We believe our acquisitions of Lytus India and DDC have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offerings. We have aggregated customers from several service providers and other businesses by bring them on to the Lytus platform. We provide services to our customers through access to a network of 25,000 kilometers of deployed fiber and broadband infrastructure in accordance with our service agreement with our partner. Since our inception we have consistently expanded our network capabilities and offerings while growing our customer base.

Lytus India provides technology enabled customer services, which includes streaming and content services. The present device is being further upgraded to support the unified and integrated platform through which it shall provide multi-dimensional services such as MedTech IOT (IOT refers to the Internet of Things), etc.

DDC is a licensed Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned channels as well as redistribution) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. In India the regulation does not differentiate between telecasting and streaming as long as the streaming is done in IPTV format. Lytus has the expertise and has plans to offer additional value added services such as MedTech IOT, by upgrading the existing cable networks. The upgrade primarily consists of deploying FTTH GPON and changing the existing STB/CPE.

Lytus India provides streaming services to the customers we acquired from Reachnet. DDC has been providing streaming services to its customers in New Delhi region for over three years and will continue to do so independently of Lytus India and Reachnet

Along with a strong India focus, we expect to grow our international presence in regions such as Africa, Indonesia, UK, and the USA.

GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. After the completion of acquisition, GHSI brought into the key management team and acquired important contracts. GHSI’s telemedicine service aims to provide management and technology solutions to hospital networks, university medical schools, physician networks and individual practices in the U.S. Its proprietary delivery platform uses digital communication technologies using medical monitoring devices, video capabilities and data capture methodologies. The platform also uses AI Ecosystem Assets including Conversational Computing, Intelligent Robotic Process Automation (iRPA), and Machine Learning (ML). This platform is currently rolled out in New Jersey, Illinois, Florida and Texas with approximately 125 medical physicians using our system for approximately 3000 users via hospital and clinic networks.

GHSI’s business is focused on remote patient monitoring devices. These devices installed at the homes of the patients of participating physicians practices are sourced from various HIPAA and FDA compliant vendors. These devices have

51

Table of Contents

the monitoring and reporting software pre-installed in them. GHSI currently has not developed any proprietary software that is deployed with patients in the USA. While the revenue generated by these devices are currently not significant from and organizational perspective, GHSI expects to roll out these devices to additional patients in the near future. We expect that the additional rollout of devices will generate significant revenue for the Company.

In India, Lytus’ telemedicine business, through Lytus India, has commenced repurposing its existing Local Cable Operator Network infrastructure to set up Local Health Centers/diagnostic centers (LHC). There is scheduled to be one dedicated LHC for every 5000 customers and this LHC will be staffed with trained healthcare professionals. LHCs will support customers with additional patient services that cannot be remotely provided through device strategy. Typical services provided at the LHCs will include ECGs, blood and urine testing, ultrasound scans etc. The LHC network will act as an important link between patients, doctors and supporting hospital partners for better integration. The Company also intends to leverage the LHC network for pharmaceutical delivery.

The telemedicine service in India operates under a different model. The technology platform used to book doctor appointments and video conference with doctors collects data and then connects the patient to a captive team of physicians which provide the medical consulting service. The technology platform used by the India telemedicine team is proprietary and developed by Lytus India.

The Company does not itself obtain or contract for the content it uses currently. The content provided to our customers is through the license agreement that DDC currently has with broadcasters such as ESPN, SonyTV, ZEE TV and BBC.

Our Integrated Service Matrix

Our objective is to expand the business by offering additional online services to our captive users so that we can become a one-stop shop for all of our customers’ online requirements. We believe that the current poor internet penetration in the Indian market presents a tremendous opportunity for the Company to provide online services to the many underserved geographic areas in India.

Strategic Roadmap

Technology continues to be a strong driver of change for our industry. We realized that our future growth strategy was pivoted around how we leverage technology to enhance consumer experience, with limited infrastructure. We invested in deep-rooted technologies to develop greater scale and speed in our approaches to content production and distribution, centralization, automation, and portfolio rationalization.

In addition, we believe that through additional customer acquisitions, our business will expand rapidly over the next three years. Our objective is to grow profitably by building on our current strategic position to become a dominant global platform services company.

The key elements of our strategy include:

•        expanding the service and product portfolio to enhance cross-selling opportunities;

•        enhancing the service platform by investing in technology;

•        expanding into new geographic markets; and

•        pursuing selective strategic partnerships and acquisitions.

We have six principles for our growth:

Operating model:    simplify and align with our customers’ needs and end markets.

Enhance customer experience:    introduce customer-centric programs and services leveraging the latest technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to improve our customers’ experiences and continue to earn their business.

52

Table of Contents

Service portfolio management:    adopt a more proactive approach, be agile in introducing new offerings while continuously scrutinizing the potential for returns.

Build scale:    to grow and build scale in a broad range of international markets and industry verticals within the online service platform and e-healthcare segment.

Strategic relationships:    focus on building and maintaining long-term strategic business relationships with other established players in the market to better utilize the network capabilities, reduce cost burden and generate supplementary revenue streams.

Acquisition strategy:    develop a more targeted and disciplined approach; focus on acquisitions that augment our existing online streaming portfolio.

Current and Potential Markets

Television Industry

We currently have operations in Maharashtra, including Mumbai, New Delhi, parts of West Bengal including Kolkata, parts of Madhya Pradesh including Indore & Bhopal, parts of Uttar Pradesh, and Bangalore. Of all media and entertainment options open to Indians, television remains the most penetrated medium in the country, catering to over 200 million households and counting.

Cable Television subscription revenues have significantly increased in last few years due to introduction of streaming services in the Indian market. Streaming media is currently sharing the market space with cable and satellite television but it starts receiving more and more attention. There are currently about 40 providers of Over–The–Top media services (OTT) in India, which distribute streaming media over the Internet. In 2018, the OTT market in India was worth Rs2,150 crore ($290 million), and its value grew to Rs3,500 crores ($473 million) in 2019. According to a KPMG report, the average time spent by Indian subscribers on various OTT platforms is 20–50 minutes9 per day. Internet has now become mainstream media for entertainment for most people. With growing Internet penetration, internet users in India are expected to increase from 445.96 million in 2017 to 829 million by 2021. Based on the data from www.statista.com, as of May 2020, there were 1.2 billion mobile subscriptions and 565 million internet subscriptions in India, making it the second-largest mobile consumer base and internet subscriber base in the world, behind only China according to a report on Digital India by McKinsey Global Institute released in March 2019.

The Indian media and entertainment industry is expected to reach around Rs307,000 core ($ 43.93 billion) by 2024. Media and entertainment industry is set to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 13.5 percent from 2019 to 2024. In FY 2019, major segments were television, print and films with a market size of Rs713 billion ($10.22 billion), Rs333 billion ($4.76 billion) and Rs185 billion ($2.62 billion), respectively. They are projected to reach Rs1025 billion ($14.67 billion), Rs375 billion ($4.76 billion) and Rs228 billion ($3.26 billion), respectively in FY 2022. Indian television market has an opportunity of catering to over 50 million homes as 197 million homes out of the total 240 million households have TV sets as of 201810.

The Indian advertising industry is projected to be the second fastest growing advertising market in Asia after China. At present, advertising revenue accounts for around 0.38 percent of India’s gross domestic product.11

Digital media & entertainment platforms in India grew 13.3 percent in FY2019 and reached Rs163,100 crore ($23.34 billion), contributing the most to the growth of media & entertainment sector in the country. India’s advertising revenue is projected to reach Rs1,367 billion ($19.56 billion) in FY2024 from Rs693 billion ($10 billion) in FY2019. India’s advertisement spending increased to Rs67,603 crore ($9.67 billion), growing at 11 percent year over year in 2019.

____________

8          https://www.statista.com/topics/4852/television-market-in-india/

9          Video OTT revenue in India expected to reach Rs13,800 crore by FY 2023, Exchange4media. Indian Advertising Media & Marketing News — exchange4media

10         https://www.ibef.org/industry/media-entertainment-india.aspx

11         https://www.ibef.org/industry/media-entertainment-india.aspx

53

Table of Contents

Telemedicine Industry

The COVID-19 crisis has resulted in a profound shift of healthcare delivery from the traditional healthcare model with its abundant resources to the healthcare model where patients are mandated to remain at home and cope with a profound lack of resources. The Covid-19 pandemic has caused severe shortages and threatens to overwhelm health care infrastructure. Thus, we believe telehealth services and mobile care (such as advanced physician house calls, VNS, home PT, nutritional optimization), with an efficiently managed and cost-effective delivery model, will support patients’ medical needs and alleviate the shortages of the available healthcare resources. Healthcare systems have scrambled to adopt applications marketed as ‘telemedicine’ solutions but are very little more than 2-way video conferencing with text messaging. Despite the availability of ultra-high-speed wireless connectivity, computationally intense smartphones, commoditized high resolutions cameras, and other existing solutions have not improved significantly over the past decade in design, user interface, integration, data visualization, nor utilization of AI Ecosystem Assets.

Moreover, the increased demand on mobile healthcare delivery to the home has not been met with a corresponding increase in platform sophistication required to perform anything other than a base level physical exam and rudimentary delivery of services. This demand will require omni-channel, multi-modal, multi-lingual communication across highly secure and private high-speed wireless networks. Multipoint video conferencing will be required as well as deep integrations into enterprise PBX, CRM, EMR platforms and other systems of record.

The Internet of Things (IoT) revolution has resulted in a plethora of intelligent devices capable of capturing and transmitting a diverse set of data domains including healthcare, environment, logistics, education, energy, and many others relevant to the efficient and effective delivery of care. Remote patient monitoring via patient worn active and passive sensors as well as next generation room-based sensors utilizing ultra-wideband impulse radar, hyperspectral imaging, will revolutionize home based care via remote patient monitoring.

The traditional health monitoring data concerning heart rate, respiratory rate, blood pressure, temperature, will be expanded to include body composition, sleeping patterns, nutrient ingestion, cognitive and behavioral status, wound assessment, range of motion monitoring, and many others.

As we have seen an increasing need to adopt any form of Telemedicine programs to combat the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe that the business technologies that Lytus is advancing are very unique.

Our Streaming Services

We offer our customers subscription-based video services and Internet services to residential customers, with prices and related charges based on the types of service selected, whether the services are sold as a “bundle” or on an individual basis, and based on the equipment necessary to receive our services. Our video customers receive a package of programming which generally includes a device that provides an interactive electronic programming guide with parental controls, access to pay-per-view services, including video on demand (“VOD”). Customers have the option to purchase additional tiers of services including premium channels which provide original programming, commercial-free movies, sports, and other special event entertainment programming. Substantially all of our video programming is available in high definition.

In order to establish our customer base, the Company has acquired all of the customers of Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited, through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019. Reachnet is also a licensed service provider and have, accordingly, agreed to provide streaming services to these customers. These customers are primarily located in the following metros in India: Mumbai, Hyderabad, Calcutta, New Delhi and Allahabad.

Our revenues are principally derived from the monthly fees customers pay for the services we provide. We typically charge a one-time installation fee which is sometimes waived or discounted in certain sales channels during certain promotional periods. We believe that offering a wide variety of video programming choices influences a customer’s decision to subscribe and retain our streaming services. We obtain basic and premium programming, usually pursuant to written contracts from a number of suppliers. Media corporation consolidation has, however, resulted in fewer suppliers and additional selling power on the part of programming suppliers. We have recently entered into an agreement with a Hollywood studio to co-produce or exclusively license original content which give us the right to provide our customers with certain exclusive content for a period of time.

54

Table of Contents

Programming is usually made available to us for a license fee, which is generally paid based on the number of customers to whom we make that programming available. Programming license fees may include “volume” discounts and financial incentives to support the launch of a channel and/or ongoing marketing support, as well as discounts for channel placement or service penetration. We also offer VOD and pay-per-view channels of movies and events that are subject to a revenue split with the content provider.

Our programming contracts are generally for a fixed period of time, usually for multiple years, and are subject to negotiated renewal. The contracts set to expire in any particular year vary. We will seek to renew these agreements on terms that we believe are favorable. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will be renewed on favorable or comparable terms. To the extent that we are unable to reach agreements with certain programmers on terms that we believe are reasonable, we have been, and may in the future be, forced to remove such programming channels from our line-up, which may result in a loss of customers.

Our advertising sales division offers local, regional and national businesses the opportunity to advertise in individual and multiple service areas on streaming networks and digital outlets. We receive revenues from the sale of local advertising across various platforms and networks. Our large national footprint provides opportunities for advertising customers to address broader regional audiences from a single provider and thus reach more customers with a single transaction. Our size also provides scale to invest in new technology to create more targeted and addressable advertising capabilities.

The Company through its partners has access to the content of more than 450 linear channels, allowing us to provide these channels to all our subscribers’ predominantly through RF medium using DVB-C technology as well as through IPTV / Online Streaming.

Lytus Group through its constituents delivers over 450 linear channels from various content providers such as Star TV (Disney), Zee TV, Sony, IndiaCast, Times Broadcasting, Discovery, Sun, Jaya TV, Eenadu Television, Turner International, Travel XP, BBC etc. The Company has also executed agreements with various content providers having national and regional movie and music libraries viz., such as ADB Shemaroo, Super Cassettes (T-Series), Surya Media Vision (Eros & Sonata) and Cine Prime.

Lytus has also started telecasting a few educational channels tailor-made for local educational boards catering to various school grades and has plans to focus on this segment going forward.

Our streaming solution is from a U.S. based vendor called “Secure TV”. Our mobile application (JPR Channel) is available on the Playstore and can be currently used by our home subscribers only. We are currently streaming all Free to Air (including home channels) and some select Pay Channels from various broadcasters through our OTT platform.

Lytus is working closely with various vendors globally for furthering the reach of their streaming network / platform and also building state of the art FTTH (Fiber to the home)/ G-PON network for connecting its existing and future subscribers. For this purpose, Lytus Group sources devices and other equipment such as RF/Hybrid/ IPTV/OTT Set Top Boxes, ONUs, OLTs, Headend and NoC equipment and finally passive components from vendors including Cisco, Harmonics, Arris (Now CommScope — USA), Gospell, ZTE, & Antik.

Our Telemedicine Services

On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI to add varieties to the manners in which healthcare services are provided to customers in the U.S. and in India. We believe GHSI’s strong management team, which has several decades of telemedicine experience in the U.S. and in India, will develop customized solutions and platforms to help Lytus grow its telemedicine offerings globally.

Our telehealth segment of business will focus on providing telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a large part of population in India. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services, as well as serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system.

We believe this extension of traditional healthcare services is vital because:

•        68% of Indians live in rural villages.

•        India has one doctor for every 1,445 people.

55

Table of Contents

•        More than 75% of Indian doctors are based in cities or urban areas.

•        Approximately 89% of rural Indian patients have to travel about 8 kilometers to access basic medical treatment.12

With rising internet penetration in India, increasing proliferation of fiber optic cables, expanding bandwidth, and owing to advancements in technology, doctors from urban India will have the ability to treat patients in rural areas remotely through video-call consultations.

Building on the Company’s strong fiber-optic network and customer base, we will strive to use technology-based innovation to address the most significant unmet needs of patients and societies across rural India.

In the first phase of our journey, we intend to develop and deliver telehealth services in the nature of preventive healthcare using technologies such as Internet of Medical Things (IoMT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI). Our initial focus is aimed at offering basic health monitoring and digital stethoscope services with the help of our own smart devices and software systems and also last mile medicine delivery services. Further, we intend to utilize clinical informatics for the collation of information for effective data analysis and for sharing the information with doctors/relatives/other stakeholders to help in better decision making.

With our streaming services and our devices, we intend to make it possible for the people to undertake self-health monitoring and combine the same with remote diagnosis with secure patient-doctor consultation. Thereby not only reducing the number of trips to the hospital but also build an ecosystem that may turn out to be an affordable, as well as a fast, way to bridge the rural-urban health divide.

Our healthcare service aims to provide telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a larger part of the population. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services and to serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system prevalent in the country.

With the rising internet penetration in India, increasing proliferation of fiber-optic cables, expanding bandwidths and advancements in technology, doctors from urban India will have the ability to treat patients in rural areas remotely through video-call consultations. In an industry where the cost of error is high, operational consistency and network dependability are critical. Information has to be accurate, and readily available. We believe that our operations will benefit from centralized decision-making and a uniform technology platform, coupled with a coordinated local presence. Our unified, scalable technology platform is being further developed and/or enhanced by our technology team, which is located in India. This technology platform covers all relevant aspects of our operations, from data management, business intelligence, traffic optimization and consumer engagement to infrastructure, logistics and payments. Data is constantly collected and analyzed to help optimize operations, make the consumer experience more personal and relevant, and enable us, selected sellers and logistics partners to make informed, real-time decisions.

In addition, our approach is to collaborate with global chain of health insurance companies, pharmaceutical companies, hospitals and diagnostic clinics, and medical research universities. We intend to develop an ecosystem of medical expertise and healthcare at home. India is regulating medical devices13 and has opened up many opportunities from the perspective of preventive healthcare and at-home on-demand online content.

Self-monitoring for diagnosis would require an infrastructure for an effective and efficient communication equipment and distribution network. We believe that our streaming and telecast services customer base and access to a significant fiber infrastructure, ideally positions us to telemedicine services to over approximately 1.8 million households. The aggregated customer base of over 8 million individuals will be offered telemedicine services as well as telemedicine devices and products to enhance the quality of healthcare services offered.

____________

12        World Health Day Amid Covid Crisis by Pramod N Sulikeri, Available: https://myarogya.in/general/world-health-day-amid-covid-crisis/ & Telemedicine Force Multiplier for Healthcare Delivery by Major General Ashok Kumar Singh (retd), Available: https://innohealthmagazine.com/2020/guest-column/telemedicine-healthcare-delivery/

13        The Medical Devices Rules, 2017 read with Medical Devices (Amendment) Rules, 2020

56

Table of Contents

Competition

As a unified platform services company, individual segments of our business face competition from other services providers that operate in India.

Our streaming business typically faces competition from the following service providers:

Hotstar

Hotstar, (now Disney+ Hotstar), is the most subscribed–to OTT platform in India, owned by Star India as of 2018, with around 150 million active users and over 350 million downloads. According to Hotstar’s India Watch Report 2018, 96% of watch time on Hotstar comes from videos longer than 20 minutes, while one–third of Hotstar subscribers watch television shows.13

Netflix in India

American streaming service Netflix entered India in January 2016. In April 2017, it was registered as a limited liability partnership (LLP) and started commissioning content. It earned a net profit of Rs.2.02 million for fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018, Netflix earned revenues of Rs.580 million. According to Morgan Stanley Research, Netflix had the highest average watch time of more than 120 minutes but viewer counts of around 20 million in July 2018. As of 2018, Netflix has six million subscribers, of which 5–6% are paid members.14

Olly Plus

Olly Plus was launched in 2020 by Sk Line Production. Olly Plus is Odisha’s new online Odia OTT platform where you can enjoy unlimited Odia Videos, Albums, Movies, Comedy Videos, Short Films, Audio Stories and other videos on the go.

Since Telemedicine is a relatively new offering in India, Lytus does not face significant competition in this segment locally in India. Start-ups that have commenced with telemedicine business in India are — DocOnline, Clinikk Healthcare, Practo and MedLife. However, all of these companies run online health clinics that provide online doctor consultations, online pharmacies, and health insurance. Our telemedicine business is designed to not be in direct competition with these companies. We have significant competitive advantage in telemedicine service through remote health monitoring device and unified Lytus platform for content management.

Competitive Advantage

We believe that the following competitive strengths distinguish us from our competitors:

Innovation

World-class networks:    enhancing our access to fiber-optic network, we intend to elevate the customer experience, enhance reliability and sustain future growth. Building on this capability and leveraging modern technology, we are diversifying into new growth areas to expand our business horizon.

Strengthen innovation:    we have long been a technological innovation leader within our industry space. We are taking steps designed to ensure we maintain and consolidate our market share. We continue to maintain our investments in different technological upgrades at a level that is consistent with changing industry dynamics. Today, we are amongst the few players in India who have transformed the traditional set-top box into an android box, thereby giving access to a host of new facilities under one platform.

Value

Profitable growth:    driving continued profitable revenue and customer growth in our core consumer and business markets, while continuously looking for opportunities to widen the business horizon. From a traditional contact management service provider, we have evolved into a significant online content management service provider, with sustained profits.

____________

14        “Video OTT revenue in India expected to reach Rs 13,800 crore by FY 2023 — Exchange4media”. Indian Advertising Media & Marketing News — exchange4media. Available: https://www.exchange4media.com/digital-news/video-ott-revenue-in-india-expected-to-reach-rs-13-800-crore-by-fy-2023-92262.html

57

Table of Contents

Disciplined capital allocation: we continue to invest in long-term growth opportunities, while simultaneously building on our core capabilities and engaging in strategic partnerships to widen our geographical presence and offerings.

Growth

Putting customers first:    focusing on customer service excellence and technological leadership to further strengthen our differentiated competitive position and enhance the customer experience with an integrated digital platform covering areas such as education, entertainment, financial technology, and healthcare. We strive to continue exceeding our customers’ expectations by enhancing our network capacity and coverage while broadening service offerings.

Proven growth strategy:    delivering industry-leading performance by continuing to execute on our long-term growth strategy focused on data and our fiber-optic network capabilities.

Employees

As of August 23, 2021, we employed 38 people on a full-time basis and 5 people on a part-time basis, comprised of 15 employees in management, 8 employees in sales and marketing, 10 employees in research and development, and 10 employees in administration.

Intellectual Property Rights

We are in the process of registering our intellectual property rights to protect our business interests and ensure our competitive position in our industry. We intend to vigorously protect our technology and proprietary rights, but there can be no assurance that our efforts will be successful. Even if our efforts are successful, we may incur significant costs in defending our rights.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have applied for 3 trademarks, and 2 domain names in India and overseas.

Properties

Our headquarters is located at 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India, 400 093. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not involved in any legal proceedings; nor are we aware of any claims that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Government Regulation

The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive governmental laws and regulations in the United States and India. More particularly, in India, our business is subject to the governance under the foreign exchange laws governing the foreign investments, directions issued by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India, regulations and directions issued by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. There are numerous laws and regulations governing the operation of streaming and telemedicine business, and purchase, sale, and sharing of personal information about consumers, many of which are new and continue to evolve; accordingly, it is difficult to determine whether and how existing and proposed privacy laws may apply to our businesses in the future. Furthermore, government regulations can change with little to no notice and may result in increased regulation of our product(s), resulting in a greater regulatory burden for us.

Regulation in connection with our streaming service

India

The following is an overview of the important laws and regulations which are relevant to our streaming in India. The description of laws and regulations sets out below is not exhaustive and is based on the current provisions of Indian laws, which are subject to change or modification by subsequent legislative, regulatory, administrative or judicial decisions.

58

Table of Contents

Before the introduction of cable television in India, broadcasting was solely under the control of the State. The Government of India was caught unprepared with the emergence of cable networks and broadcasting through satellites in the early 1990s. The government was not able to put a check on transmission and broadcast of television through foreign satellites. Due to the lack of licensing mechanism for cable operators; this resulted in large number of cable operators, broadcasting programs without any regulation.

The necessity of procuring license for operating cable networks was first mentioned by the Rajasthan High Court in the case of Shiv Cable TV System v. State of Rajasthan television through foreign satellites. The high court held that there was no violation of the right to freedom of trade because cable networks fall within the definition of “wireless telegraph apparatus” under the Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act and therefore it necessary to have license to operate such network. This highlighted the need for having a framework for the regulation of cable networks in India which led to the enactment of the Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995 becoming effective from September 29, 1994.

The Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995 (“Cable Television Act”)

The Cable Television Act regulates the operation of cable television networks in India. The Cable Television Act requires any cable operator who is desirous of operating a cable television network to be registered with the head post master of the area concerned. Where the Central Government is satisfied that it is necessary in public interest to do so may make it obligatory for every cable operator to transmit or re-transmit programs of any channel in an encrypted form through a DAS.

The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting issued a notification dated November 11, 2011 (“DAS Notification”) under the Cable Television Act, making it mandatory for every cable operator to transmit or retransmit programs of any channel in an encrypted form through a digital addressable system in four phases in such cities and with effect from such dates as specified in the DAS Notification. Phase I included the cities of Mumbai, Delhi, Kolkata and Chennai where digitization had to be completed by June 30, 2012. The said deadline of June 30, 2012 was extended until October 31, 2012. Phase II which included 38 cities, was required to be completed by March 31, 2013. Further, phases III and IV are required to be completed by December 2015 and December 2016 respectively.

The Cable Television Network Rules, 1994 (“Cable Television Rules”)

The Cable Television Rules stipulate that registration as a cable operator needs to be renewed every 12 months. The Cable Television Rules further stipulate that a MSO shall apply for registration in order to provide DAS services.

The Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 (“Telegraph Act”)

The Telegraph Act governs all forms of the usage of ‘telegraph’ which expression has been defined to mean any appliance, instrument, material or apparatus used or capable of use for transmission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, and sounds or intelligence of any nature, by wire, visual or other electro-magnetic emissions, radio waves or hertzian waves, galvanic, electric or magnetic means. Using appliance or apparatus for the purposes of dissemination of television signals and video transmissions therefore comes within the definition of a ‘telegraph’.

The Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act, 1933 (“Wireless Telegraphy Act”)

In addition to a telegraph license under section 4 of the Telegraph Act, land-based wireless providers and users also require an additional license under the Wireless Telegraphy Act. Section 3 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act forbids any person from possessing a wireless telegraphy apparatus without a license. Under section 5 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act, the license to possess the wireless and radio equipment and to use it for wireless services is issued by the telegraph authority designated under the Telegraph Act, that is, the Director-General of Posts and Telegraphs.

The Sports Broadcasting Signals (Mandatory Sharing with Prasar Bharati) Act, 2007 (“Mandatory Signal Sharing Act”)

The Mandatory Signal Sharing Act provides for access to the largest number of listeners and viewers, on a free to air basis, of sporting events of national importance through mandatory sharing of sports broadcasting signals with Prasar Bharati. Under this enactment, no content rights owner or holder and no television or radio broadcasting

59

Table of Contents

service provider can carry a live television broadcast on any cable or DTH network or radio commentary broadcast in India of “sporting events of national importance”, unless it simultaneously shares the live broadcasting signal, without advertisements, with Prasar Bharati, to enable Prasar Bharati to re-transmit the signal on its terrestrial networks and DTH networks.

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India Act, 1997 (“TRAI Act”)

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (“TRAI”) was established in 1997 by the TRAI Act, as amended, to regulate telecommunication services in India, including broadcasting and cable services. The TRAI is vested with major recommendatory, regulatory and tariff setting functions, including (a) making recommendations on the need and timing for introduction of new service providers, (b) on the terms and conditions of license to a service provider, (c) ensuring compliance of terms and conditions of license, (d) effective management of telecom, (e) laying down the standards for quality of service, (f) conducting a periodical survey of such service provided by the service providers so as to protect interest of consumers, and (g) notifying the rates at which telecommunication services within India and outside India shall be provided under the TRAI Act. In addition, the TRAI Act contains penalty provisions for offences committed by a company under the TRAI Act.

The following regulations have been notified by TRAI: A. Regulations applicable to DAS Notified areas:

The Standards of Quality of Service (Digital Addressable Cable TV Systems) Regulations, 2012 (“DAS Regulations”)

The DAS Regulations require every MSO or its linked Local Cable Operator (“LCO”), offering digital addressable cable TV services in entire DAS Notified areas to devise formats of application for seeking connection, disconnection, reconnection and for obtaining and returning of set top boxes. Any person seeking connection, disconnection or reconnection or shifting of cable service connection or intending to obtain or return set top box at a place located within the area of operation of a MSO or its linked LCO is required to make an application to such MSO/ LCO, as the case may be. Every MSO/ LCO shall provide the cable services to every person making request for the same. No MSO/ LCO shall disconnect the cable services to the subscriber or take any channel off the air without giving prior notice of at least 15 days to such subscriber indicating the reasons for such disconnection and no charge for the services other than the rent for set top box shall be levied on the subscriber for the period during which the services were discontinued. In the event of a complaint received from a subscriber, the MSO/ LCO shall respond to the complaint within eight hours and at least 90% of all ‘no signal’ complaints received shall be redressed and signal restored within twenty four hours of receipt of such complaint. Further, the quality of the set top box should conform to the Indian standard set by the Bureau of Indian Standards.

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable Services) Interconnection (Digital Addressable Cable Television Systems) Regulations, 2012 (“Interconnection DAS Regulations”)

The Interconnection DAS Regulations provide that no broadcaster of television channels shall engage in any practice or activity or enter into any understanding or arrangement, including exclusive contract with any MSO for distribution of its channel which may prevent any other MSO from obtaining such TV channels for distribution. Further, every broadcaster shall provide signals of its television channels on non-discriminatory basis to every MSO having the prescribed channel capacity and registered. Every broadcaster shall provide the signals of television channels to a MSO, in accordance with its Reference Interconnect Offer (RIO) or as may be mutually agreed, within 60 days from the date of receipt of the request. Every MSO while seeking interconnection with the broadcaster, shall ensure that its DAS installed for the distribution of television channels meets the DAS requirements specified in these regulations. A MSO operating in the Municipal boundary of Greater Mumbai, National Capital Territory of Delhi, Kolkata and Chennai shall have a capacity to carry a minimum of 500 channels as of January 1, 2013 and provided that all MSOs operating in the above areas and having subscriber base of less than 25,000 shall have the capacity to carry a minimum of 500 channels by April 1, 2013. In the event of a complaint received from a subscriber, the MSO/ LCO shall respond to the complaint within eight hours and at least 90% of all ‘no signal’ complaints received shall be redressed and signal restored within twenty four hours of receipt of such complaint.

60

Table of Contents

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable) Services (Fourth) (Addressable Systems) Tariff Order, 2010 (“Tariff Order”)

TRAI has imposed a ceiling on tariffs of channels and bouquets of channels payable by (i) broadcasters to distributors, (ii) LCOs to MSOs, and (iii) subscribers to MSOs/LCOs. The Tariff Order provides that every MSO shall offer all channels to its subscribers on an a-la-carte basis and shall specify the maximum retail price for each channel, as payable by the subscribers. The a-la-carte rates for free to air channels shall be uniform. Further, in the event a MSO is offering channels as part of a bouquet, the sum of the a-la-carte rates of the channels forming part of such a bouquet shall in no case exceed one and half times of the rate of that bouquet of which such channels are a part. Additionally, the a-la-carte rate of each channel forming part of such a bouquet shall in no case exceed three times the average rate of channel of that bouquet of which such channel is a part. Every MSO shall report to TRAI, the a-la-carte rates for its pay channels and the bouquet rates.

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable Services) Interconnection Regulation, 2004, as amended (“Interconnection Regulations”)

The Interconnection Regulations apply to all arrangements among service providers, including MSOs, for interconnection and revenue sharing for all telecommunication services, including cable services in India. The Interconnection Regulations provides that broadcasters are required to provide signals on non-discriminatory terms to all distributors of television channels. Similarly, Head End In The Sky (“HITS”) operators and MSOs are required to re-transmit signals received from a broadcaster on a non-discriminatory basis to LCOs. MSOs are not allowed to engage in any practice or activity or enter into any understanding or arrangement, including exclusive contracts with any distributor of TV channels that prevents any other distributor from obtaining such TV channels. Further, No Broadcaster/ MSO/ HITS operator shall disconnect the TV channel signals to a distributor of TV channels without giving three weeks prior written notice indicating the brief reasons for the proposed action.

Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable) Services (Second) Tariff Order, 2004, as amended

TRAI has imposed a ceiling on tariffs on channels and bouquets of channels, payable by (i) MSOs to broadcasters, (ii) LCOs to MSOs, and (iii) subscribers to MSOs/LCOs. The charges, excluding taxes shall not exceed 4% of the charges prevailing as of December 1, 2007 with respect to free to air, pay channels, bouquet of channels and standalone channels not part of a bouquet, offered by MSOs to LCOs and by MSOs/ LCOs to subscribers. Further, every MSO/LCO is required to give to every subscriber a bill for the charges payables by that subscriber.

The Standards of Quality of Service (Broadcasting and Cable Services) (Cable Television — Non CAS Areas) Regulation, 2009

The regulations provide for provisions relating to connection/disconnection or shifting of cable services as well as provisions for the billing procedure and billing related complaints. Further, the regulations details the mechanism for the handling of complaints and the provisions regarding additional standards of quality of service relating to digital decoders and set top boxes for digital cable service in non-CAS areas.

The Policy Guidelines for Uplinking of Television Channels from India, 2011 (“Uplinking Guidelines”)

The Uplinking Guidelines came into effect in December 5, 2011 and regulate the gathering, uplinking and broadcasting of television-based content in India. The Uplinking Guidelines provide for, inter alia, permission for: (i) setting up of uplinking hub/teleports; (ii) uplinking of non-news and current affairs television channels (that is, channels which do not include elements of news and current affairs in their program content); (iii) uplinking of news and current affairs television channels; and (iv) uplinking by Indian news agency; (v) use of SNG/DSNG equipment in C Band and Ku Band; and (vi) temporary uplinking. Setting up uplinking hub/teleports, uplinking of a non-news and current affairs television channels, or uplinking news and current affairs television channels requires a specific permission from the MIB, and the permission granted by the MIB is valid for a period of ten years.

61

Table of Contents

Guidelines and General Information for Grant of License for Operating Internet Services, 2007 (“ISP License Guidelines”)

The DoT issued ISP License Guidelines or grant of license of internet services on non-exclusive basis. The licensee company is required to provide service within 24 months from the date of signing the license agreement. The license is valid for a period of 15 years and access to internet through an authorized cable operator is permitted to ISPs without additional licensing subject to the provisions of Cable Television Act. In addition, the license is governed by the provisions of the Telegraph Act and the TRAI Act.

A service provider is required to obtain a license and enter into a standard agreement (“ISP License Agreement”) with the DoT before starting operations as an ISP. In addition to the conditions required to be followed by a licensee company under the ISP License Guidelines, the ISP License Agreement provides for further requirements to be adhered to by the licensee company.

The Telecommunication Tariff Order, 1999 (“Tariff Order 1999”)

The Tariff Order issued by TRAI, provides the terms and conditions at which telecommunication services within India and outside India may be provided, including rates and related conditions at which messages shall be transmitted to any country outside India, deposits, installation fees, rentals, free calls, usage charges and any other related fees or service charge.

The United States

We plan to expand our streaming business to the United States. Like many OTT companies, our operations are subject to routine regulation by governmental agencies. Companies conducting business on the internet are subject to a number of U.S. domestic laws and regulations. In addition, laws and regulations relating to user privacy, freedom of expression, content, advertising, information security and intellectual property rights are being debated and considered for adoption by many countries throughout the world. Online businesses face risks from some of the proposed legislation that could be passed in the future.

In the United States, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties sometimes get tested by a number of claims, which include actions for libel, slander, invasion of privacy and other tort claims, unlawful activity, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature and content of the materials searched, the ads posted, or the content generated by users. Any court ruling that imposes liability on providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties could harm our businesses.

A range of other laws and new interpretations of existing laws could have an impact on our businesses as well. For example, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998 has provisions that limit, but do not necessarily eliminate, liability for listing, linking or hosting third-party content that includes materials that infringe copyrights. Various United States and international laws restrict the distribution of materials considered harmful to children and impose additional restrictions on the ability of online services to collect information from minors. In the area of data protection, many states have passed laws requiring notification to users when there is a security breach for personal data, such as California’s Information Practices Act. The costs of compliance with these laws may increase in the future as a result of changes in interpretation. Further, any failure to comply with these laws may subject us to significant liabilities.

We also face risks due to government failure to preserve the internet’s basic neutrality as to the services and sites that users can access through their broadband service providers. Such a failure to enforce network neutrality could limit the internet’s pace of innovation and the ability of large competitors, small businesses and entrepreneurs to develop and deliver new products, features and services, which could harm our business.

Companies conducting online businesses are also subject to federal, state and foreign laws regarding privacy and protection of user data. Any failure by us to comply with our privacy policies or privacy related laws and regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental authorities or others, which could potentially harm our business. Further, any failure to protect our users’ privacy and data could result in a loss of user confidence in our services and ultimately in a loss of users, which could adversely affect our business.

62

Table of Contents

Regulations in connection with our proposed tele-medicine service

India

The Indian Government has published Telemedicine Practice Guidelines (“Telemedicine Guidelines”) on March 25, 2020. These guidelines finally clarify India’s position on the legality of teleconsultation. It is now legal to provide teleconsultation by registered medical practitioners (M.B.B.S and above) in line with the requirements of the Telemedicine Guidelines. Telehealth is defined as “The delivery and facilitation of health and health-related services including medical care, provider and patient education, health information services, and self-care via telecommunications and digital communication technologies”. It is aimed to achieve timely access to appropriate interventions including faster access, real-time access and access to services that may not otherwise be available, and includes all channels of communication with the patient that leverages Information Technology platforms, including Voice, Audio, Text & Digital Data exchange.

Under the Telemedicine Guidelines, doctor can choose the medium of teleconsultation: A doctor may use any medium for patient consultation, e.g. telephone, mobile or landline phones, chat platforms like WhatsApp, Facebook Messenger etc., other mobile apps or internet-based digital platforms for telemedicine or data transmission systems like Skype/ email/ fax etc. However, before proceeding with the teleconsultation, the doctor should exercise professional judgement to decide whether the teleconsultation is, in fact, appropriate and in the interest of the patient. If the answer is yes, then the doctor should evaluate which medium would be preferred for the teleconsultation. For example, a complaint of appendicitis may require a physical examination and teleconsultation may not be preferred. On the other hand, some common complaints may not require physical examination or even consultation in real-time. For example, a complaint of headache or fever may not always require the doctor to examine the patient physically or audio-visually through a mobile or computer application. However, in certain cases, for example, on presentation of allergy or inflammation (e.g. Conjunctivitis), the doctor may choose to examine the patient in-person or through an audio-visual teleconsultation. Thus, the decision to examine the patient physically or remotely i.e. through teleconsultation, and the medium of teleconsultation, is to be taken by the doctor himself or herself on case to case basis. However, the Doctor on teleconsultation is required to maintain confidentiality of patient data, unless prior written consent has been obtained.

Doctor has to maintain the same standard of care during teleconsultation as during in-person consultation: The Telemedicine Guidelines require doctors to maintain the same standard of care towards a patient during a teleconsultation as they would during an in-person consultation. In other words, the fact that the teleconsultation took place over a mobile app or email or telephone cannot be taken as a defense by a doctor against an allegation of medical negligence. Every doctor is expected to know the limitation of teleconsultation and advise or prescribe accordingly.

Patient is responsible for the accuracy of information: During the course of teleconsultation, if the doctor inquires for relevant information from the patient, then the patient is supposed to disclose the right information. The Telemedicine Guidelines have clarified that is the patient who will be responsible for accuracy for the information shared with the doctor, and not the doctor. However, since the standard of care is as high in the case of teleconsultation as in-person consultation, the doctor must make all efforts to gather sufficient medical information about the patient’s condition before deciding on a diagnosis or a treatment. If a patient provides any contradictory information, or if the doctor is not convinced with the information at hand to make a professional decision, he may ask patient to provide such documents or undertake such tests as he/she may feel proper in his/her professional judgement without fear of liability. Patient identification is mandatory during the first consultation.

Caregiver is deemed to be authorized on behalf of minor or incapacitated patients: If the age of the patient is 16 years or less, or if the patient is incapacitated (due to mental conditions like dementia or physical disability due to an accident), then the caregiver is deemed to be authorized to consult on behalf of the patient. The Telemedicine Guidelines clarify that in such cases, the teleconsultation can take place with the caregiver without the presence of the patient.

There is no fixed format for issuing a prescription in a teleconsultation. The Telemedicine Guidelines has recommended a format, but following it is not mandatory. However, the doctor must provide photo/scan /digital copy of a signed prescription or e-Prescription to the patient via email or any messaging platform. The limitation on prescribing medicines (such as habit-forming drugs or narcotic or psychotropic drug, etc.) to patients should be adhered to. Please note that a doctor can transfer the prescription to a pharmacy only if he/ she has the explicit consent of the patient.

63

Table of Contents

The United States

The healthcare industry and the practice of medicine are extensively regulated at both the state and federal levels. Our ability to operate profitably in the future will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated providers, to maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules continue to evolve, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our business processes from time to time. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities in the future will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations.

Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

The practice of medicine, including the provision of behavioral health services, is subject to various federal, state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations and approvals, relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, the practice of medicine (including the provision of remote care and cross-coverage practice), equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication. The application of some of these laws to telehealth is unclear and subject to differing interpretation.

Physicians and behavioral health professionals who provide professional medical or behavioral health services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or to provide behavioral health treatment in the state in which the patient is located. In addition, certain states require a physician providing telehealth to be physically located in the same state as the patient. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in our services being found to be non-reimbursable or prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil or criminal penalties.

Corporate Practice of Medicine; Fee-Splitting

We may contract with physicians or physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations to deliver our services to their patients. We may also enter into management services contracts with these physicians and physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which we may provide them with billing, scheduling and a wide range of other services, and they pay us for those services out of the fees they collect from patients and third-party payors. These contractual relationships will be subject to various state laws, including those of New York, Texas and California, that prohibit fee-splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of certain states, decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates and the hiring and management of non-clinical personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine.

State corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws vary from state to state and are not always consistent among states. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our engagement of a provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth to a resident of the state. Failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action against us and/or our providers, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease-and-desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our providers that interfere with our business and other materially adverse consequences.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Federal Stark Law

After we establish our telemedicine service, we will be subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include

64

Table of Contents

the denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties of up to $15,000 for each violation and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the federally-funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions may be fined up to $100,000 for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

We will be also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broadly worded and prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs or (iii) the purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or entity no longer does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as discussed below. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $50,000 per violation and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, OIG has published safe harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

False Claims Act

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally-funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower and false claims provisions.

State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Several states also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor,

65

Table of Contents

including commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally-funded healthcare program. A determination of liability under such state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Other Healthcare Laws

HIPAA established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to insurance companies and other non-governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs.

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co-payments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the Anti-Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud.

State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of PII, including health information. In particular, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of PHI and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Teladoc, our Providers and our health plan Clients are all regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the independent contractors, agents and other “business associates” of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI in connection with providing services to covered entities. Although we are a covered entity under HIPAA, we are also a business associate of other covered entities when we are working on behalf of our affiliated medical groups.

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. The civil penalties range from $100 to $50,000 per violation, with a cap of $1.5 million per year for violations of the same standard during the same calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity

66

Table of Contents

of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. The regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts.

HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards establishing electronic transaction standards that all healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically. On January 16, 2009, HHS released the final rule mandating that everyone covered by HIPAA must implement ICD-10 for medical coding on October 2, 2013, which has since been subsequently extended to October 2, 2015.

Many states also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.

In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of PII. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.

67

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth our executive officers and directors, their ages and the positions held by them:

Name(1)

 

Age

 

Position

 

Appointed

Dharmesh Pandya

 

52

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

March 16, 2020

Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

60

 

Director

 

April 1, 2020

Shreyas Shah

 

38

 

Chief Financial Officer – Global and Director

 

April 1, 2020

Robert M. Damante

 

69

 

Independent Director

 

*

Gurdial Singh Khandpur

 

51

 

Independent Director

 

*

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry

 

61

 

Independent Director

 

*

____________

(1)      The individual’s business address is c/o Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India 400 093.

*        Director appointment effective upon the closing of this offering.

Dharmesh Pandya is the founder and CEO of Lytus. He is a Technology, Tax and Corporate lawyer with over 25 years’ experience. Mr. Pandya served as our director since the inception of the Company and was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on April 1, 2020. He started his career with Big Four accounting firms in New York and helped build their International and Emerging Market Practices. From December 2012 to April 2015, he served as a partner at DLA Piper in Silicon Valley where he set up and advised several technology companies globally. From April 2015 to March 2020, Mr. Pandya served as CEO of Lituus Technologies Limited. He is a graduate of Harvard Law School.

Shreyas Shah joined us as our Chief Financial Officer on April 1. 2020. He has more than 15 years of hands-on experience in Legal, Financial, Management, and Tax Consultancy, including Business Restructuring, Transaction Structuring, Business Valuation, Private Equity investment structuring, International Taxation and Transfer Pricing, etc. In the past, he has worked as Assistant Manager at KPMG India from October 2007 to March 2012, a research associate at IBFD Netherlands from April 2012 to January 2013, a partner at Ambalal Thakkar and Associates from May 2006 to December 31, 2018 and a proprietor at Shreyas N. Shah & Associates from April 1, 2013 to April 1, 2020. His expertise includes, inter-alia, to develop and implement an innovative, growth focused commercial strategy, focusing primarily on new product areas and emerging markets, while analyzing, managing and mitigating potential legal, tax and financial risks. Mr. Shah received his Advance LLM in International Tax Law from Leiden University in 2012.

Jagjit Singh Kohli joined us as a director on April 1, 2020. He is a pioneer in Cable TV and broadcasting industry with several path breaking achievements to his credit. He was among the first to start Cable TV services in the country and is acknowledged as the most experienced and respected man in the Cable TV industry. He is an Engineer from SASMIRA Mumbai. From 2015 to March 31,2020, Mr. Kohli served as CEO at Digicable Network India Pvt Ltd, a cable television company based in Mumbai, India. Mr. Kohli served as a director of Lytus India from May 2008 to June 2019. He was then reappointed as a director of Lytus India on April 1, 2020.

Robert M. Damante will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Damante is an experienced financial professional. He has been the Chief Financial Officer of two different Life Insurance Companies, and a senior executive in four others over the past 30 years. Recently retired, his most recent position was as EVP and CFO of Prosperity Life Group in New York. In that position he managed all financial activities of this multi-billion life insurance company. Prosperity was the acquirer of SBLI USA (previously Savings Bank Life Insurance Company of New York) where he had been the EVP and CFO for five years. Prior to that he was Senior Vice President of Finance for SBLI USA, where he oversaw the Planning, Financial, Treasury, Tax and Employee Benefit functions of this growing insurance company. Before joining SBLI USA he was SVP of Finance at GE Financial Assurance Company (Genworth) where he managed financial planning and reporting for the New York Life Insurance operations of GE’s New York companies. He had previously held positions of increasing responsibility at American Mayflower Life and Home Life Insurance Companies. He spent his early professional years as a staff accountant with Grant Thornton and its predecessors, where he received his CPA Certification in 1977. Mr. Damante received his Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Saint Francis College and MBA from Long Island University.

Gurdial Singh Khandpur will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Khandpur has over 29 years of experience in managing and leading business operations, strategy development and deployment, business acquisition, business development, sales and marketing. Since January 2016, Mr. Khandpur

68

Table of Contents

has been serving as President and CEO of HFCL Limited, a leading telecommunications equipment & solutions provider in India. From April 2012 to December 2015, Mr. Khandpur served as CEO and a director at DigiVive Services Pvt Ltd., a leading OTT PaaS company in India, powering OTT for leading names in telecom, ISP & MSO and content owners. Mr. Khandpur has been also playing a leading role in various positions at other telecommunication companies. Mr. Khandpur received his Bachelor’s Degree from Thapar Institute of Engineering & Technology in 1991 and Executive MBA in Telecom from Telecom informa UK in 2006.

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Dr. Chaudhry is an accomplished healthcare consultant and strategic advisor with over four decades of global multi-industry experience. He was CEO and Managing Director of leading diagnostics and drug delivery innovations companies in Asia. Since June 2016, Dr. Chaudhry has been serving as a strategy consultant, providing advisory and consulting services to investors, bankers and corporates on M&A Opportunities, project strategy and new markets entry. From December 2006 to May 2016, he served as Managing Director of SRL Limited, one of the India’s largest healthcare diagnostic companies. Dr. Chaudhry received his PhD in International Business from Columbia University in 1988.

None of the events listed in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K has occurred during the past ten years that is material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our directors, director nominees or executive officers.

Board of Directors and Board Committees

Composition of Board; Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors presently consists of six directors and we are in the process of seeking one more independent director. Pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our officers will be elected by and serve at the discretion of the board. Our Board of Directors shall hold meetings on at least a quarterly basis.

Each of our directors holds office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified unless the director was appointed by the board of directors, in which case such director holds office until the next following annual meeting of shareholders at which time such director is eligible for re-election.

Our Board of Directors plays a significant role in our risk oversight. The board makes all relevant Company decisions. As such, it is important for us to have our Chief Executive Officer serve on the board as he plays key roles in the risk oversight of our company. As a smaller reporting company with a small Board of Directors, we believe it is appropriate to have the involvement and input of all of our directors in risk oversight matters.

Director Independence

Our board has reviewed the independence of our directors, applying the NASDAQ independence standards. Based on this review, the board determined that each of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry are “independent” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. In making this determination, our board considered the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board deemed relevant in determining their independence. As required under applicable NASDAQ rules, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet on a regular basis as often as necessary to fulfil their responsibilities, including at least annually in executive session without the presence of non-independent directors and management.

Duties of Directors

Under BVI law, our directors have a duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. See “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our directors’ fiduciary duties under BVI law. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our Memorandum and Articles of Association. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

69

Table of Contents

The functions and powers of our Board of Directors include, among others:

•        appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers,

•        authorizing the payment of donations to religious, charitable, public or other bodies, clubs, funds or associations as deemed advisable,

•        exercising the borrowing powers of the company and mortgaging the property of the company,

•        executing checks, promissory notes and other negotiable instruments on behalf of the company, and

•        maintaining or registering a register of mortgages, charges or other encumbrances of the company.

Board Committees

Currently, the Company is evaluating the composition of the committees of under the board and we plan to establish three committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating Committee.

The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company and audits of the financial statements of our company, including the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent auditors. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and makes recommendations to the board regarding our compensation policies for our officers and all forms of compensation, and also administers our incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans (but our board retains the authority to interpret those plans). The Nominating Committee of the board is responsible for the assessment of the performance of the Board, considering and making recommendations to the board with respect to the nominations or elections of directors and other governance issues. The nominating committee considers diversity of opinion and experience when nominating directors.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating, and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm,

•        discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm the independence of its members from its management,

•        reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit,

•        approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm,

•        overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC,

•        reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls, and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements,

•        coordinating the oversight by our Board of Directors of our code of business conduct and our disclosure controls and procedures,

•        establishing procedures for the confidential and or anonymous submission of concerns regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and

•        reviewing and approving related-party transactions.

Our Audit Committee consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on an Audit Committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and NASDAQ rules. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Damante qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ rules.

70

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        reviewing and approving, or recommending to the Board of Directors to approve the compensation of our CEO and other executive officers and directors,

•        reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs,

•        administering incentive and equity-based compensation,

•        reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers, and

•        appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants or advisors.

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on Compensation Committee under NASDAQ rules.

Nominating Committee

The Nominating Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        selecting or recommending for selection candidates for directorships,

•        evaluating the independence of directors and director nominees,

•        reviewing and making recommendations regarding the structure and composition of our Board of Directors and the Board of Directors committees,

•        developing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance principles and practices;

•        reviewing and monitoring our company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and

•        overseeing the evaluation of our company’s management.

Our Nominating Committee consists of consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Nominating Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on a Nominating Committee under NASDAQ rules.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of this code is available on our website. We intend to disclose on our website any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions.

Interested Transactions

A director may vote, attend a Board of Directors meeting, or sign a document on our behalf with respect to any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested. A director must promptly disclose the interest to all other directors after becoming aware of the fact that he or she is interested in a transaction we have entered into or are to enter into. A general notice or disclosure to the Board of Directors or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors that a director is a shareholder, director, officer or trustee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company will be sufficient disclosure, and, after such general notice, it will not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

71

Table of Contents

Remuneration and Borrowing

The directors may receive such remuneration as our Board of Directors may determine from time to time. Each director is entitled to be repaid or prepaid for all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred in attending meetings of our Board of Directors or committees of our Board of Directors or shareholder meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure for the directors. Our Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

Qualification

A director is not required to hold shares as a qualification to office.

Limitation on Liability and Other Indemnification Matters

BVI law does not limit the extent to which a company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the BVI courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may indemnify our directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors or officers under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya, may beneficially own approximately 71.1% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding common shares. As a result, we may be deemed a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing standards. If we are deemed a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

•        the requirement that our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.

Although we do not intend to rely on the controlled company exemptions under the Nasdaq listing standards even if we are deemed a controlled company, we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future, and if so, you would not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market.”

Executive Compensation

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer did not receive any compensation from the Company for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020.

72

Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

Dharmesh Pandya Employment Agreement

On April 1, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Dharmesh Pandya pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of US$450,000 payable in accordance with our company’s ordinary payroll practices. Under the terms of this “at-will” employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive a semi-annual discretionary bonus.

Shreyas Shah Employment Agreement

On April 1, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Shreyas Shah pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Financial Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of US$280,000 payable in accordance with our company’s ordinary payroll practices. Under the terms of this “at-will” employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive a semi-annual discretionary bonus.

Director Compensation

All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders at which their respective class of directors is re-elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among our directors or executive officers. Officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Employee directors do not receive any compensation for their services.

Family Relationships

None of our directors or executive officers has a family relationship as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

On May 22, 2020, Securitax Ltd. and Optimal US Logistics, LLC (the “Plaintiffs”) filed a complaint to the Circuit Court of the Fourth Judicial Circuit in Florida against our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Pandya, alleging, among other things, breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty. This complaint was filed in connection with a proposed investment transaction that involved Nextecworks (formerly known as Lituus Technologies Limited). Plaintiffs claimed for, among other things, damages of $854,000. We believe the Plaintiffs’ claims are false and frivolous and are in response to a lawsuit filed by Nextecworks in the UK against the plaintiffs for $40 million dollars for fraudulent misrepresentation, breach of contract and illegally holding onto 1% of the equity of Nextecworks. Mr. Pandya has engaged a local law firm to actively defend these claims. Mr. Pandya’s attorneys are currently mediating to settle this case. Mr. Dharmesh Pandya continues to be a shareholder of Nextecworks with no executive position and Nextecworks has no relation with the Company or its businesses.

73

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Except as discussed below, as of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any transactions since the inception of the Company, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets as of the year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and to which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Acquisition of Lytus India and DDC

As discussed above under the Corporate History section on page 47, on March 19, 2020, the Company, Lytus India, Mr. Nimish Pandya, our CEO’s brother, and Mr. Girish Podar, the shareholders of Lytus India, entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares, representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India for a purchase price of Rs.150,000 (approximately $2,000).

In addition, on February 21, 2020, LTL, DDC and the DDC Shareholders entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which LTL acquired 4,900 shares, representing 49% of the outstanding equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.19,208,000 (approximately $255,000).

On February 21, 2020, LTL, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into a share subscription agreement, pursuant to which LTL has option to subscribe 900,000 shares fully convertible preference shares, representing 100% of the fully convertible preference shares of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs. 90,000,000 (approximately $1,200,000). On February 26, 2020, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into another share purchase agreement with Mr. Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as a director of the Company on April 1, 2021, pursuant to which Mr. Kohli acquired 200 shares, representing 2% of the equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.784,000 (approximately $10,400).

On March 20, 2020, LTL and Mr. Kohli respectively entered into an assignment of contract with the Company and transferred all of their respective equity interest in DDC to the Company for no consideration. Such transfer was completed on March 31, 2020, resulting in the Company’s owning of 51% of the equity interest in DDC. The Company has the option to purchase 900,000 fully convertible preference shares of DDC for Rs. 90,000,000, subject to the increase of the authorized share capital of DDC, the approval of the Reserve Bank of India and other Indian company law requirements.

The acquisition of the majority of DDC’s equity involved our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya, who was then also the CEO of LTL, and Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as our director on April 1, 2020.

Loan From a DDC Director

There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC that was given before the Company acquired a majority interest in DDC. This loan bears no interest is and repayable on demand.

Sale of the unstructured CWIP to the Previous Promoter

During the process of acquiring Lytus India, the unstructured capital work in progress (CWIP) was transferred to an independent company where Mr. Jagjit Singh Kohli (a previous promoter) had control for $3,583 against loan repayable to Lytus India.

74

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following tables set forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common shares offered by us in our initial public offering, for:

•        each shareholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common shares,

•        each of our directors,

•        each of our named executive officers, and

•        all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any common shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any common shares that the individual has the right to subscribe for within 60 days of August 23, 2021, through the exercise of any warrants or other rights. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power or the power to receive the economic benefit with respect to all common shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. None of the shareholders listed in the table are a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker dealer.

Applicable percentage ownership prior to the offering is based on 34,154,062 common shares outstanding at August 23, 2021. The table also lists the percentage ownership after this offering based on 36,881,334 common shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares from us in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is C/O Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD., 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India, 400 093.

 

Beneficial Ownership
Prior to Offering

 

Beneficial
Ownership
After Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Common Shares

 

Percentage

 

Percentage

Dharmesh Pandya(1)

 

26,221,207

 

76.8

%

 

71.1

%

Shreyas Shah

 

307,691

 

*

 

 

*

 

Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

3,076,923

 

9.0

%

 

8.3

%

Robert M. Damante

 

 

%

 

%

 

Gurdial Singh Khandpur

 

 

%

 

%

 

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry

 

 

%

 

%

 

All officers and directors as a group

 

29,605,821

 

86.7

%

 

80.3

%

         

 

   

 

5% or greater beneficial owners

       

 

   

 

Lytus Trust(2)

 

2,621,371

 

7.7

%

 

7.1

%

____________

*        Less than 1%

†        Expected to become a director immediately upon closing of this offering.

(1)      Includes 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust. As reflected in footnote 2, Mr. Dharmesh Pandya may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares.

(2)      Dharmesh Pandya, Manager of Lytus Trust, has discretionary authority to vote and dispose of the shares held by Lytus Trust and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares. The address of Lytus Trust is 5011 Gate Parkway, Building 100, Suite 100, Jacksonville FL 32256.

As of August 23, 2021, there were 77 holders of record entered in our share register. The number of individual holders of record is based exclusively upon our share register and does not address whether a common share or common shares may be held by the holder of record on behalf of more than one person or institution who may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of a common share or common shares in our company.

To our knowledge, no other shareholder beneficially owns more than 5% of our common shares. Our company is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any corporation or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. Our major shareholders do not have any special voting rights.

75

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We were incorporated as a BVI business company under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 as amended, in the BVI on March 16, 2020 under the name “Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.” We were originally authorized to issue up to 50,000 common shares, of $1.00 par value each and on March 17, 2020, the Board of Directors passed the resolution to change the originally authorized shares from 50,000 common shares to 30,000 common shares, of $0.10 par value each. Effective May 15, 2020, we amended our Memorandum of Association to increase the number of our authorized shares to 230,000,000, with a par value of $0.01 per share. The following are summaries of the material provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association; a copy of these documents are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part of.

Common Shares

General

All of our issued common shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates evidencing the common shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the BVI may freely hold and vote their common shares.

At the completion of this offering, there will be 36,881,334 common shares issued and outstanding. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares from us, at the completion of this offering, there would be 37,290,424 common shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

Distributions

The holders of our common shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors subject to the BVI Act.

Voting rights

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be effected at a duly called meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on such action or may be effected by a resolution in writing. At each meeting of shareholders, each shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) will have one vote for each common share that such shareholder holds.

Election of directors

Delaware law permits cumulative voting for the election of directors only if expressly authorized in the certificate of incorporation. The laws of the BVI, however, do not specifically prohibit or restrict the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of our directors. Cumulative voting is not a concept that is accepted as a common practice in the BVI, and we have made no provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association to allow cumulative voting for elections of directors.

Meetings

We must provide written notice of all meetings of shareholders, stating the time and place at least 7 days before the date of the proposed meeting to those persons whose names appear as shareholders in the register of members on the date of the notice and are entitled to vote at the meeting. Our Board of Directors shall call a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders holding at least 30% of our outstanding voting common shares. In addition, our Board of Directors may call a meeting of shareholders on its own motion. A meeting of shareholders may be called on short notice if at least 90% of the common shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting, and presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver for this purpose.

At any meeting of shareholders, a quorum will be present if there are shareholders present in person or by proxy representing not less than 50% of the issued common shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered at the meeting. Such quorum may be represented by only a single shareholder or proxy. If no quorum is present within two hours of the start time of the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved if it was requested by shareholders. In any other

76

Table of Contents

case, the meeting shall be adjourned to the next business day, and if shareholders representing not less than one-third of the votes of the common shares or each class of securities entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting are present within one hour of the start time of the adjourned meeting, a quorum will be present. If not, the meeting will be dissolved. No business may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. If present, the chair of our Board of Directors shall be the chair presiding at any meeting of the shareholders. If the chair of our board is not present then the shareholders present shall choose to chair the meeting of the shareholders.

A corporation that is a shareholder shall be deemed for the purpose of our Memorandum and Association to be present in person if represented by its duly authorized representative. This duly authorized representative shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were our individual shareholder.

Protection of minority shareholders

The BVI Act offers some limited protection of minority shareholders. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may apply to the BVI court for an order directing the company or its director(s) to comply with, or restraining the company or a director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, the BVI Act or the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under the BVI Act, the minority shareholders have a statutory right to bring a derivative action in the name of and on behalf of the company in circumstances where a company has a cause of action against its directors. This remedy is available at the discretion of the BVI court. A shareholder may also bring an action against the company for breach of duty owed to him as a member. A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI court for an order to remedy the situation.

There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the Board of Directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to BVI law and the constituent documents of the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders.

Pre-emptive rights

There are no pre-emptive rights applicable to the issue by us of new common shares under either BVI law or our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Transfer of common shares

Subject to the restrictions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the lock-up agreements with our underwriters described in “Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements” and applicable securities laws, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her common shares by written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee. Our Board of Directors may resolve by resolution to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer of any common share. If our Board of Directors resolves to refuse or delay any transfer, it shall specify the reasons for such refusal in the resolution. Our directors may not resolve or refuse or delay the transfer of a common share unless: (a) the person transferring the common shares has failed to pay any amount due in respect of any of those common shares; or (b) such refusal or delay is deemed necessary or advisable in our view or that of our legal counsel in order to avoid violation of, or in order to ensure compliance with, any applicable, corporate, securities and other laws and regulations.

77

Table of Contents

Liquidation

As permitted by BVI law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the company may be voluntarily liquidated by a resolution of members or, if permitted under section 199(2) of the BVI Act, by a resolution of directors if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets equals or exceeds our liabilities by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders.

Calls on common shares and forfeiture of common shares

Our Board of Directors may, on the terms established at the time of the issuance of such common shares or as otherwise agreed, make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their common shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time of payment. The common shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture. For the avoidance of doubt, if the issued common shares have been fully paid in accordance with the terms of its issuance and subscription, the Board of Directors shall not have the right to make calls on such fully paid common shares and such fully paid common shares shall not be subject to forfeiture.

Redemption of common shares

Subject to the provisions of the BVI Act, we may issue common shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our Memorandum and Articles of Association and subject to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by, the BVI Act, the SEC, the NASDAQ Capital Market, or by any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

Modifications of rights

If at any time, the company is authorized to issue more than one class of common shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class of shares may be amended only with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting of not less than 50 percent of the shares of the class to be affected.

Changes in the number of common shares we are authorized to issue and those in issue

We may from time to time by a resolution of shareholders or resolution of our Board of Directors:

•        amend our Memorandum of Association to increase or decrease the maximum number of common shares we are authorized to issue,

•        subject to our Memorandum of Association, subdivide our authorized and issued common shares into a larger number of common shares then our existing number of common shares, and

•        subject to our Memorandum of Association, consolidate our authorized and issued shares into a smaller number of common shares.

Inspection of books and records

Under BVI Law, holders of our common shares are entitled, upon giving written notice to us, to inspect (i) our Memorandum and Articles of Association, (ii) the register of members, (iii) the register of directors and (iv)minutes of meetings and resolutions of members, and to make copies and take extracts from the documents and records. However, our directors can refuse access if they are satisfied that to allow such access would be contrary to our interests. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our common shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

78

Table of Contents

Issuance of additional common shares

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association authorizes our Board of Directors to issue additional common shares from authorized but unissued common shares, to the extent available, from time to time as our Board of Directors shall determine.

Differences in Corporate Law

The BVI Act and the laws of the BVI affecting BVI companies like us and our shareholders differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the laws of the BVI applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and similar arrangements

Under the laws of the BVI, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with Part IX 170 of the BVI Act. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must be authorized by a resolution of shareholders. While a director may vote on the plan of merger or consolidation even if he has a financial interest in the plan, the interested director must disclose the interest to all other directors of the company promptly upon becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company. A transaction entered into by our company in respect of which a director is interested (including a merger or consolidation) is voidable by us unless the director’s interest was (a) disclosed to the board prior to the transaction or (b) the transaction is (i) between the director and the company and (ii) the transaction is in the ordinary course of the company’s business and on usual terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the above, a transaction entered into by the company is not voidable if the material facts of the interest are known to the shareholders and they approve or ratify it or the company received fair value for the transaction. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting to approve the plan of merger or consolidation. The shareholders of the constituent companies are not required to receive shares of the surviving or consolidated company but may receive debt obligations or other securities of the surviving or consolidated company, other assets, or a combination thereof. Further, some or all of the shares of a class or series may be converted into a kind of asset while the other shares of the same class or series may receive a different kind of asset. As such, not all the shares of a class or series must receive the same kind of consideration. After the plan of merger or consolidation has been approved by the directors and authorized by a resolution of the shareholders, articles of merger or consolidation are executed by each company and filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the BVI. A shareholder may dissent from a mandatory redemption of his shares, pursuant to an arrangement (if permitted by the court), a merger (unless the shareholder was a shareholder of the surviving company prior to the merger and continues to hold the same or similar shares after the merger) or a consolidation. A shareholder properly exercising his dissent rights is entitled to a cash payment equal to the fair value of his shares.

A shareholder dissenting from a merger or consolidation must object in writing to the merger or consolidation before the vote by the shareholders on the merger or consolidation, unless notice of the meeting was not given to the shareholder. If the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the company must give notice of this fact to each shareholder who gave written objection within 20 days following the date of shareholders’ approval. These shareholders then have 20 days from the date of the notice to give to the company their written election in the form specified by the BVI Act to dissent from the merger or consolidation, provided that in the case of a merger, the 20 days starts when the plan of merger is delivered to the shareholder. Upon giving notice of his election to dissent, a shareholder ceases to have any shareholder rights except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares. As such, the merger or consolidation may proceed in the ordinary course notwithstanding his dissent. Within seven days of the later of the delivery of the notice of election to dissent and the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a specified price per share that the company determines to be the fair value of the shares. The company and the shareholder then have 30 days to agree upon the price. If the company and a shareholder fail to agree on the price within the 30 days, then the company and the shareholder shall, within 20 days immediately following the expiration of the 30-day period, each designate an appraiser and these two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser. These three appraisers shall fix the fair value of the shares as of the close of business on the day prior to the shareholders’ approval of the transaction without considering any change in value as a result of the transaction.

79

Table of Contents

Shareholders’ suits

There are both statutory and common law remedies available to our shareholders as a matter of BVI law. These are summarized below.

Prejudiced members

A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being, or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, can apply to the court under Section 184I of the BVI Act, inter alia, for an order that his common shares be acquired, that he be provided compensation, that the Court regulate the future conduct of the company, or that any decision of the company which contravenes the BVI Act or our Memorandum and Articles of Association be set aside.

Derivative actions

Section 184C of the BVI Act provides that a shareholder of a company may, with the leave of the Court, bring an action in the name of the company to redress any wrong done to it.

Just and equitable winding up

In addition to the statutory remedies outlined above, shareholders can also petition for the winding up of a company on the grounds that it is just and equitable for the court to so order. Save in exceptional circumstances, this remedy is only available where the company has been operated as a quasi-partnership and trust and confidence between the partners has broken down.

Indemnification of directors and executive officers and limitation of liability

BVI law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any provision providing indemnification may be held by the BVI courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings for any person who:

•        is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director; or

•        is or was, at our request, serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

These indemnities only apply if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association

Some provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable. However, under BVI law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and restated from time to time, as they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

80

Table of Contents

Directors’ fiduciary duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction.

The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Under BVI law, our directors owe the company certain statutory and fiduciary duties including, among others, a duty to act honestly, in good faith, for a proper purpose and with a view to what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company. Our directors are also required, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances, considering without limitation, the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken. In the exercise of their powers, our directors must ensure neither they nor the company acts in a manner which contravenes the BVI Act or our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and restated from time to time. A shareholder has the right to seek damages for breaches of duties owed to us by our directors.

Shareholder action by written consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. BVI law provides that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a written resolution without a meeting signed by or on behalf of shareholders sufficient to constitute the requisite majority of shareholders who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting; provided that if the consent is less than unanimous, notice must be given to all non-consenting shareholders.

Shareholder proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the Board of Directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. BVI law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association allow our shareholders holding not less than 30% of the votes of the outstanding voting common shares to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. We are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings, but our Memorandum and Articles of Association do permit the directors to call such a meeting. The location of any shareholders’ meeting can be determined by the Board of Directors and can be held anywhere in the world.

Cumulative voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a Board of Directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. The BVI law does not expressly permit cumulative voting for directors, our Memorandum and Articles of Association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

81

Table of Contents

Removal of directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, directors can be removed from office, with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by written resolution passed by at least 50 % of the votes of the shareholders of the company. Directors can also be removed by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

Transactions with interested shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the Board of Directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s Board of Directors. BVI law has no comparable statute and our Memorandum and Articles of Association do not expressly provide for the same protection afforded by the Delaware business combination statute.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the Board of Directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the Board of Directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the BVI Act and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may appoint a voluntary liquidator by a resolution of the shareholders.

Variation of rights of shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, if at any time our shares are divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not our company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by a majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of the issued shares in that class.

Amendment of governing documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by BVI law, our Memorandum and Articles of Association may be amended by a resolution of shareholders and, subject to certain exceptions, by a resolution of directors. An amendment is effective from the date it is registered at the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the BVI.

Stock Transfer Agent

VStock Transfer, LLC is our company’s stock transfer agent. Its address is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598 and phone number is (212) 828-8436.

82

Table of Contents

COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. We are unable to estimate the number of common shares that may be sold in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 36,881,334 common shares. The amount of shares outstanding upon completion of this offering assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares. All of the common shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by one of our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which generally includes directors, officers or 10% stockholders.

Lock-Up

Our executive officers, directors and certain shareholders of 5% and more of our outstanding common shares have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, dispose of or hedge our common shares, subject to specified limited exceptions and extensions described elsewhere in this prospectus, during the period continuing through the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Aegis on behalf of the underwriters.

Rule 144

Common shares held by any of our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, as well as common shares held by our current shareholders, may be resold only pursuant to further registration under the Securities Act or in transactions that are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 180 days after our Form F-1 Registration Statement becomes effective, any of our affiliates would be entitled to sell, without further registration, within any three-month period a number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately common shares immediately after this offering, or

•        the average weekly trading volume of the common shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates will also be subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

83

Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS

The following sets forth the material BVI, Indian and U.S. federal income tax matters related to an investment in our common shares. It is based on laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares.

WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON SHARES.

Indian Taxation

The discussion of Indian income tax is below is based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the “Tax Act”). The profits are taxable at the corporate level and any dividend distribution is taxable at the shareholder level. Further, the arrangement or transactions entered into is subject to the provisions of General Anti-Avoidance Regulation and Specific Anti-Avoidance Regulations, wherever applicable.

There is no specific participation exemption.

Taxable income

Resident companies are subject to income tax on their worldwide income, including capital gains. A non-resident entity can be regarded as a foreign resident company when the place of effective management (“POEM”) is situated in India. The Finance Minister has issued guidelines on the POEM and the tax implications if the POEM is situated in India.

The corporate tax rate is determined under the Tax Act as under:

Corporate Tax Information

Tax rate

 

30% general corporate tax rate

25% if turnover is less than INR 4 billion in FY2018/19

22% for domestic company, without special deductions and 0% MAT

15% for domestic manufacture/research company, without special deductions

10% if patent is developed and registered in India

15% Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) for domestic companies

Surtaxes

 

0% surcharge (SC) where total income does not exceed INR 10 million

7% SC where total income exceeds INR 10 million but is less than INR 100 million

12% SC where total income exceeds INR 100 million

4% health and education cess (HEC) in all cases

Corporate income is divided into the following heads:

•        income from house property;

•        income from a business or profession;

•        capital gains; and

•        income from other sources, e.g. dividends and other passive income.

The heads of income are mutually exclusive; income that is specifically chargeable under one head may not be charged under another head. For filing the income tax return, a taxpayer must quote the Aadhar number (unique identification number) and permanent account number (tax registration number), unless specifically excluded (such as non-residents and other taxpayers not required to file a tax return).

Different deductibility rules apply to each head of income. The net results of each category are aggregated to obtain total income. Certain allowances (such as for losses and donations) are deducted from total income to derive the taxable total income, to which the tax rates in force are applied.

84

Table of Contents

A dividend is then taxable in the hands of the applicable shareholder. The company distributing the dividend will have to deduct withholding tax on such dividend at a 20% rate, plus applicable surcharge and health cess. The Tax Act incentivizes business transactions undertaken through normal banking channels (other than cash) and prohibits cash receipts (income or not) exceeding INR 200,000 in the aggregate (i) from a person in a day, (ii) in respect of a single transaction, or (iii) in respect of transactions relating to one event or occasion from a person.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distributions of dividends paid by Indian company through March 31, 2020 are subject to a dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of a dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions being met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

Deductible expenses

In general, an expenditure must satisfy the following criteria in order to be deductible:

•        it must be of a revenue nature rather than of a capital nature;

•        it must be laid out or spent “wholly and exclusively” for purposes of the taxpayer’s business;

•        it must be laid out and spent during the relevant previous year;

•        it must not be incurred in respect of private expenses of the taxpayer;

•        it must not be specifically disallowed or restricted by the tax legislation, or covered by provisions relating to specifically permitted deductions; and

•        it must not be incurred for a purpose that is an offence or is prohibited by law.

The tax legislation also provides for specific deductions in respect of specified types of businesses.

Interest and royalties are generally deductible unless specifically disallowed. Dividends are not deductible expenses. The Tax Act restricts the deductibility of interest to 30% of EBITDA payable by the payer to a non-resident associated enterprise of more than INR 10 million (approximately $132,000). The payer includes an Indian company and a permanent establishment of a non-resident company. Unabsorbed interest (as restricted pursuant to the above limitation) would be eligible to be carried-forward to the subsequent 8 years for set-off subject to an overall limit of 30% EBITDA. This provision is not applicable to banking and insurance businesses.

Capital gains

Broadly, gains from the disposal of capital assets are subject to tax. The tax treatment depends on the type of asset and the period for which the asset was held. A gain is classified as a long-term capital gain if the underlying asset was held for more than 3 years (more than 1 year, for listed shares as well as for certain units and bonds). The cost of assets resulting in long-term capital gains is indexed (increased) in accordance with the official inflation index. However, the Tax Act reduces the period of holding of unlisted shares and land/building from 36 months to 24 months for the purpose of determining a long-term capital asset.

The Tax Act clarifies that, for conversion of preference shares to equity shares, the period of holding of the said equity shares would include the period of holding as preference shares and the cost of acquisition of the said equity shares would be the cost of the preference shares.

Some long-term capital gains are exempt if reinvested in specified assets. A special regime may apply to assets acquired before specific dates.

The tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains derived by domestic companies from the disposal of assets (except for listed securities) is 20% with cost indexation benefit and for listed shares (above INR 100,000) is 10% without cost indexation benefit.

Short-term capital gains derived by domestic companies from the disposal of assets (other than securities) are taxed at the normal income tax rate of 30% and 15% in case of listed shares.

85

Table of Contents

ITA provides for taxation of gifts in the hands of the recipient if any asset is transferred for inadequate or nil consideration, subject to specified exceptions.

Withholding taxes

Some withholding tax rates are set by the annual Finance Acts, while other rates which apply to specific types of income are set out in the tax legislation.

The surcharge and education cess apply to the withheld taxes described below.

Dividends

On distribution, a dividend is subject to withholding tax at 10% if the payment is to a resident and 20%, if the payment is to a non-resident, unless the benefit of a tax treaty is available to that non-resident.

Buy back distribution tax

Where a shareholder or holder of specified securities in a company receives consideration from the company in respect of a purchase by the company of its own shares or other specified securities held by that person, the difference between the acquisition cost and the consideration received is deemed to be a capital gain of that person in the income year in which the shares are purchased by the company and taxable at 20% tax rate. The shareholders are not exempt from tax.

BVI Taxation

The company and all distributions, interest and other amounts paid by the company in respect of the common shares of the company to persons who are not resident in the BVI are exempt from all provisions of the Income Tax Ordinance in the BVI.

No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not resident in the BVI with respect to any common shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company.

All instruments relating to transactions in respect of the common shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to the business of the company are exempt from payment of stamp duty in the BVI provided that they do not relate to real estate in the BVI.

There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the BVI applicable to the company or its shareholders.

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following discussion describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common shares as of the date hereof. This discussion applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold common shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of common shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

•        an individual citizen or resident of the United States,

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,

•        an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

•        a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

86

Table of Contents

The following does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to any particular investor or to persons subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

•        banks,

•        financial institutions,

•        insurance companies,

•        regulated investment companies,

•        real estate investment trusts,

•        broker-dealers,

•        traders that elect to mark to market,

•        U.S. expatriates,

•        tax-exempt entities,

•        persons liable for alternative minimum tax,

•        persons holding our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction or constructive sale,

•        persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our stock by vote or value,

•        persons required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to the common shares as a result of such income being recognized on an “applicable financial statement” (as defined by the Code),

•        persons who acquired our common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee common share option or otherwise as consideration for services, or

•        persons holding our common shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Prospective purchasers that are partners of a partnership holding common shares should consult their tax advisors.

This discussion does not contain a detailed description of all the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a prospective purchaser in light of his, her or its particular circumstances and does not address the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, or the effects of any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors about the application of the U.S. federal income tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares.

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Common Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the common shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date actually or constructively received by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your common shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. However, we do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will generally be treated as a dividend. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations under the Code.

87

Table of Contents

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, certain dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A foreign corporation will be treated as a qualified foreign corporation for this purpose if the dividends are paid on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that the common shares (which we will apply to list on the NASDAQ Capital Market) will be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States once they are so listed. Non-corporate holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign corporation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our common shares.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, non-corporate U.S. Holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us if we are a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year. As discussed under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company” below, we do not believe we were a PFIC for our most recent taxable year, and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard.

A U.S. Holder may be subject to withholding taxes on dividends paid on our common shares. Subject to certain conditions and limitations (including a minimum holding period requirement), any withholding taxes on dividends may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on the common shares will be treated as income from sources outside the United States and will generally constitute passive category income. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

Taxation of Dispositions of Common Shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the common shares and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the common shares. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the common shares for more than one year, you will be eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source gain or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

Based on the past and projected composition of our income and assets, and the valuation of our assets, we do not believe we were a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our most recent taxable year, and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. In general, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which:

•        at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or

•        at least 50% of the value of our assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of our assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, income equivalent to interest, royalties and rents (other than royalties and rents derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person). Cash is treated as an asset that produces or is held for the production of passive income. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.

88

Table of Contents

The determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually after the close of each taxable year. As a result, we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year due to changes in our asset or income composition. In particular, because we have valued our goodwill based on the market price of our common shares, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our common shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the common shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. Although the determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year in which you hold common shares, you will generally continue to be subject to the special rules described below for all succeeding years during which you hold common shares (even if we do not qualify as a PFIC in such subsequent years). However, if we cease to be a PFIC, you may avoid the continuing impact of the PFIC rules by making a special election to recognize gain as if your common shares had been sold on the last day of the last taxable year during which we were a PFIC. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor about this election.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold common shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the common shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the common shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

•        the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the common shares,

•        the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

•        the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year. The tax liability for amounts allocated to such years cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains realized on the sale of the common shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the common shares as capital assets.

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the special tax rules discussed above. If you make an effective mark-to-market election for the common shares, for each taxable year that we are a PFIC you will include in income an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares as of the close of the taxable year over your adjusted basis in such common shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of your adjusted basis in the common shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the common shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the common shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the common shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election. Your basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations that are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Common Shares” generally would not apply.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), which includes the NASDAQ Capital Market. If the common shares are regularly traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market and if you are a holder of common shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC. However, there can be no assurance that the common shares will be traded in sufficient volumes to be considered “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election. If you make a mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the common shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or other market, or the Service consents to the revocation of the election. You are urged to consult your tax advisor about the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether making the election would be advisable in your particular circumstances.

89

Table of Contents

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such PFIC to avoid the special tax rules discussed above. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold common shares and any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC, you will be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of the PFIC rules. You will not be able to make the mark-to-market election described above in respect of any lower-tier PFIC. You are urged to consult your tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

If you hold common shares in any year in which we are a PFIC, you will generally be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our common shares and the elections discussed above.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares that are paid to you within the United States (and in certain cases, outside the United States) will be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, unless you are an exempt recipient. A backup withholding tax may apply to such payments if you fail to provide a taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fail to report in full dividend or interest income.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information.

90

Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the BVI with limited liability. We are incorporated in the BVI because of certain benefits associated with being a BVI company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the BVI has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, BVI companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce against them or against us, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

We have appointed CCS Global Solutions, Inc. as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any State of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

We have been advised by Pandya Juris LLP, our counsel as to India law, that the United States and the India do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically be enforceable in India, but will have to follow the procedure under the Civil Procedure Code of India.

We have been advised by McW Todman & Co., our counsel as to BVI law, that the United States and the BVI do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically be enforceable in the BVI.

91

Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our securities in the United States. The public offering price for our common shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant. We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our securities will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our securities will develop and continue after this offering.

92

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Aegis Capital Corp is acting as the representative of the underwriters in this offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated            , 2021 with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below and the underwriters named below have agreed severally to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the following respective number of shares of our common stock.

Underwriter

 

Shares

Aegis Capital Corp.

 

 2,727,272

Total

 

 2,727,272

If the underwriters sell more Common Shares than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the closing of this offering, to purchase up to 409,090 additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. Any Common Shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other Common Shares that are the subject of this offering.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.

•        Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.

•        “Covered” short sales are sales of shares in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the Underwriter’s over-allotment option.

•        “Naked” short sales are sales of shares in an amount in excess of the number of shares represented by the Underwriter’s over-allotment option.

•        Covering transactions involve purchases of shares either pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions.

•        To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

•        Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for its own account, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Shares. They may also cause the price of the Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

93

Table of Contents

Discounts and Expenses

The following table shows the underwriting discounts payable to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering (assuming both the exercise and non-exercise of the over-allotment option that we have granted to the underwriters):

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

Public offering price

 

$

  11.00

 

$

  29,999,992

 

$

  34,499,982

Underwriting discounts(1)

 

$

  0.77

 

$

  2,099,999

 

$

  2,414,999

____________

(1)      Does not include (i) the warrant to purchase Common Shares equal to 5% of the number of shares sold in the offering, or (ii) certain out-of-pocket expenses, each as described below.

We have agreed to issue warrants to the representative to purchase a number of Common Shares equal to 5% of the total number of shares sold in this offering at an exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price of the shares sold in this offering. These warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time within four (4) years commencing from one (1) year from the closing of the offering, in whole or in part, but may not be transferred nor may the shares underlying the warrants be sold until 180 days from the effective date of the offering. The warrants also provide for customary anti-dilution provisions, one-time demand registration rights and “piggyback” registration rights with respect to the registration of the Common Shares underlying the warrants for a period of five years from the effective date of this Registration Statement.

The representative warrants and the underlying shares may be deemed to be compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), neither the representative warrants nor any of our shares issued upon exercise of the representative warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of this Registration Statement pursuant to which the representative warrants are being issued, subject to certain exceptions. The warrants to be received by the representative and related persons in connection with this offering: (i) fully comply with lock-up restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1); and (ii) fully comply with transfer restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2)(A)(ii).

We will pay to the representative a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds from the offering. We have also agreed to pay the representative a maximum of $125,000 for fees and expenses including “road show,” diligence, and reasonable legal fees and disbursements for the representative’s counsel, of which $50,000 shall be paid in advance of the closing of this offering. Such advance payment will be returned to us to the extent such out-of-pocket expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

In addition, the Company agrees that it shall provide the representative the right of first refusal for one (1) year from the closing of this offering to act as lead managing underwriter and sole book runner and/or lead placement agent for any and all future public or private equity, equity-linked or debt (excluding commercial bank debt) offerings during such twelve (12) month period of the Company or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that the representative shall not be entitled to have such right of first refusal if this offering is not consummated.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Shares. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the underwriters consider a number of factors, including:

•        the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

•        our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

•        an assessment of our management;

•        our prospects for future earnings;

94

Table of Contents

•        the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

•        the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded securities of generally comparable companies; and

•        other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Common Shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price of the common shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the common shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of 90 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

In addition, our directors, executive officers and certain holders of more than 5% of our common shares will enter into lock-up agreements with the representative prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 90 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, agree not to: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common shares (including common shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such person in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired; (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the foregoing securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

The lock-up restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply with respect to any transfer:

(i)     as a bona fide gift or gifts,

(ii)    to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder,

95

Table of Contents

(iii)   if the holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate of the holder or (2) distributions of our common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for our common shares to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the holder,

(iv)   if the holder is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust,

(v)    by testate succession or intestate succession; or

(vi)   pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

provided, in the case of clauses (i)-(v), that (x) such transfer will not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the representative to be bound by the terms of a lock-up agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be required or will be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder may transfer common shares in a transaction not involving a public offering or public resale; provided that (x) the transferee agrees in writing with the representative to be bound by the terms of a lock-up agreement, and (y) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or is made voluntarily in connection with such transfer.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of common shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The common shares to be sold pursuant to Internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more common shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of common shares available for purchase by the underwriters under option to purchase additional common shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional common shares or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of common shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell common shares in excess of the option to purchase additional common shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our common shares in this offering because the underwriter repurchases those common shares in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, our common shares in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common shares at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

96

Table of Contents

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the common shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

The underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both in and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers and sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC.

BVI

No invitation has been made or will be made, directly or indirectly, to any person in the BVI or to the public in the BVI to purchase the common shares of the company and the common shares are not being offered or sold and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the BVI, except as otherwise permitted by the BVI laws. This prospectus does not constitute, and there will not be, an offering of the common shares to any person in the BVI.

India

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in India, and common shares may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of India except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of India.

97

Table of Contents

Item 13.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the placement discounts and commissions) will be as follows. With the exception of the filing fees for the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, FINRA and NASDAQ, all amounts are estimates.

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

 

$

3,969

FINRA filing fee

 

 

5,000

NASDAQ listing fee

 

 

5,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

250,000

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

250,000

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

 

25,000

Printing fees and expenses

 

 

33,000

Miscellaneous

 

 

40,000

Total

 

$

611,969

98

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares and certain legal matters relating to the offering as to BVI law will be passed upon for us by McW Todman & Co. Certain matters as to U.S. federal law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Pryor Cashman LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to the offering as to Indian law will be passed upon for us by Pandya Juris LLP. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the underwriters with respect to this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2020 and for the period from March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, as set forth in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”), an independent registered public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd. for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 15, 20201 and the special purpose financial statements of DDC CATV Network Private Limited as of March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 have been included as exhibits 99.1 to this registration statement in reliance on the report of Kirtane & Pandit LLP, an independent public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The current address of Kirtane & Pandit LLP is 5th Floor, Gopal House, A Wing, S. No.127/1B/1, Plot A1, Opp. Harshall Hall, Kothrud,, Pune, Maharashtra 411029, India.

In connection with the valuation of the acquistion of customers from Reachnet, we have a valuation report to this Registration Statement as Exhibit 99.3. The valuation report was prepared by Niranjan V. Shah & Associates, an independent valuation firm. The current address of Niranjan V. Shah & Associates is 304, Maker Bhavan No. 3, 21 New Marine Lines, Mumbai 400020, India.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports (including an annual report on Form 20-F, which we will be required to file within 120 days from the end of each fiscal year), and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

____________

1        The Company was inactive from March 16, 2020 to March 18, 2020.

99

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020 (Successor)

For the period April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020 (Predecessor)

 

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. (the “Company”) as of 31 March 2020, the related consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of 31 March 2020, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has negative working capital, significant balances due within 12 months, and has been impacted by the COVID-19 crisis. As such there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Emphasis of a Matter

As more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has been impacted by the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19), which was declared a global pandemic by the World Health organization in March 2020.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York

8 July 2020, except for the effects on the financial disclosures of the subsequent events in Note 24, as to which the date is 31 March 2021.

F-2

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.:

Opinion on the Standalone Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying standalone statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2019 and as of March 15, 2020, the related standalone statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the standalone financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the standalone financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2019 and March 15, 2020 and the standalone results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Basis for Opinion

These standalone financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s standalone financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the US Generally Accepted Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the standalone financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the standalone financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP

Chartered Accountants

FRN: 105215W/W100057

PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

Milind Bhave

Partner

Membership No. 047973

UDIN: 21047973AAAADI2193

Place: Mumbai, India

Date: August 10, 2021

F-3

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

Note No.

 

March 31,
2020
(US$)

 

March 31,
2019

(US$)

ASSETS

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

$

41,760

 

 

$

3,412

 

Other financial assets

     

 

42,038

 

 

 

3,763

 

Trade receivables

 

6

 

 

390,151

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

7

 

 

18,015,483

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

8

 

 

4,351,189

 

 

 

2,555

 

Total current assets

     

 

22,840,621

 

 

 

9,730

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

9

 

 

1,130,534

 

 

 

 

Capital work-in-process

     

 

 

 

 

29,048

 

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

10

 

 

59,326,290

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets under development

     

 

 

 

 

8,132

 

Other non-current assets

     

 

16,472

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

5

 

 

156,020

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     

 

60,629,316

 

 

 

37,180

 

Total assets

     

$

83,469,937

 

 

$

46,910

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings from related party

 

11

 

$

1,587,216

 

 

$

45,594

 

Trade payables

 

12

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

1,148

 

Other financial liabilities

 

13

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

 

Security deposits payable

     

 

59,807

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

14

 

 

7,375,226

 

 

 

108

 

Customers acquisition payable

 

15

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

 

 

Current tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,005,748

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     

 

41,172,306

 

 

 

46,850

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

15

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

 

5

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

 

631

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

 

31,279,733

 

 

 

631

 

Total liabilities

     

 

72,452,039

 

 

 

47,481

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity share capital

 

17

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

2,305

 

Other equity

 

17

 

 

11,056,589

 

 

 

 

Other equity (deficit)

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

(2,876

)

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

     

 

11,059,589

 

 

 

(571

)

Non-controlling interest

 

17 & 23

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

 

Total equity

     

 

11,017,898

 

 

 

(571

)

Total liabilities and equity

     

$

83,469,937

 

 

$

46,910

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statementS of PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

Note No.

 

March 16,
2020
to
March 31,
2020
(US$)

 

April 1,
2019
to
March 15,
2020
(US$)

 

Year ended
March 31,
2019

(US$)

Revenues:

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Operating revenue

     

$

 

 

$

 

 

Other operating income

     

 

 

 

 

3,585

 

 

Total revenues

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Other income

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Other income

 

3

 

 

15,759,393

 

 

 

3,585

 

 

Total income

     

 

15,759,393

 

 

 

3,585

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Expenses:

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Amortization

 

10

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

Legal and professional expense

 

4

 

 

272,894

 

 

 

412

 

601

 

Staffing expense

 

4

 

 

15,777

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

4

 

 

8,463

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

     

 

501,220

 

 

 

412

 

601

 

Income before income tax

     

 

15,258,173

 

 

 

3,173

 

(601

)

Income tax expense

 

5

 

 

3,894,674

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (Loss) after tax available to common shareholders

     

$

11,363,499

 

 

 

3,173

 

(601

)

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Controlling interest

     

$

11,363,499

 

 

 

3,173

 

(601

)

Non-controlling interest

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Other comprehensive loss

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries, net of tax

     

 

(306,910

)

 

 

1,006

 

1,877

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

1

 

$

11,056,589

 

 

$

2,167

 

1,276

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Controlling interest

     

$

11,056,589

 

 

$

2,167

 

1,276

 

Non-controlling interest

     

$

 

 

$

 

 

Basic income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

379

 

 

$

0.21

 

(0.04

)

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

30,000

 

 

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

Diluted income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

379

 

 

 

0.21

 

(.04

)

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

30,000

 

 

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

     

Equity attributable to equity holders
of the company

           
   

Shares
(Nos.)

 

Share
capital

 

Accumulated
foreign
translation
adjustment

 

Retained
earnings

 

Total

 

Non-
controlling
interest

 

Total
equity

PREDECESSOR

     

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at April 1, 2018

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

 

 

$

(4,153

)

 

$

(1,848

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,848

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

1,878

 

 

 

(601

)

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,276

 

Balance at March 31,
2019

 

15,000

 

 

2,305

 

 

1,878

 

 

 

(4,754

)

 

 

(571

)

 

 

 

 

 

(571

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

2,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,167

 

Balance at March 15,
2020

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

872

 

 

$

(1,581

)

 

$

(1,596

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,596

)

       

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUCCESSOR

     

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at March 16,
2020

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,363,499

 

Translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

Issuance of shares (Refer Note 17)

 

30,000

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

Business combination (Refer Note 23)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

(41,691

)

Balance at March 31,
2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

 

$

(306,910

)

 

$

11,363,499

 

 

$

11,059,589

 

 

$

(41,691

)

 

$

11,017,898

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statement of CASH FLOWS

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

16 March 
2020
to
31 March 
2020
(US$)

 

1 April 
2019
to
15 March 
2020
(US$)

 

Year ended
31 March 
2019

(US$)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

 

 

$

3,173

 

 

$

(601

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write off of unstructured Capital Work in Progress

 

 

8,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sundry balance written off/(written back)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,585

)

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

(19,089,070

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial assets

 

 

(3,682

)

 

 

 

 

 

259

 

Other assets

 

 

(4,450,896

)

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

Trade payable

 

 

214,672

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

13

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

79,875

 

 

 

(338

)

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,777,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax liability

 

 

1,987,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(718

)

 

 

(781

)

 

 

(153

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash acquired in business combination

 

 

40,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of shares of Lytus India

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of capital work in progress

 

 

3,583

 

 

 

25,591

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

42,343

 

 

 

25,591

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of short term borrowings

 

 

(3,583

)

 

 

(28,980

)

 

 

(7,151

)

Proceeds from short term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,380

 

Proceeds from issuance of shares

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(583

)

 

 

(28,980

)

 

 

229

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

41,042

 

 

 

(4,170

)

 

 

(286

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of
period

 

 

 

 

 

3,412

 

 

 

3,954

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

718

 

 

 

941

 

 

 

(256

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period

 

$

41,760

 

 

$

183

 

 

$

3,412

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING/FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of customers with customer acquisition payable. Refer to Note 22

 

$

58,745,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of shares with other financial liabilities. Refer to Note 23

 

$

265,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). On March 19, 2020, the Company entered into a definitive share purchase agreement with Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”) pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares (representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India) for an aggregate purchase price of INR 150,650 (approximately $2,000). The merger with Lytus India established a new basis of accounting for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company. Such assets and liabilities were recognized at their estimated fair values as of the merger closing date in accordance with the acquisition method and is reflected in the Company’s financial statements after the merger closing date. As such, the fiscal year 2020 financial activity is presented in two periods. Financial activity prior to the merger (April 1, 2019 to March 15, 2020) is presented as “predecessor” using the previous basis of accounting. Financial activity that occurred on or after the merger (March 16, 2020 to March 31, 2020) is presented as “successor” using the new basis of accounting.

Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payment of payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city is not allowed, either. Therefore we have limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices are closed and banks are severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we have restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. The lockdown is extended to October 31, 20201 and could be potentially further extended. In addition, on September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown and negative cash flow used in operating activities to the extent of $700. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) as streaming subscription fee from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines15. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

____________

1          Available on http://bombaychamber.com/admin/uploaded/NEWS%20Block/MHA%20Lock%20Down%20Orders.pdf

15          https://trai.gov.in/sites/default/files/Consumer_Booklet_30042019.pdf

F-8

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On March 31, 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Nature of Operations

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) (Lytus Tech or the Company) was incorporated on March 16, 2020 (date of inception) under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (BVI). On March 19, 2020, Lytus Tech acquired a wholly owned subsidiary, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (CIN U22100MH2008PTC182085) (Lytus India) and, on March 31, 2020, it acquired a majority shareholding (51%) in DDC CATV Network Private Limited (CIN: U64100DL2013PTC260426) (DDC India or DDC CATV). Lytus India was incorporated in India on

F-9

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

10 May 2008 for the purpose of providing telemedicine and online streaming content services to its subscribers and DDC CATV was incorporated in India on 20 November 2013 for the purpose of providing streaming services to its subscribers.

The Company’s registered office is at 116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands. The consolidated financial statements comprise financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”).

The Company has applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “LYT”. It is offering 2,727,272 common shares in our proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and we anticipate the price will be between $10 to $12 per share.

The Group applies judgement to determine whether each product or services promised to a customer are capable of being distinct, and are distinct in the context of the contract, if not, the promised product or services are combined and accounted as a single performance obligation. The Group allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable performance obligation deliverables based on their relative stand-alone selling price.

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements for the period from March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, are the Group’s first financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

The accounting policies used for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are based upon the application of IFRS 1.D17, which results in assets liabilities being measured at the same carrying amount as in the standalone financial statements of subsidiaries for the period ended March 31, 2020 after adjusting for consolidation and equity accounting adjustments and for the effects of the business combination in which the entity acquired the subsidiary.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The functional and reporting currency of the Company and Group is “INR” and “US$”, respectively and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

Basis of Consolidation

The subsidiaries considered in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are:

     

% Shareholding
and Voting
Power

Name of Subsidiary

 

Country of
Incorporation

 

As of
March 31,
2020

 

As of
March 16,
2020

Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd

 

India

 

100

%

 

0

%

DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd.

 

India

 

51

%

 

0

%

F-10

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities that affect the Company’s returns and exposure or rights to variable returns from the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized profits or losses arising from intra group transaction, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Non-controlling interests (NCI) in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the acquisition and the non-controlling shareholders’ share of changes in equity since the date of the acquisition.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted for fiscal period ended March 31, 2020

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16, effective for the annual reporting period beginning April 1, 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

The Group has also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014), which became mandatorily effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

The nature and effect of the changes arising from these standards are summarized below.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 and covers contracts for goods and services. IFRS 15 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer; so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.

F-11

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from April 1, 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, transitional adjustments are recognized in retained earnings as of April 1, 2019 (the date of initial application), without restating the comparative period.

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:

•        the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily available resources: and

•        it is ‘separately identifiable’ form other promise in the contracts (i.e. the Group does not provide significant service integrating, modifying or customizing it).

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognized during the period. No adjustments were required to account for the impact of IFRS 15 on initial adoption.

IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

The International Accounting Standard Board clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. The interpretation is to be applied to the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment under IAS 12. The adoption of IFRIC 23 did not any impact on consolidated financial statement of the Group.

India taxes are based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and the rules under the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Act also provides for anti-avoidance rules at various places. The taxpayer is required to self-assess his tax position and file his tax return. The filed tax return is then subject to review and examination by the Indian tax authorities.

This requires recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income taxes was necessary as of March 31, 2020. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Our evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

Changes in significant accounting policies

The Group’s accounting policies, which have changed as a result of the changes to accounting standards noted above, are summarized below:

Revenue

Revenue is recognized based on the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

To determine whether to recognize revenue, the Group follows a 5-step process:

1.      Identifying the contract with a customer

2.      Identifying the performance obligations

F-12

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

3.      Determining the transaction price

4.      Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations

5.      Recognizing revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Further information about each source of revenue from contracts with customers and the criteria for recognition follows.

Subscription revenues

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue is recognized upon completion of services based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the subscribers.

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive revenues

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive fees are recognized upon completion of services based on agreements with the broadcasters.

Advertising revenues

Advertisement income is recognized when relevant advertisements are telecasted.

GST on all income

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

The Company’s disaggregated revenues are disclosed in the consolidated statements of operations.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted

In May 2020, the IASB issued Reference to the Conceptual Framework, which made amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued ‘Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)’ aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets. The amendments are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets.

The IASB issued Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) in October 2018 to clarify and align the definition of material. The amendments are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its consolidated financial statements.

F-13

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide certain reliefs in connection with interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge accounting and have the effect that inter-bank offered rates (“IBOR”) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)’ providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual agreements in place at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively with application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of India (INR) which is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the presentation currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

F-14

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as of fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Financial Instruments

Financial Assets

Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•        those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

•        those to be measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

F-15

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group right to receive payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

F-16

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liabilities

Initial Recognition and Measurement

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Group financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans, and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

Subsequent measurement

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

Trade and Other Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the period which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Financial Guarantee Obligations

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values as of the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognized as part of the cost of the equity investment.

Derecognition

Financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

F-17

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liability

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognized for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

•        When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

•        When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognized are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

As of March 31, 2020, the Group had no significant uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Group recognizes interest and penalties related to significant uncertain income tax positions in other expense. There were no such interest and penalties incurred for the period ended March 31, 2020.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until March 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

F-18

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property and equipment under installation / under development, as of balance sheet date. All project related expenditures related to civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental / attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property and Equipment are derecognized from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

Buildings

 

40 years

Property and equipment

 

3 – 15 years

Fixtures and fittings

 

5 – 10 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Fair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

F-19

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

Intangible Assets

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortized on a written down basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

Customers acquisition

 

5 Years

Trademark/Copy rights

 

5 Years

Computer Software

 

5 Years

The amortization period and the amortization method for definite life intangible assets is reviewed annually.

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

Goodwill is initially recognized based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

IAS 38 requires an entity to recognize an intangible asset, whether purchased or self-created (at cost) if, and only if: [IAS 38.21]

a.      it is probable that the future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

b.      the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

The probability of future economic benefits must be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions about conditions that will exist over the life of the asset. [IAS 38.22] The probability recognition criterion is always considered to be satisfied for intangible assets that are acquired separately or in a business combination. [IAS 38.33]

Para 25 of IAS 38 provides that the price an entity pays to acquire separately an intangible asset will reflect expectations about the probability that the expected future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the entity. In other words, the entity expects there to be an inflow of economic benefits, even if there is uncertainty about the timing or the amount of the inflow. Therefore, the probability recognition criteria in Para 21(a) is always considered to be satisfied for separately acquired intangible assets. Para 26 of IAS 38 provides that the costs of a separately acquired intangible asset can usually be measured reliably. This is particularly so when the purchase consideration is in the form of cash or other monetary assets.

Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

F-20

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance cost.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred Offering Costs consists of legal, accounting, underwriter’s fees, and other costs incurred through the balance date that are directly related to the proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and that would be charged to stockholder equity upon completion of the proposed IPO. Should the proposed IPO prove unsuccessful, deferred costs and additional expenses to be incurred would be charged to operations.

Issued Capital

Common shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Costs related to an initial offering are expensed in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Dividends

Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Lytus Technologies Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than common shares, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in common shares issued during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential common shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential common shares.

F-21

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, AND ASSUMPTIONS

Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) throughout March 31, 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-8 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

NOTE 3 — OTHER INCOME

Other Income — Income on Acquisition of Customer-Contracts

Other Income of approximately $15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of 26 March 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues (refer to Note 22 regarding agreement with Reachnet).

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of $59 million. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”.

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

F-22

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 4 — EXPENSES

Expenses consist of the following for the successor period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, and predecessor periods April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020 and year ended March 31, 2019:

 

SUCCESSOR
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR

   

For the period March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020

 

For the period April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2019

Amortization

 

$

204,086

 

$

 

$

Legal and professional expenses

 

 

272,894

 

 

412

 

 

601

Staffing expense

 

 

15,777

 

 

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

8,463

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

$

501,220

 

$

412

 

$

601

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX

Income tax consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020, and predecessor periods April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020 and year ended March 31, 2019:

Consolidated income statement

 

SUCCESSOR
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR

   

For the period
March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020

 

For the period
April 1, 2019
through
March 15, 2020

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2019

Current tax expense

 

$

1,987,659

 

$

 

$

Deferred tax expense

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

$

3,894,674

 

$

 

$

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

SUCCESSOR
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR

   

For the period
March 16, 2020
through
March 31, 2020

 

For the period
April 1, 2019
through
March 15, 2020

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2019

Deferred tax related to item charged directly to equity:

 

$

 

$

 

$

Net loss on translations of foreign subsidiaries

 

 

103,233

 

 

338

 

 

631

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations of Lytus Technologies Private Limited a Wholly owned subsidiary of the Group from INR to USD have been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary situated i.e. in India (at the rate 25.17%).

F-23

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

Accounting for Income Taxes

British Virgin Islands

Under the current laws of BVI, Lytus Technology Holdings Private Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, payments of dividends by the Company to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

India (subsidiaries in India)

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

The charge for current tax is based on the result for the period adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the income statement unless the item to which the tax relates was recognized outside the income statement being other comprehensive income or equity. The tax associated with such an item is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by Indian domestic tax rate for the successor period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, and predecessor period year from April 2018 through March 31, 2019 as follows:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

2019
(
US$)

Accounting profit before tax

 

$

15,258,173

 

Add: Net loss of the Lytus BVI

 

 

208,889

 

Accounting profit of Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd (an Indian Subsidiary)

 

 

15,467,062

 

At Indian statutory income tax rate of 25.17%

 

 

3,893,059

 

Non-deductible expenses for tax purpose – capital expenditure w/off

 

 

1,615

 

Income tax reported on consolidated profit and loss

 

$

3,894,674

 

Deferred tax

Deferred tax relates to the following temporary differences:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

2019
(
US$)

   

Consolidated Statement of financial
Position

 

Consolidated Statement of financial
Position

Deferred tax assets

 

 

     

Acquired in business combination

 

$

52,787

 

Foreign currency translations of foreign subsidiary

 

 

103,233

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

156,020

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

     

Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment

 

$

1,907,015

 

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as follows:

 

2020
(
US$)

Current income tax accrual

 

$

1,987,659

Current income tax on business combination

 

 

18,089

Total accrued income taxes

 

$

2,005,748

F-24

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables consist of the following as of March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Acquired in business combination of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

 

$

390,151

 

$

           —

NOTE 7 — OTHER RECEIVABLES

Other receivables consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Net Receivable from Reachnet Cable Service Pvt. Ltd.

 

$

15,759,393

 

$

GST and other taxes on the above

 

 

2,256,090

 

 

   

$

18,015,483

 

$

NOTE 8 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

GST receivables and other tax deposits

 

$

4,219,550

 

$

2,555

Advance to suppliers

 

 

60,007

 

 

Income tax receivables

 

 

38,122

 

 

Withholding tax receivables

 

 

22,386

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

11,124

 

 

   

$

4,351,189

 

$

2,555

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Equipment (customer devices and other equipment) – at cost

 

$

1,124,326

 

$

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

   

 

1,124,326

 

 

Office equipment, furniture, and vehicles – at cost

 

 

6,208

 

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

   

 

6,208

 

 

Total Property and Equipment

 

$

1,130,534

 

$

F-25

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

Depreciation expense for the successor period March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020, was $0, as all the above assets were acquired as of March 31, 2020 in the acquisition with DDC CATV (Refer to Note 23 on Business Combination).

Description

 

Equipment (customer devices and other equipment)

 

Office equipment, furniture, and vehicles

 

Total

March 16, 2020 (the date of inception)

 

$

 

$

 

$

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

6,208

 

 

1,130,534

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

6,208

 

 

1,130,534

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

March 16, 2020 (the date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Property and Equipment As of March 31, 2020

 

$

1,124,326

 

$

6,208

 

$

1,130,534

There is no fixed asset in the predecessor period.

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible assets and Goodwill consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Customer Acquisition (purchased during the period)

 

$

59,216,654

 

 

Less: Accumulated amortization for the period

 

 

(204,086

)

 

   

 

59,012,568

 

 

Goodwill (Refer Note 23)

 

 

313,345

 

 

Software (acquired in business combination with DDC CATV)

 

 

377

 

 

Total Intangible Assets and Goodwill

 

$

59,326,290

 

 

F-26

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (cont.)

Amortization expense for the successor period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020 was $204,086.

On acquiring Lytus India, the group has acquired unstructured capital work in progress (trademark of $7,443) as referred in Note 22 — Acquisition of Customers. The same has been written off as not usable and was disclosed in ‘other operating expenses’.

Description

 

Customer Acquisition

 

Goodwill

 

Software

 

Total

March 16, 2020 (the date of inception)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Additions (Refer Notes below)

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

 

 

 

59,529,999

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

377

 

 

377

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

377

 

 

59,530,376

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

March 16, 2020 (the date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the year

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

Net Intangible Assets and Goodwill As of March 31, 2020

 

$

59,012,568

 

$

313,345

 

$

377

 

$

59,326,290

Note: The above intangible assets are other than internally generated

There is no intangible asset in the predecessor period.

Refer Note 23 for goodwill on consolidation

NOTE 11 — BORROWINGS

Borrowings consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Loan from related party

 

$

 

$

30,840

Loan from directors

 

 

1,587,216

 

 

14,753

   

$

1,587,216

 

$

45,593

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand. There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited that was given prior to the business combination.

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES

Trade payables consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Trade payables

 

$

401,139

 

$

1,148

Employee related payables

 

 

24,528

 

 

   

$

425,667

 

$

1,148

F-27

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES (cont.)

Changes in trade payables as of and for the period ended March 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

425,667

Payments

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

425,667

NOTE 13 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Other financial liabilities consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Payable in connection with the Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Refer Note 23)

 

$

265,410

 

$

Professional fees payable

 

 

80,514

 

 

   

$

345,924

 

$

Changes in other financial liabilities as of and for the period ended March 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

345,924

Payments

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

345,924

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

GST and other tax liabilities

 

$

7,374,094

 

$

108

Advances from customers

 

 

1,132

 

 

   

$

7,375,226

 

$

108

Changes in other current liabilities as of and for the period ended March 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

7,375,226

Payments

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

7,375,226

F-28

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15 — CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PAYABLE

Customer Acquisition Payable consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet*

 

$

58,745,436

 

 

$

       —

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, current portion

 

 

(29,372,718

)

 

 

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, non-current portion

 

$

29,372,718

 

 

$

____________

*        The Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 22 on Acquisition of Customers

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments and contingencies consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(US$)

Agreement for investment in Preference shares of DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd

 

$

1,194,822

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining a necessary regulatory approvals. Refer to Note 23 for further discussion on the business combination.

NOTE 17 — EQUITY

Common shares:

The total number of shares of common shares issued as of the successor period March 31, 2020:

Common shares – par value $ 0.10 each

 

30,000

Movements in Common Shares:

 

Shares

 

Amount
(
US$)

Equity as of March 16, 2020

 

 

$

Shares issued

 

30,000

 

 

3,000

Balance as of March 31, 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Weighted average number of shares on issue during the period ended March 31, 2020, was:

 

30,000

 

 

 

F-29

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17 — EQUITY (cont.)

Common shares

Common shares entitles the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. As of the successor period March 31, 2020, the Company had an authorized share capital of 50,000 shares of $0.10 par value per share and on March 17, 2020, the Board of Directors passed the resolution to change the originally authorized shares from 50,000 common shares to 30,000 common shares, of $0.10 par value each. On May 15, 2020, the Company passed a resolution to increase the authorized share capital to 230,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value per share.

Equity consists of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor period March 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

2019
(US$)

Common shares – par value $0.10, 30,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

$

3,000

 

 

$

2,305

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

 

(2,876

)

Foreign currency translation reserves, net of tax

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

 

   

$

11,017,898

 

 

$

(571

)

Capital risk management

The Group’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

The Group monitors capital based on the carrying amount of equity plus its subordinated loan, less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the statement of financial position recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Group manages its capital structure and adjusts it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. The amounts managed as capital by the Group are summarized as follows:

 

2020
(
US$)

Current borrowings

 

$

(1,587,215

)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

41,760

 

Net debt

 

$

(1,545,455

)

Total equity

 

$

11,017,898

 

Net debt to equity ratio

 

 

14.03

%

NOTE 18 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020:

 

(US$)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

Weighted average number of common shares

 

 

30,000

Par value

 

$

0.10

Income per common share:

 

 

 

Basic income per common share

 

$

379

Diluted income per common share

 

$

379

F-30

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk management framework

The Group’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The management has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. This note explains the sources of risk which the Group is exposed to and how the Group manages the risk and the related impact in the financial statements.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty fails to discharge its obligation to the Group. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and financial assets.

Credit risk management

The Group assesses and manages credit risk based on internal credit rating system. Internal credit rating is performed for each class of financial instruments with different characteristics. The Group assigns the following credit ratings to each class of financial assets based on the assumptions, inputs, and factors specific to the class of financial assets.

The Group provides for expected credit loss based on the following:

Credit rating

 

Basis of categorization

 

Provision for expected credit loss

Low credit risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and other financial assets

 

12 month expected credit loss

Moderate credit risk

 

Trade receivables and other financial assets

 

Lifetime expected credit loss, or 12 month expected credit loss

High credit risk

 

Trade receivables and other financial assets

 

Lifetime expected credit loss, or fully provided for

With respect of trade receivables, the Company recognizes a provision for lifetime expected credit losses.

Based on business environment in which the Group operates, a default on a financial asset is considered when the counterparty fails to make payments within the agreed time period as per the contract. Loss rates reflecting defaults are based on actual credit loss experience and consideration of differences between current and historical economic conditions.

Assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor declaring bankruptcy, or a litigation decision against the Group. The Group continues to engage with parties whose balances are written off and attempts to enforce repayment. Recoveries made are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income.

Credit rating

 

Basis of categorization

 

As of
March 31, 2020

Low credit risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

Low credit risk

 

Other financial assets

 

$

4,393,227

Moderate credit risk

 

Trade receivables

 

$

390,151

Moderate credit risk

 

Other receivables

 

$

18,015,483

F-31

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Cash & cash equivalents and bank deposits

Credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits is managed by only accepting highly rated banks and diversifying bank deposits and accounts in different banks across the country.

Trade receivables

Credit risk related to trade receivables are mitigated by taking bank guarantees or letters of credit, from customers where credit risk is high. The Group closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors through internal systems that are configured to define credit limits of customers, thereby, limiting the credit risk to pre-calculated amounts. The Group assesses increases in credit risk on an ongoing basis for amounts receivable that become past due and default is considered to have occurred when amounts receivable become two year past due.

Other receivables

This is one-time aggregate receivable for the period ended March 31, 2020, pursuant to the Acquisition of Customers from Reachnet. The Group closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors. Refer to Note 22 for further discussion on Acquisition of Customers.

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost includes loans and advances to related parties and employees, security deposits and others. Credit risk related to these other financial assets is managed by monitoring the recoverability of such amounts continuously.

Expected credit losses for financial assets other than trade receivables

The Group provides for expected credit losses on loans and advances other than trade receivables by assessing individual financial instruments for expectation of any credit losses. Since the Group deals with only high-rated banks and financial institutions, credit risk in respect of cash and cash equivalents, other bank balances and bank deposits is evaluated as very low. With respect to loans, comprising of security deposits, credit risk is considered low because the Group is in possession of the underlying asset. However, with respect to related parties, credit risk is evaluated based on credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. With respect to other financial assets, credit risk is evaluated based on the Group’s knowledge of the credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. The Group does not have any expected loss-based impairment recognized on such assets considering their low credit risk nature, though incurred loss provisions are disclosed under each sub-category of such financial assets.

Asset class

 

Estimated gross carrying amount at default

 

Expected probability of default

 

Expected credit losses

 

As of
March 31, 2020

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

 

0.00

%

 

 

$

41,760

Other financial assets

 

$

4,393,227

 

0.00

%

 

 

$

4,393,227

The Company did not have any written off amounts during the period ended March 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company did not have an allowance for loss at March 31, 2020.

F-32

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approach

The Group recognizes lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables using a simplified approach, wherein the Group has defined percentage of provision by analyzing historical trend of default relevant to each category of customer based on the criteria defined above and such provision percentage determined have been considered to recognize lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables (other than those where default criteria are met).

Asset class

 

Current

 

0-30 days past due

 

31-90 days past due

 

91-182 days past due

 

183-365 days past due

 

366-730 days past due

 

More than 700 days past due

 

As of
March 31,
2020

Gross carrying amount other receivables

 

$

18,405,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,405,634

Expected
loss rate

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

Loss allowance provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount other receivables (net of impairment)

 

$

18,405,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,405,634

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The Group manages its liquidity needs by carefully monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as well as cash-outflows due in day-to-day business. Long-term liquidity needs for a 180-day and a 360-day lookout period are identified monthly.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the liquidity position and cash and cash equivalents based on expected cash flows. The Group considers the liquidity of the market in which the entity operates.

Contractual Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below analyze the Group’s financial liabilities based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Liability class

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 2 years

 

2 – 3 years

 

More than 3 years

 

Total as of March 31,
2020

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,587,215

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

425,667

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345,924

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,375,226

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

7,375,226

Customer Acquisition Payable

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

14,686,359

 

 

14,686,359

 

 

 

 

58,745,436

Total

 

$

39,106,750

 

$

14,686,359

 

$

14,686,359

 

$

 

$

68,479,468

F-33

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Interest rate risk

The Group’s policy is to minimize interest rate cash flow risk exposures on long-term financing. At March 31, 2020, the Group is exposed to changes in market interest rates through bank borrowings at variable interest rates. Other borrowings are at fixed interest rates. As such Group does not has any borrowings from outsiders except overdraft facility which is short term in the nature and repayable on demand, the interest rates on borrowings is around 8.5%. The other borrowings are from Directors who are also and shareholders. The borrowings from them is short term in the nature interest free and repayable on demand.

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets

 

Fair value
through
profit (loss)

 

Fair value
through other
comprehensive income

 

Amortized
Cost

Investments

 

$

 

 

$

Trade receivable

 

 

390,151

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

18,015,483

 

 

 

Other financial assets

 

 

4,393,227

 

 

 

Total

 

$

22,798,861

 

 

$

Financial liabilities

 

Fair value
through
profit (loss)

 

Fair value through other comprehensive income

 

Total as of
31 March
2020

Borrowings

 

$

 

 

$

1,587,215

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

Total

 

$

771,591

 

 

$

1,587,215

Fair value hierarchy

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet are categorized into the three levels of fair value hierarchy. The three levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the measurement, as follows:

The different levels of fair value have been defined below:

Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in an active market;

Level 2: Directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and

Level 3: Inputs which are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a net asset value or valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor are they based on available market data.

F-34

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (cont.)

Fair value of instruments measured at amortized cost

Financial liabilities

 

Carrying
value as of
31 March
2020

 

Fair value
as of
31 March
2020

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,215

 

$

1,587,215

Management assessed that fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, security deposits, loan to related parties, other financial assets, short term borrowings, trade payables and other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

Long-term fixed-rate receivables are evaluated by the Group based on parameters such as interest rates, individual creditworthiness of the customer and other market risk factors. Based on this evaluation, allowances are considered for the expected credit losses of these receivables.

The fair values of the Group’s fixed interest-bearing borrowings are determined by applying discounted cash flows (‘DCF’) method, using discount rate that reflects the issuer’s borrowing rate as of the end of the reporting period.

All the other long-term borrowing facilities availed by the Company are variable rate facilities which are subject to changes in underlying Interest rate indices. Further, the credit spread on these facilities are subject to change with changes in Group’s creditworthiness. The management believes that the current rate of interest on these loans are in close approximation from market rates applicable to the Group. Therefore, the management estimates that the fair value of these borrowings are approximate to their respective carrying values.

NOTE 21 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There are no material related party transactions, except for the transactions listed below:

Compensation and benefits to Key Management Personnel would commence from 1 April 2020.

On acquisition, the unstructured capital work in progress was sold to the previous promoter for $3,583, against loan repayable to previous promoter’s owned entity.

The Company secured 100% of the equity shares of Lytus India through Nimish Pandya, the brother of our CEO Dharmesh Pandya, for an aggregate price of $2,000.

There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Ravi Gupta, Director of DDC) that was given prior to the business combination. Refer to Note 11 for details.

NOTE 22 — ACQUISITION OF CUSTOMERS

Agreement with the Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”.

F-35

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 22 — ACQUISITION OF CUSTOMERS (cont.)

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION

Acquisition of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (formerly known as Cabio Entertainment Private Limited)

The Company has purchased 100% equity shares of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (Lytus India) through the Share Purchase Agreement dated 19 March 2020. The Company has acquired 15,000 shares of Lytus India at a face value of INR 10 for a purchase price of INR 150,650 ($2,000). The control of Lytus India is assumed by the Company from 19 March 2020.

Sr.No.

 

Particulars

 

Amt (INR)

 

Amt (INR)

 

(US$)

1

 

Amount settled in cash

   

 

 

150,650

 

 

$

2,000

 

2

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Capital work in progress – trademark

 

529,143

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Cash and cash equivalent

 

13,629

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other current assets

 

439,454

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Borrowings

 

(1,112,579

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other current liabilities

 

(61,185

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

   

 

 

(191,538

)

 

 

(2,548

)

   

Goodwill

   

 

 

342,188

 

 

$

4,548

 

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of Lytus India’s workforce which cannot be separated is recognized as an intangible asset. This Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Changes in Goodwill:

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)

 

(USD)

Balance at March 16, 2020

 

$

 

Acquired through business combination

 

 

4,548

 

Net exchange differences

 

 

(5

)

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

$

4,543

 

Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

F-36

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

The Group assumed control in DDC India from March 31, 2020. The purchase costs are payable under the terms of the executed agreements.

Calculation of Goodwill upon Acquisition

 

(INR)

 

(USD)

Consideration transferred

 

19,992,000

 

 

$

265,410

 

Add: Non-controlling interest – 49%

 

(3,140,360

)

 

 

(41,691

)

Less: DDCA TV Net Assets

 

6,408,897

 

 

 

85,083

 

Goodwill

 

23,260,537

 

 

$

308,802

 

With this acquisition, the Group expects to increase its market share in India in Media and Internet Services market. Details of the business combination are as follows:

     

(INR)

 

(USD)

Amount settled in cash (refer to note below)

   

 

 

19,992,000

 

 

$

265,410

 

Proportionate value of Non-controlling interest in DDC CATV

   

 

 

(3,140,360

)

 

 

(41,691

)

Total

   

 

 

16,851,640

 

 

 

223,719

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

85,157,452

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

28,423

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

2,904,765

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current loans and advances

 

4,520,003

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

29,388,105

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

3,056,613

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

3,976,181

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

8,065,917

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

(123,204,097

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

(765,860

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

(19,536,399

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

   

 

 

6,408,897

 

 

 

85,083

 

Goodwill

   

 

 

23,260,537

 

 

$

308,802

 

Note: The cash payment for acquisition of DDC is not yet paid and the delay is on account of COVID-19 restrictions. The Company is obliged to make payment for acquisition of shares of DDC when the restriction is lifted.

Non-controlling interest in DDC India

The non-controlling interest in DDC India is measured at the proportionate value of net assets at the acquisition date.

Goodwill

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of DDC CATV’s workforce which cannot be separately recognized as an intangible asset. This goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s wholesale segment and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)

 

(USD)

Balance at March 16, 2020

 

$

Acquired through business combination

 

 

308,802

Net exchange differences

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

$

308,802

F-37

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through July 8, 2020, except for the disclosures related to subsequent events described below, as to which the date is March 31, 2021, the dates the financial statements were available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statement and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed, except for the below increase in the authorized share capital in the following paragraph.

On May 15, 2020, the authorized share capital of the Company was increased to 230,000,000 shares at $0.01 per share. Further, subsequent to year end the current liability has been paid off by $72,700 from unsecured interest free borrowing received from a director of the Company.

On February 5, 2021, Lytus India and Reachnet entered into the Third Supplemental Agreement to the original subscriber acquisition agreement dated 20 June 2019, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to, on a good faith basis, settle payments before March 31, 2021 upon completion of the third party’s systems and operational review of Reachnet and its subscribers. The commercial terms to the agreement remain intact and are not subject to any contingency. Given the uncertainty with respect to another potential lockdown caused by a recent COVID-19 resurgence in India, the parties have also agreed that setting off the amounts due, can be an option, if required. On March 29, 2021, the third party’s review of Reachnet and its subscribers was further extended for two months due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India.

On October 30, 2020, the Company acquired 75% of voting equity interests of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”), a shell corporation with no active business operations or significant assets, in an effort to expand the Company’s telemedicine business into the United States. As consideration, the Company committed to invest an aggregate of $800,000 to GHSI, of which $70,000 was paid upon execution of the share purchase agreement. The remaining balance shall be payable when and if needed to fund the operations of the business.

Since our inception, we have issued an aggregate of 34,154,062 common shares to our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya. Mr. Pandya has later transferred unconditionally an aggregate of 5,311,484 common shares to various persons, resulting in his current holding of 26,221,207 common shares of the Company (including 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust).

On December 30, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for Subscription of Debentures with an investor (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Company shall issue to the Investor Redeemable Debentures (the “Debentures”) of Rs. 240 crores (a crore denotes ten million, approximately $33,000,000). The tenure of the Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of the Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years, for an aggregate of 5 years. The Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000), with an assumed principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,400,000) and accumulated interest of Rs. 45 crores (approximately $6,200,000), at the end of 12 months from the issuance date. The redeemed amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000) plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,000,000) starting from the revised principal date. The Debentures have not been issued because the transaction contemplated under the Agreement for Subscription of Debentures is still subject to the regulatory approval of the local government in India.

F-38

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

For the 9 months period from April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020

 

Table of Contents

Interim Review Report of Kirtane & Pandit LLP

To the Board of Directors

of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.

Independent Accountant’s Report

We have reviewed the accompanying interim financial statements of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. and consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020, and for the nine-month periods then ended. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A review of interim financial statements consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our review we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP
Chartered Accountants
FRN: 105215W/W100057
PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

Milind Bhave
Partner
Membership No. 047973
Place: Mumbai, India
Date: March 29, 2021

F-40

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

Note No.

 

As of
December 31,
2020 (Unaudited)

 

As of
March 31,
2020

       

(US$)

 

(US$)

ASSETS

     

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

     

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

$

100,254

 

$

41,760

 

Other financial assets

     

 

246,437

 

 

42,038

 

Inventories

     

 

40,000

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

6

 

 

481,310

 

 

390,151

 

Other receivables

 

7

 

 

31,831,246

 

 

18,015,483

 

Other current assets

 

8

 

 

7,856,194

 

 

4,351,189

 

Total current assets

     

 

40,555,441

 

 

22,840,621

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

9

 

 

976,366

 

 

1,130,534

 

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

10

 

 

50,476,958

 

 

59,326,290

 

Other non-current assets

     

 

 

 

16,472

 

Deferred tax assets

 

5

 

 

1,103,338

 

 

156,020

 

Total non-current assets

     

 

52,556,662

 

 

60,629,316

 

Total assets

     

$

93,112,103

 

$

83,469,937

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

 

   

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

     

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings from related party

 

11

 

$

1,599,080

 

$

1,587,216

 

Trade payables

 

12

 

 

894,011

 

 

425,667

 

Other financial liabilities

 

13

 

 

475,970

 

 

345,924

 

Security deposits payable

     

 

39,677

 

 

59,807

 

Other current liabilities

 

14

 

 

13,168,777

 

 

7,375,226

 

Customers acquisition payable

 

15

 

 

30,271,230

 

 

29,372,718

 

Current tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,008,804

 

 

2,005,748

 

Total current liabilities

     

 

48,457,549

 

 

41,172,306

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

 

   

 

 

 

Customer acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

15

 

 

30,271,230

 

 

29,372,718

 

Deferred tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,930,748

 

 

1,907,015

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

 

33,201,978

 

 

31,279,733

 

Total liabilities

     

 

81,659,528

 

 

72,452,039

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

16

 

 

   

 

 

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

 

   

 

 

 

Equity share capital

 

17

 

 

341,541

 

 

3,000

 

Other equity

 

17

 

 

11,097,209

 

 

11,056,589

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

     

 

11,438,750

 

 

11,059,589

 

Non-controlling interest

 

17 & 23

 

 

13,826

 

 

(41,691

)

Total equity

     

 

11,452,576

 

 

11,017,898

 

Total liabilities and equity

     

$

93,112,103

 

$

83,469,937

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-41

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED
statement of PROFIT OR LOSS AND
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Unaudited)

     

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Note No.

 

For the
period ended December 31, 2020 (Unaudited) (US$)

     

For the
period ended December 31, 2019 (Unaudited) (US$)

Revenues:

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating revenue

     

 

 

     

 

 

Subscription Income

     

$

834,722

 

     

 

 

Carriage Fees

     

 

170,425

 

     

 

 

Advertisement Income

     

 

40,136

 

     

 

 

Placement Fees

     

 

26,180

 

     

 

 

Fiber Lease Charges

     

 

51,330

 

     

 

 

Telemedicine service fees

     

 

306,233

 

     

 

 

Others

     

 

35,339

 

     

 

 

Total revenues

     

 

1,464,364

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other income

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other income

 

3

 

 

10,815,454

 

     

 

3,585

 

Total income

     

 

12,279,818

 

     

 

3,585

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Expenses:

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

10

 

 

8,927,417

 

     

 

 

Depreciation

 

9

 

 

178,103

 

     

 

 

Legal and professional expense

 

4

 

 

223,865

 

     

 

412

 

Staffing expense

 

4

 

 

235,229

 

     

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

4

 

 

1,178,532

 

     

 

 

Total expenses

     

 

10,743,146

 

     

 

412

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Finance Income

     

 

2,515

 

     

 

 

Income before income tax

     

 

1,539,187

 

     

 

3,173

 

Income tax expense

 

5

 

 

423,227

 

     

 

 

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

     

$

1,115,960

 

     

$

3,173

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Controlling interest

     

$

1,067,824

 

     

$

 

Non-controlling interest

     

 

48,136

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries, net of tax

     

 

(1,020,323

)

     

 

(1,006

)

Total comprehensive income for the period

     

$

95,636

 

     

$

2,167

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Controlling interest

     

$

40,620

 

     

$

2,167

 

Non-controlling interest

     

$

55,017

 

     

$

 

Basic income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

0

 

     

$

0.21

 

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

34,154,062

 

     

 

15,000

 

Diluted income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

0

 

     

$

0.21

 

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

34,154,062

 

     

 

15,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-42

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Unaudited)

Predecessor

 

Shares (Nos.)

 

Share capital

 

Accumulated foreign translation adjustment

 

Retained earnings

 

Total

 

Non-controlling interest

 

Total
equity

Balance at
March 31, 2019

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

1,877

 

 

$

(4,754

)

 

$

(572

)

 

$

 

$

(572

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

 

 

3,173

 

Translation adjustment,
net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

2,305

 

 

871

 

 

 

(1,581

)

 

 

1,596

 

 

 

 

 

1,596

 

Issuance of shares (Refer Note 17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at
31 December 2019

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

871

 

 

$

(1,581

)

 

$

1,596

 

 

$

 

$

1,596

 

Successor

 

Shares (Nos.)

 

Share capital

 

Accumulated foreign translation adjustment

 

Retained earnings

 

Total

 

Non-controlling interest

 

Total
equity

Balance at
March 31, 2020

 

300,000

 

$

3,000

 

$

(306,910

)

 

$

11,363,499

 

$

11,059,589

 

 

$

(41,691

)

 

$

11,017,898

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,067,824

 

 

1,067,824

 

 

 

48,136

 

 

 

1,115,960

 

Translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(1,027,204

)

 

 

 

 

(1,027,204

)

 

 

6,881

 

 

 

(1,020,323

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

(1,334,114

)

 

 

12,431,323

 

 

11,100,209

 

 

 

13,326

 

 

 

11,113,535

 

Issuance of shares (Refer Note 17)

 

33,854,062

 

 

338,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,541

 

Business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

500

 

Balance at
December 31, 2020

 

34,154,062

 

$

341,541

 

$

(1,334,114

)

 

$

12,431,323

 

$

11,438,750

 

 

$

13,826

 

 

$

11,452,576

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-43

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statement of CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

For the period ended December 31, 2020
(US$)

     

For the period ended December 31, 2019
(US$)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

1,115,960

 

     

$

3,173

 

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

423,227

 

     

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

8,927,417

 

     

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

178,103

 

     

 

 

Profit/Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

6,683

 

     

 

 

Write off of unstructured Capital Work in Progress

 

 

 

     

 

 

Finance income – interest other

 

 

(2,515

)

     

 

 

Sundry balance written off/(written back)

 

 

 

     

 

(3,585

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

     

 

 

Inventories

 

 

(40,000

)

     

 

 

Trade receivable and other receivable

 

 

(13,906,922

)

     

 

 

Other financial assets

 

 

(3,275

)

     

 

 

Other assets

 

 

(3,521,514

)

     

 

 

Trade payable

 

 

468,344

 

     

 

(31

)

Other financial liabilities

 

 

1,30,045

 

     

 

(338

)

Other liabilities

 

 

5,793,552

 

     

 

 

Security Deposits

 

 

(20,130

)

     

 

 

Income tax (paid)/refund (net)

 

 

19,564

 

     

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(431,461

)

     

 

(781

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment & intangible assets
(including capital advances)

 

 

(44,479

)

     

 

 

 

Sale of property, plant and equipment & intangible assets

 

 

20,544

 

     

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

2,515

 

     

 

 

Investment in shares of subsidiary – GHSI

 

 

(70,000

)

     

 

 

 

Investment in bank deposits having maturity of more than 3 months

 

 

(201,124

)

     

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of capital work in progress

 

 

 

     

 

25,591

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(292,544

)

     

 

25,591

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Proceeds from short term borrowings

 

 

339,847

 

     

 

 

 

Repayment of short term borrowings

 

 

(375,836

)

     

 

(28,980

)

Proceeds from issuance of shares

 

 

338,541

 

     

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

302,551

 

     

 

(28,980

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(421,454

)

     

 

(4,169

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of period

 

 

41,760

 

     

 

3,412

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

477,947

 

     

 

941

 

Acquired in Business Combination

 

 

2,000

 

     

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period

 

$

100,254

 

     

$

183

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-44

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payment of payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city is not allowed, either. Therefore we have limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices are closed and banks are severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we have restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. The lockdown is extended to October 31, 20201 and could be potentially further extended. In addition, on September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown and negative cash flow used in operating activities to the extent of $700. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) as streaming subscription fee from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines15. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

____________

1        Available on http://bombaychamber.com/admin/uploaded/NEWS%20Block/MHA%20Lock%20Down%20Orders.pdf

15              https://trai.gov.in/sites/default/files/Consumer_Booklet_30042019.pdf

F-45

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On March 31, 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Nature of Operations

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) (Lytus Tech or the Company) was incorporated on March 16, 2020 (date of inception) under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (BVI). On 19 March 2020, Lytus Tech acquired a wholly owned subsidiary, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (CIN U22100MH2008PTC182085) (Lytus India) and, on March 31, 2020, it acquired a majority shareholding (51%) in DDC CATV Network Private Limited (CIN: U64100DL2013PTC260426) (DDC India or DDC CATV). Lytus India was incorporated in India on 10 May 2008 for the purpose of providing telemedicine and online streaming content services to its subscribers and DDC CATV was incorporated in India on 20 November 2013 for the purpose of providing streaming services to its subscribers.

The Company’s registered office is at 116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands. The consolidated financial statements comprise financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”).

The Company has applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “LYT”. It is offering 2,727,272 common shares in our proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and we anticipate the price will be between $10 to $12 per share.

The Group applies judgement to determine whether each product or services promised to a customer are capable of being distinct, and are distinct in the context of the contract, if not, the promised product or services are combined and accounted as a single performance obligation. The Group allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable performance obligation deliverables based on their relative stand-alone selling price.

F-46

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Basis of preparation

The accounting policies used for the preparation of these consolidated condensed financial statements are based upon the application of IFRS 1.D17, which results in assets liabilities being measured at the same carrying amount as in the standalone financial statements of subsidiaries for the period ended December 31, 2020 after adjusting for consolidation and equity accounting adjustments and for the effects of the business combination in which the entity acquired the subsidiary.

The consolidated condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The functional and reporting currency of the Company and Group is “INR” and “USD”, respectively and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

Basis of Consolidation

The subsidiaries considered in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are:

     

% Shareholding and Voting Power

Name of Subsidiary

 

Country of Incorporation

 

As of
December 31,
2020

 

As of
March 31,
2020

Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd

 

India

 

100

%

 

100

%

DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd.

 

India

 

51

%

 

51

%

Global Health Sciences, Inc.

 

United States

 

75

%

 

75

%

These consolidated condensed financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities that affect the Company’s returns and exposure or rights to variable returns from the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

The consolidated condensed financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized profits or losses arising from intra group transaction, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Non-controlling interests (NCI) in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the acquisition and the non-controlling shareholders’ share of changes in equity since the date of the acquisition.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

F-47

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted for fiscal period ended December 31, 2020

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16, effective for the annual reporting period beginning April 1, 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

The Group has also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014), which became mandatorily effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

The nature and effect of the changes arising from these standards are summarized below.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 and covers contracts for goods and services. IFRS 15 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer; so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from April 1, 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, transitional adjustments are recognized in retained earnings as of April 1, 2019 (the date of initial application), without restating the comparative period.

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:

•        the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily available resources: and

•        it is ‘separately identifiable’ form other promise in the contracts (i.e. the Group does not provide significant service integrating, modifying or customizing it).

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognized during the period. No adjustments were required to account for the impact of IFRS 15 on initial adoption.

IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

The International Accounting Standard Board clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. The interpretation is to be applied to the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment under IAS 12. The adoption of IFRIC 23 did not any impact on consolidated financial statement of the Group.

India taxes are based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and the rules under the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Act also provides for anti-avoidance rules at various places. The taxpayer is required to self-assess his tax position and file his tax return. The filed tax return is then subject to review and examination by the Indian tax authorities.

This requires recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income

F-48

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

taxes was necessary as of March 31, 2020. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Our evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

Changes in significant accounting policies

The Group’s accounting policies, which have changed as a result of the changes to accounting standards noted above, are summarized below:

Revenue

Revenue is recognized based on the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

To determine whether to recognize revenue, the Group follows a 5-step process:

1.      Identifying the contract with a customer

2.      Identifying the performance obligations

3.      Determining the transaction price

4.      Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations

5.      Recognizing revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Further information about each source of revenue from contracts with customers and the criteria for recognition follows.

Subscription revenues

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue is recognized upon completion of services based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the subscribers.

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive revenues

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive fees are recognized upon completion of services based on agreements with the broadcasters.

Advertising revenues

Advertisement income is recognized when relevant advertisements are telecasted.

GST on all income

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted

In May 2020, the IASB issued Reference to the Conceptual Framework, which made amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-49

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The IASB has issued ‘Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)’ aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets. The amendments are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets.

The IASB issued Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) in October 2018 to clarify and align the definition of material. The amendments are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide certain reliefs in connection with interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge accounting and have the effect that inter-bank offered rates (“IBOR”) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)’ providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual agreements in place at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively with application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of India (INR) which is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

F-50

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the presentation currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as of fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Financial Instruments

Financial Assets

Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•        those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

•        those to be measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

F-51

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group right to receive payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

F-52

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liabilities

Initial Recognition and Measurement

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Group financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans, and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

Subsequent measurement

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

Trade and Other Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the period which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Financial Guarantee Obligations

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values as of the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognized as part of the cost of the equity investment.

Derecognition

Financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

F-53

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liability

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognized for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

•        When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

•        When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognized are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

As of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2020, the Group had no significant uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Group recognizes interest and penalties related to significant uncertain income tax positions in other expense. There were no such interest and penalties incurred for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2020.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until December 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

F-54

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property and equipment under installation/under development, as of balance sheet date. All project related expenditures related to civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental/attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property and Equipment are derecognized from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

Buildings

 

40 years

Property and equipment

 

3 – 15 years

Fixtures and fittings

 

5 – 10 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Fair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

F-55

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Intangible Assets

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortized on a written down basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

Customers acquisition

 

5 Years

Trademark/Copy rights

 

5 Years

Computer Software

 

5 Years

The amortization period and the amortization method for definite life intangible assets is reviewed annually.

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

Goodwill is initially recognized based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

IAS 38 requires an entity to recognize an intangible asset, whether purchased or self-created (at cost) if, and only if: [IAS 38.21]

a.      it is probable that the future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

b.      the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

The probability of future economic benefits must be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions about conditions that will exist over the life of the asset. [IAS 38.22] The probability recognition criterion is always considered to be satisfied for intangible assets that are acquired separately or in a business combination. [IAS 38.33]

Para 25 of IAS 38 provides that the price an entity pays to acquire separately an intangible asset will reflect expectations about the probability that the expected future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the entity. In other words, the entity expects there to be an inflow of economic benefits, even if there is uncertainty about the timing or the amount of the inflow. Therefore, the probability recognition criteria in Para 21(a) is always considered to be satisfied for separately acquired intangible assets. Para 26 of IAS 38 provides that the costs of a separately acquired intangible asset can usually be measured reliably. This is particularly so when the purchase consideration is in the form of cash or other monetary assets.

Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

F-56

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance cost.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred Offering Costs consists of legal, accounting, underwriter’s fees, and other costs incurred through the balance date that are directly related to the proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and that would be charged to stockholder equity upon completion of the proposed IPO. Should the proposed IPO prove unsuccessful, deferred costs and additional expenses to be incurred would be charged to operations.

Issued Capital

Common shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Costs related to an initial offering are expensed in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Dividends

Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Lytus Technologies Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than common shares, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in common shares issued during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential common shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential common shares.

Trade Receivable

Assessment as to whether the trade receivables and other receivables from Reachnet are impaired: When measuring Expected Credit Loss (ECL) of receivables and other receivables related to Reachnet the Group uses reasonable and supportable information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.

F-57

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India is of short term nature and ought to have no impact on collectability of the $0.5 million Trade Receivable and $32 million Other Receivables due from DDC CATV and Reachnet respectively.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-8 — F-21 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

The payment protocols with respect to the Telecast and OTT services are very closely regulated by the Ministry of Telecommunications along with other departments of the Government of India. The payment gateways reporting protocols for the cable industry are very robust, with most of the transactional interactions with the customers in this industry being subject to independent audits by the government. Payments processed online by customers electronically are reported promptly.

While we acknowledge that the current situation on the ground on account of the COVID-19 pandemic is grim, with the efforts currently implemented by the Indian government in conjunction with the U.S. and other countries, the number of new cases reported is already seeing a steady decline in major metro areas where most of the Company’s customers reside.

The Company’s business continues to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 crisis in India. However, we believe that steps implemented by the Company since the last lockdown in April 2020 and successive lockdowns thereafter, will enable the Company to keep the disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic to a minimum.

The Company does not expect the lockdown to cause any asset impairment. While we expect the lockdown to delay the collection processes from various offices in the country temporarily, there should be no impact on collectability of those payments from customers. In response to the current lockdown, the Company’s management has been in close communication with the Reachnet’s operational team to identify and address any impact to the business. Upon the relaxation of the lockdown, the Company will work expeditiously to resume normal functionality.

Given that Reachnet is an ongoing operations partner of Lytus India with respect to the telecasting business, the collectability of the amounts does not pose a significant risk for the following reasons:

1.      Reachnet is a licensed cable company and is regularly audited by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting. These audits regularly confirm number of subscribers and subscriptions fees reported in the Nationwide SMS platform (Subscriber Management Platform);

2.      The Management of the Company and Reachnet have implemented protocols requiring the finance teams of both companies to closely monitor the amounts receivable and payable providing relevant confirmations periodically;

F-58

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

3.      To the extent that Reachnet is unable to collect or pay the amounts owed to the Company, the Company has the ability to set those amounts off against any future payments to Reachnet in conjunction with the ongoing operations of the company;

4.      The Company has the ability to take legal action against Reachnet and or its directors for non-payment of dues owed to the Company. Under Indian law, remedies pursued against the management of Reachnet can be both civil remedies as well as remedies under the Indian Penal Code; and

5.      Upon ending of the lockdown and reconciliation of all payments with Reachnet, the Company intends to implement a direct billing system with its customers so that it has better visibility and control over revenue streams from customers.

Assessment as to whether the trade receivables and other receivables from Reachnet are impaired

When measuring Expected Credit Loss (ECL) of receivables and other receivables related to Reachnet the Group uses reasonable and supportable information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.

COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India is of short-term nature and ought to have no impact on collectability of the $0.5 million Trade Receivable and $32 million Other Receivables due.

A widespread health crisis could adversely affect the global economy, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact demand for our services. The future impact of the outbreak is highly uncertain and cannot be predicted and there is no assurance that the outbreak will not have a material adverse impact on the future results of the Company. The extent of the impact, if any, will depend on future developments, including actions taken to contain the coronavirus.

Effective April 2, 2021, the Indian Government in an effort to control the COVID-19 Pandemic has imposed lockdown in different parts of India, extending until the restriction is relaxed. As of date, the lockdown restriction is not relaxed. With the number of new COVID-19 cases stabilizing in the major metro areas, we expect the lockdown to be relaxed soon. However, future lockdowns cannot be ruled out because of the nature of the pandemic.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication at the end of a reporting period that the asset may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

F-59

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease and to the extent that the impairment loss is greater than the related revaluation surplus, the excess impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss to the extent that it eliminates the impairment loss which has been recognized for the asset in prior years. Any increase in excess of this amount is treated as a revaluation increase.

NOTE 2 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, AND ASSUMPTIONS

Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-8 – F-21 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

NOTE 3 — OTHER INCOME

Other Income — Income on Acquisition of Customer-Contracts

Other Income of approximately $12 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of December 31, 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues.

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

F-60

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 4 — EXPENSES

Expenses consist of the following for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Amortization of intangible assets (refer to Note 10)

 

$

8,927,417

 

$

Depreciation (refer to Note 9)

 

 

178,103

 

 

Legal and professional expenses

 

 

223,865

 

 

412

Staffing expense

 

 

235,229

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

1,178,532

 

 

Total expenses

 

$

10,743,146

 

$

412

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX

Income tax consist of the following for the successor period ended December 31, 2020 and predecessor period ended December 31, 2019:

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Current tax expenses

 

$

3,055

 

$

Deferred tax expense

 

 

420,172

 

 

Income tax expense

 

$

423,227

 

$

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
(US$)

Deferred tax related to item charged directly to equity:

 

 

   

 

 

Net loss on translations of foreign subsidiaries

 

$

343,756

 

$

338

Total

 

$

343,756

 

$

338

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations mainly consists of Lytus Technologies Private Limited a Wholly owned subsidiary of the Group from INR to USD have been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary situated i.e. in India (at the rate 25.17% and 22.88%).

Accounting for Income Taxes

British Virgin Islands

Under the current laws of BVI, Lytus Technology Holdings Private Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, payments of dividends by the Company to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

F-61

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

India (subsidiaries in India)

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

The charge for current tax is based on the result for the period adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the income statement unless the item to which the tax relates was recognized outside the income statement being other comprehensive income or equity. The tax associated with such an item is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Accounting profit before tax

 

$

1,539,186

 

$

Less: Net loss of the Lytus BVI and non-taxable profit of
Lytus India

 

 

1,504,338

 

 

Accounting profit of DDC

 

 

34,848

 

 

At Indian statutory income tax rate of 22.88%

 

 

7,973

 

 

Non-deductible expenses net of accelerated tax depreciation

 

 

4,918

 

 

Current Income tax reported on consolidated profit and loss

 

$

3,055

 

 

Deferred tax

Deferred tax relates to the following temporary differences:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

Consolidated
Statement of
financial Position

 

Consolidated
Statement of
financial Position

   

(Unaudited)

   

Deferred tax assets

 

 

   

 

 

Acquired in business combination

 

$

 

$

52,787

Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment

 

 

59,264

 

 

Accumulated depreciation loss

 

 

597,085

 

 

Foreign currency translations of foreign subsidiary

 

 

446,989

 

 

103,233

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

1,103,338

 

$

156,020

   

 

   

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment

 

$

2,930,748

 

$

1,907,015

F-62

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as follows:

 

As of
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Current income tax accrual

 

$

2,008,804

 

$

1,987,659

Current income tax on business combination

 

 

 

 

18,089

Total accrued income taxes

 

$

2,008,804

 

$

2,005,748

NOTE 6 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Acquired in business combination of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

 

$

481,310

 

$

390,151

NOTE 7 — OTHER RECEIVABLES

Other receivables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Net Receivable from Reachnet Cable Service Pvt. Ltd.

 

$

26,975,631

 

$

15,267,358

GST and other taxes on the above

 

 

4,855,615

 

 

2,748,125

   

$

31,831,246

 

$

18,015,483

NOTE 8 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

GST receivables and other tax deposits

 

$

7,683,033

 

$

4,219,549

Advance to suppliers

 

 

108,737

 

 

60,007

Withholding tax receivables

 

 

43,999

 

 

22,386

Income tax receivables

 

 

 

 

38,122

Prepaid expenses

 

 

20,425

 

 

11,125

   

$

7,856,194

 

$

4,351,189

F-63

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

Description

 

Plant & Equipment

 

Furniture & Fittings

 

Vehicles

 

Office equipment’s

 

Computer equipment’s

 

Total

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Acquisition through
business combination

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

 

337

 

 

754

 

 

 

4,677

 

 

440

 

 

1,130,534

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

 

337

 

 

754

 

 

 

4,677

 

 

440

 

 

1,130,534

 

Additions

 

 

22,570

 

 

 

 

 

19,312

 

 

 

2,176

 

 

420

 

 

44,479

 

Disposals

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

 

 

(19,312

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,544

)

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

1,145,664

 

 

 

337

 

 

754

 

 

 

6,853

 

 

860

 

 

1,154,469

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,777

 

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition through
business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Charge for the period

 

 

172,972

 

 

 

66

 

 

103

 

 

 

4,925

 

 

37

 

 

178,103

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

172,972

 

 

 

66

 

 

103

 

 

 

4,925

 

 

37

 

 

178,103

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Net block as of
March 31, 2020

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

 

337

 

 

754

 

 

 

4,677

 

 

440

 

 

1,130,534

 

Net block as of
December 31, 2020

 

$

972,692

 

 

$

271

 

$

651

 

 

$

1,928

 

$

823

 

$

976,366

 

Depreciation expense was $178,103 for the period ended December 31, 2020 during the successor period and $0 for the period ended 31 December 2019 during the predecessor period.

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible assets and Goodwill consist of the following:

Description

 

Customer Acquisition List

 

Goodwill on consolidation

 

Software

 

Total
(US$)

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Additions

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

 

 

59,529,999

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

377

 

 

377

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

377

 

 

59,530,376

Additions

 

 

 

 

68,500

 

 

 

 

68,500

Exchange difference on translations

 

 

 

 

9,585

 

 

 

 

9,585

As of 30 September 2020

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

391,430

 

 

377

 

 

59,608,461

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Charge for the period

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

Charge for the period

 

 

8,927,343

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

8,927,417

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

9,131,429

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

9,131,503

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net block as of March 31, 2020

 

 

59,012,568

 

 

313,345

 

 

377

 

 

59,326,290

Net block as of 30 September 2020

 

$

50,085,225

 

$

391,430

 

$

303

 

$

50,476,958

F-64

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (cont.)

Amortization expense was $8,927,417 for the period ended December 31, 2020 during the successor period and $0 for the period ended 31 December 2019 during the predecessor period.

NOTE 11 — BORROWINGS

Borrowings consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Loan from directors

 

$

1,599,080

 

$

1,587,216

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand. There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited that was given prior to the business combination.

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES

Trade payables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Trade payables – Others

 

$

727,433

 

$

401,139

Employee related payables

 

 

166,578

 

 

24,528

   

$

894,011

 

$

425,667

Changes in trade payables as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

425,667

Payments

 

 

31 March 20

 

 

425,667

Current period expense

 

 

375,766

Exchange differences

 

 

92,577

Payments

 

 

31 December 20

 

$

894,010

NOTE 13 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Other financial liabilities consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Payable in connection with the Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Refer Note 23)

 

$

265,410

 

$

265,410

Professional fees payable

 

 

210,560

 

 

80,514

   

$

475,970

 

$

345,924

F-65

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 13 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (cont.)

Changes in other financial liabilities as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

Current period expense

 

 

345,924

 

Payments

 

 

 

31 March 20

 

 

345,924

 

Current period expense

 

 

173,898

 

Exchange differences

 

 

1,148

 

Payments

 

 

(45,000

)

31 December 20

 

$

475,970

 

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

GST and other tax liabilities

 

$

13,168,777

 

$

7,374,094

Advances from customers

 

 

 

 

1,132

   

$

13,168,777

 

$

7,375,226

Changes in other current liabilities as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

7,375,226

Payments

 

 

31 March 20

 

 

7,375,226

Current period expense

 

 

5,793,551

Payments

 

 

31 December 20

 

$

13,168,777

NOTE 15 — CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PAYABLE

Customer Acquisition Payable consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet*

 

$

60,542,460

 

 

$

58,745,436

 

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, current portion

 

 

(30,271,230

)

 

 

(29,372,718

)

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, non-current portion

 

$

30,271,230

 

 

$

29,372,718

 

____________

*        The Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 22 on Acquisition of Customers

F-66

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments and contingencies consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Agreement for investment in Preference shares of DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd

 

$

1,231,372

 

$

1,194,822

Financially support the investment in research organizations – GHSI

 

$

730,000

 

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining a necessary regulatory approvals. Refer to Note 23 for further discussion on the business combination.

NOTE 17 — EQUITY

Common shares:

The total number of shares of common shares issued:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   
   

 

 

 

Common shares – par value $ 0.01/0.10 each

 

33,854,062

 

30,000

Movements in Common Shares:

 

Shares

 

Amount
(US$)

Balance as of March 16, 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Shares issued

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Shares split from $ 0.10 to $ 0.01

 

300,000

 

 

Shares issued

 

33,854,062

 

 

338,541

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

34,154,062

 

$

341,541

Weighted average number of shares on issue during the period ended December 31, 2020, was:

 

34,154,062

 

 

30,000

Mr. Dharmesh Pandya, the then sole shareholder of the Company, has subscribed to these shares and held 33,854,062 common shares of the Company. Mr. Pandya has later transferred unconditionally an aggregate of 5,311,484 common shares to various persons, resulting in his current holding of 26,221,207 common shares of the Company (including 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust).

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through, except for the disclosures related to subsequent events described below, as to which the date is May 28, 2021, the dates the financial statements were available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statement and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed.

F-67

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

On May 15, 2020, the authorized share capital of the Company was increased to 230,000,000 shares at $0.01 per share. Further, subsequent to year end the current liability has been paid off by $72,700 from unsecured interest free borrowing received from a director of the Company.

On February 5, 2021, Lytus India and Reachnet entered into the Third Supplemental Agreement to the original subscriber acquisition agreement dated 20 June 2019, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to, on a good faith basis, settle payments before March 31, 2021 upon completion of the third party’s systems and operational review of Reachnet and its subscribers. The commercial terms to the agreement remain intact and are not subject to any contingency. Given the uncertainty with respect to another potential lockdown caused by a recent COVID-19 resurgence in India, the parties have also agreed that setting off the amounts due, can be an option, if required. On March 29, 2021, the third party’s review of Reachnet and its subscribers was further extended for two months due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India.

On October 30, 2020, the Company acquired 75% of voting equity interests of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”), a shell corporation with no active business operations or significant assets, in an effort to expand the Company’s telemedicine business into the United States. As consideration, the Company committed to invest an aggregate of $800,000 to GHSI, of which $70,000 was paid upon execution of the share purchase agreement. The remaining balance shall be payable when and if needed to fund the operations of the business.

Since our inception, Mr. Dharmesh Pandya, our Chief Executive Officer and the then sole shareholder, has subscribed to an aggregate of 34,154,062 common shares issued by the Company. Mr. Pandya has later transferred unconditionally an aggregate of 5,311,484 common shares to various persons, resulting in his current holding of 26,221,207 common shares of the Company (including 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust).

On December 30, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for Subscription of Debentures with an investor (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Company shall issue to the Investor Redeemable Debentures (the “Debentures”) of Rs. 240 crores (a crore denotes ten million, approximately $33,000,000). The tenure of the Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of the Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years, for an aggregate of 5 years. The Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000), with an assumed principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,400,000) and accumulated interest of Rs. 45 crores (approximately $6,200,000), at the end of 12 months from the issuance date. The redeemed amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000) plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,000,000) starting from the revised principal date. The Debentures have not been issued because the transaction contemplated under the Agreement for Subscription of Debentures is still subject to the regulatory approval of the local government in India.

F-68

Table of Contents

 

Subject To Completion, Date AUGUST 23, 2021

2,727,272 Shares

_______________________

PROSPECTUS

_______________________

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd.

Until [_], (25 days after commencement of our initial public offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

  

 

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

British Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the British Virgin Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may indemnify its directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the registrant and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since our inception, we have issued an aggregate of 34,154,062 common shares to our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya for his service rendered to the Company. Mr. Pandya has later transferred an aggregate of 5,311,484 common shares to certain persons, resulting in his current holding of 26,221,207 common shares of the Company (including 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust).

The share issuances to Mr. Pandya were deemed to be exempt under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof as transactions not involving any public offering. In addition, certain share issuances were deemed not to fall within Section 5 under the Securities Act and to be further exempt under Rule 901 and 903 of Regulation S promulgated thereunder by virtue of being issuances of securities by non-U.S. companies to non-U.S. citizens or residents, conducted outside the United States and not using any element of interstate commerce.

On July 1, 2021, the Company entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with an institutional investor (the “Investor”), pursuant to which it sold to the Investor 100 units (each, a “Unit” and collectively, the “Units”) at a price of $8,800 per Unit, consists of (i) a six-month, 7% Senior Secured Promissory Note in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000 per Unit purchased, reflecting an original issue discount of 12% (the “Note”), and (ii) one half of a three-year warrant (each, a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants”) to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company’s common shares (the transaction, the “Bridge Financing”). The principal and accrued interest of the Note will be due and payable on the date that is the earlier of (i) six (6) months anniversary of the Note, or (ii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering that results in the common shares being traded on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Qualified IPO”). On July 1, 2021, the Company and the Investor also entered into a pledge agreement (the “Pledge Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to pledge and grant the Investor a security interest in 75% of its equity interest in GHSI and all related Future Rights, and the Proceeds as such terms are defined in the Pledge Agreement. In addition, the Investor and GHSI entered into a Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, pursuant to which it agrees to jointly and severally guarantees the payment of the Note.

The Warrants issued in this Bridge Financing will be exercisable six months after the Qualified IPO and allow the Investor to purchase up to 500,000 common shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of the Company at a price of (i) the lesser of 110% of the of the price of the Qualified IPO and the lowest daily volume weighted average price during the ten trading days prior to exercise of the Warrant, if six months have elapsed since a Qualified IPO has occurred, or (ii) 110% of the price of the Qualified IPO if six months have not elapsed since a Qualified IPO; or (iii) $10.00 if a Qualified IPO has not occurred. The holder of the Warrants shall also have the purchase rights to acquire securities

II-1

Table of Contents

that the Company issues which the Holder would have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Warrant Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the issuances. The Warrants Sharers shall be registered by the Company on a resale registration statement on Form F-1 promptly following the Qualified IPO. The Bridge Financing was closed on July 15, 2021 and the Company received proceeds of $880,000. The Company has issued the Units in reliance upon the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) and Rule 506 under the Securities Act.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference in this prospectus:

Exhibit

 

Exhibit title

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association†

3.2

 

Extract of the Memorandum of Resolutions by the Directors†

4.1

 

Specimen Share Certificate

5.1

 

Opinion of McW Todman & Co.

5.2

 

Opinion of Pandya Juris LLP

8.1

 

Opinion of Pryor Cashman LLP

10.1

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its CEO†

10.2

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its CFO†

10.3

 

Agreement to Acquire Customer List, dated June 20, 2019, by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited†

10.4

 

Supplemental Agreement, dated December 6, 2019, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited†

10.5

 

Secondary Supplemental Agreement, dated June 30, 2020, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited†

10.6

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated March 19, 2020, by and among Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., Lytus Technologies Private Limited and the shareholders of Lytus Technologies Private Limited†

10.7

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2020, by and among Lituus Technologies Limited, DDC CATV Network Private Limited, and all of the shareholders of DDC CATV Network Private Limited†

10.8

 

Assignment of Contract, dated March 20, 2020, by and between Lituus Technologies Limited and Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.†

10.9

 

Assignment of Contract, dated March 20, 2020, by and between Jagjit Singh Kohli and Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.†

10.10

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2020, by and between Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., Global Health Sciences, Inc. and its shareholder†

10.11

 

Agreement for Subscription of Debentures, dated December 30, 2020, by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and an investor† #

10.12

 

Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited†

10.13

 

Form of the underwriter’s warrant†

10.14

 

Form of lockup agreement†

10.15

 

Form of the subscription agreement in connection with the Bridge Financing

10.16

 

Form of the investor warrant in connection with the Bridge Financing

10.17

 

Form of the secured promissory note in connection with the Bridge Financing

10.18

 

Form of the pledge agreement in connection with the Bridge Financing

10.19

 

Form of the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement in connection with the Bridge Financing

II-2

Table of Contents

Exhibit

 

Exhibit title

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant†

23.1

 

Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC

23.2

 

Consent of McW Todman & Co. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.3

 

Consent of Pandya Juris LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)

23.4

 

Consent of Pryor Cashman LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)

23.5

 

Consent of Kirtane & Pandit LLP

23.6

 

Consent of Niranjan V. Shah & Associates†

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

99.1

 

Audited Financial Statements DDC CATV Network Private Limited†

99.2

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations of Lytus Technologies Holdings Private Limited for the Year Ended March 31, 2020†

99.3

 

Valuation Report of Customer Acquisitions†

99.4

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements of DDC CATV Networks Private Limited for the Period Ended March 15, 2020

____________

†        Previously filed

#        Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)     To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

II-3

Table of Contents

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

That, insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.”

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the State of Florida, United States on August 23, 2021.

 

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

   

By:

 

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

   

Name:

 

Dharmesh Pandya

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

   

Dated:

 

August 23, 2021

Power of Attorney

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Dharmesh Pandya and Shreyas Shah as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations, and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of common shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

August 23, 2021

Dharmesh Pandya

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

/s/ Shreyas Shah

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

August 23, 2021

Shreyas Shah

 

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

   

/s/ Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

Director

 

August 23, 2021

Jagjit Singh Kohli

       

II-5

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of the Company has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in the State of Florida, United States on August 23, 2021.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

   

Dharmesh Pandya

   

By:

 

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

       

Name: Dharmesh Pandya

       

Title: Chief Executive Officer

II-6

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

McW. Todman & Co Founder: Dr. McW. Todman, CBE., Q.C
Barristers and Solicitors (1923 -1996)
Commissioner for Oaths⃓ Notaries Public  
Trade Marks & Patents Agents ⃓ Corporate Services  

 

Our Ref: NSJ/DP/LTH/180821

Email: nstjean@mctodman.com

 

The Board of Directors

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

601 Everest Grande, A Wing

Mahakali Caves Road

Andheri (East)

Mumbai, India 400 093

 

20 August 2021

 

Dear Sir,

 

Re: LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. BC# 2033207(the “Company”)

 

We have acted as British Virgin Islands legal advisers to the Company in connection with (i) the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”) originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended to date relating to the offering by the Company of 2,727,272 common shares of the Company, $0.01 par value per share, and up to 409,090 common shares issuable upon exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by the Company, along with any ordinary shares under Rule 416 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Shares”) and (ii) the Company’s proposed listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. We are furnishing this opinion as exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

We are furnishing this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

  Documents Reviewed

 

We have reviewed originals, copies, drafts or conformed copies of the following documents:

 

(a) A copy of the Registration Section;

 

(b) A copy of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation issued by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands on 16 March 2020, certified as true by McNamara Corporate Services Limited, the Registered Agent of the Company on 19 August 2021;

 

McNamara Chambers, 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Tel: + 1-284 2810, 284-3810, Fax: +1-284-494-4957, 284-494-7040 Email: mail@mctodman.com Web: www.mctodman.com

 

Page 1 of 4

 

 

(c) A copy of the Company’s Certificate of Incumbency issued by McNamara Corporate Services Limited, the Registered Agent of the Company on 19 August 2021. 

 

(d) A copy of the statutory registers of directors and officers, members, mortgages and charges of the Company as maintained at its registered office in the British Virgin, certified as true by McNamara Corporate Services Limited, the Registered Agent of the Company on 19 August 2021.

 

(e) A copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as registered and filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands, certified as true by McNamara Corporate Services Limited, the Registered Agent of the Company on 19 August 2021;

 

(f) A copy of the filed resolutions of the Company dated 15 May 2020 increasing the number of shares that the Company is authorised to issue certified as true by McNamara Corporate Services Limited, the Registered Agent of the Company on 19 August 2021;

 

(g) Certificate of Good Standing in respect of the Company issued by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands dated 20 August 2021;

 

(h) Copy of the written resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company dated 18 April 2021 (“Directors Resolutions”); and

 

(i) Such other documents and laws as we consider necessary as a basis for giving this opinion.

 

The documents listed in paragraphs (d) to (i) above inclusive are collectively referred to in this opinion as the “Company Records”.

 

ASSUMPTIONS  

 

The following opinions are given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion letter. These opinions only relate to the laws of the British Virgin Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion letter. We have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction. In giving the following opinions, we have relied (without further verification) upon the completeness and accuracy of the Certificate of Good Standing. We have also relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:

 

(a) All original documents are authentic, that all signatures and seals are genuine, that all documents purporting to be sealed have been so sealed, that all copies are complete and conform to their original and that the Registration Statement, and prospectus contained therein, conforms in every material respect to the latest drafts of the same produced to us and that where documents have been provided to us in successive drafts marked-up to indicate changes to such documents all such changes have been so indicated.

 

McNamara Chambers, 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Tel: + 1-284 2810, 284-3810, Fax: +1-284-494-4957, 284-494-7040 Email: mail@mctodman.com Web: www.mctodman.com

 

Page 2 of 4

 

 

(b) The copies of the Company Records are complete and constitute a complete and accurate record of the business transacted and resolutions adopted by the Company and all matters required by law.

 

(c) The Director’s Resolutions remain in full force and effect and have not been revoked, rescinded or varied.

 

(d) There is nothing under any law (other than the laws of the British Virgin Islands) which would or might affect the opinions herein.

 

OPINION

 

Based only upon and subject to the foregoing assumptions and the reservations and qualifications set out below, and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, and under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The Company is a company duly incorporated under the Business Companies Act, 2004 of the British Virgin Islands (the “Act”) and validly exists as a BVI business company limited by shares in the British Virgin Islands.

 

2. The Company is authorised to issue 230,000,000 shares of one class with a par value of US$0.01 each.

 

3. The issue and allotment of the Shares has been duly authorised and when allotted, issued and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Shares will be legally issued and allotted, fully paid and non-assessable. As a matter of British Virgin Islands law, a share is only issued when it has been entered in the register of members (shareholders).

 

QUALIFICATIONS

 

(a) In this opinion the phrase “non-assessable” means, with respect to the Shares in the Company, that a shareholder shall not, solely by virtue of its status as a shareholder, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

 

McNamara Chambers, 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Tel: + 1-284 2810, 284-3810, Fax: +1-284-494-4957, 284-494-7040 Email: mail@mctodman.com Web: www.mctodman.com

 

Page 3 of 4

 

 

(b) Except as specifically stated herein, we make no comment with regard to warranties or representations that may be made by or with respect to the Company in any of the documents or instruments cited in this opinion letter or otherwise with respect to the commercial terms of the transactions the subject of this opinion letter.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our name under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Legal Matters” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

/s/ McW. Todman & Co.

 

 

 

McNamara Chambers, 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Tel: + 1-284 2810, 284-3810, Fax: +1-284-494-4957, 284-494-7040 Email: mail@mctodman.com Web: www.mctodman.com

 

 

Page 4 of 4

 

 

Exhibit 5.2

 

 

August 12, 2021

 

The Board of Directors

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv Ltd

601 Everest Grande, A Wing

Mahakali Caves Road

Andheri (East)

Mumbai, India 400 093

Tel: (284)494-2810

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv Ltd

 

Dear Sirs/ Mesdames:

 

We have acted as counsel as to matters of Indian law to Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv Ltd and are giving this opinion in connection with its Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), filed on April 1, 2021 (Registration Number 333-254943), as amended through the date hereof.

 

Based upon such facts and subject to the limitations set forth in the Registration Statement, the statements of law or legal conclusions in the Registration Statement under the captions “Government Regulation - Regulation in connection with our streaming service - India”, “Government Regulation - Regulations in connection with our proposed tele-medicine service - India” and “Tax Matters Applicable To U.S. Holders Of Our Common Shares - Indian Taxation” constitute the opinion of Pandya Juris LLP.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have reviewed the Registration Statement and such laws of the Republic of India as we considered relevant and necessary and as have been published and made publicly available, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Any such change may affect the conclusions stated herein. We have made no investigation of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Republic of India and do not express or imply any opinions as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the Republic of India as applicable on the date of this opinion. This opinion is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with Indian law. We assume no obligation to update or supplement this opinion letter to reflect any facts or circumstances which may hereafter come to our attention with respect to the opinion expressed above, including any changes in applicable law which may hereafter occur. Our opinion is not binding on the Indian Government Authorities /Department or a court. The Indian Authorities /Department may disagree with one or more of our conclusions, and a court may sustain the Indian Authorities/Department’s position.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder or an “expert” for the purposes of any law or regulation.

 

Yours Truly,

 

/s/ Pandya Juris LLP

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

August 18, 2021

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

601 Everest Grande, A Wing

Mahakali Caves Road

Andheri (East)

Mumbai, India 400 093

Tel: (284)494-2810

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We are acting as United States counsel to Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD., a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation of the registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) and the related prospectus (the “Prospectus”) with respect to the Company’s public offering of its common shares. The Company is filing the Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

This opinion is being furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement.

 

In connection with this opinion, we have examined the Registration Statement (including the Prospectus) and such other documents and corporate records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order to enable us to render the opinion below. In rendering this opinion, we have assumed (i) the validity and accuracy of the factual matters described in the Registration Statement and the documents and corporate records that we have examined, (ii) the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates, certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such documents and (iii) that all relevant documents have been, or will be, validly authorized, executed, delivered and performed by all of the relevant parties. As to any facts material to the opinion expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and have assumed that such statements and representations are true, correct and complete without regard to any qualification as to knowledge or belief. Our opinion is conditioned upon, among other things, the initial and continuing truth, accuracy, and completeness of the items described above on which we are relying.

 

In rendering the opinion, we have considered the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, pertinent judicial authorities, interpretive rulings and other administrative guidance of the Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”), and such other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as of the date hereof. It should be noted that statutes, regulations, judicial decisions and administrative guidance are subject to change at any time and that any such changes may be effective retroactively. A change in the authorities or in the truth, accuracy or completeness of any of the facts, information, documents, corporate records, covenants, statements, representations or assumptions on which our opinion is based could affect our conclusions.

 

 

 

 

 

PRYORCASHLOGO_P2LTR_CROPPED

 

Page 2

 

Subject to the foregoing and the qualifications, assumptions and limitations set forth in the Registration Statement, the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the caption “TAX MATTERS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON SHARES — United States Federal Income Taxation,” insofar as such discussion sets forth legal conclusions on U.S. federal income tax law, constitutes our opinion as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement) of the ownership and sale, exchange or other disposition of the Company’s common shares.

 

We note that, because the determination of the Company’s status as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year, and involves extensive factual investigation, we do not express any opinion herein with respect to the Company’s PFIC status in any taxable year.

 

Our opinion is limited to the application of the federal income tax laws of the United States only and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability of other federal laws, the laws of other countries, the laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state. No opinion is expressed as to any federal income tax laws except as specifically set forth herein. Our opinion represents only our interpretation of the law and has no binding, legal effect on, without limitation, the Service or any court. It is possible that contrary positions may be asserted by the Service and that one or more courts may sustain such contrary positions. Our opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise this opinion to reflect any changes, including changes which have retroactive effect (i) in applicable law, or (ii) in any fact, information, document, corporate record, covenant, statement, representation, or assumption stated herein that becomes untrue, incorrect or incomplete.

 

This letter is furnished to you for use in connection with the Registration Statement and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to for any other purpose without our express written permission. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement wherever it appears. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Pryor Cashman LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. SUBSCRIPTION DOCUMENTS

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD., a British Virgin Islands private limited company (the “Company”), is offering up to 100 Units (as defined in the Subscription Agreement below) in this private offering (this “Offering”). Only “accredited investors,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) are eligible to participate in this Offering (“Prospective Investors”). The purchase price per Unit is $8,800. Except as otherwise indicated, all Subscription Documents should be completed and executed in their entirety by Prospective Investors. If Prospective Investors are subscribing jointly, each Prospective Investor must complete, sign and date the Subscription Documents. Prospective Investors should not alter the Subscription Documents in any way.

 

I. List of the Subscription Documents and General Instructions

 

The Subscription Documents consist of:

 

A. Subscription Agreement

 

B. Attachments to Subscription Agreement

 

Investor Questionnaire (Attachment A)

 

Benefit Plan Status Statement (Attachment B)

 

IRS Form W-9 (Attachment C)

 

IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, Form W-8ECI, Form W-8-EXP and Form W-8IMY (Attachment D)

 

A duly authorized representative must sign on behalf of the Prospective Investor.

 

Complete and sign the applicable Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

 

Complete and sign the Investor Questionnaire (Attachment A)

 

Complete the Benefit Plan Status Statement (Attachment B)

 

Complete, sign, and date the applicable IRS Form W-9 (Attachment C) or IRS Form W- 8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, Form W-8ECI, Form W-8-EXP or Form W-8IMY (Attachment D)

 

An entity Prospective Investor may be requested by the Company to submit a copy of its governing documents as well as information regarding the owners of its equity securities.

 

1

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT FOR

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

 

The undersigned subscribing Investor (the “Investor”) hereby agrees as set forth in this subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”). This Subscription Agreement is being executed and delivered by the Investor in connection with a confidential private offering (the “Offering”) being conducted by LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD., a British Virgin Islands private company (the “Company”), of up to 100 Units (defined below). The purchase price per Unit is $8,800 (the “Purchase Price”).

 

1. Subscription for Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subscription Agreement, the Subscriber hereby agrees to commit to and purchase from the Company, the amount of Units indicated below and hereby tenders this Subscription Agreement, together with a check or wire transfer in such amount, for the number of units (the “Units”) set forth below at a purchase price of $8,800 per Unit. Each Unit is immediately separable upon issuance, and consists of (i) a six-month, 7% Senior Secured Promissory Note in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000 per Unit purchased, reflecting an Original Issue Discount of 12% (the “Note”), and (ii) one half of a three- year warrant (each, a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants”) to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company’s Common Shares or other capital stock of the Company then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrant in accordance with the terms of the Warrant (each, a “Warrant Share” and collectively, the “Warrant Shares”).In the event the securities sold to investors in a Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in that certain Secured Promissory Note of even date herewith issued by the Company to the Holder) are units consisting of both Common Shares and warrants to purchase Common Shares, the Warrant shall be exercisable into such number of units sold in such Qualified IPO as is equal to [PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTE] divided by [THE EXERCISE PRICE].

 

(a) The Investor subscribes for 100 Units (for an aggregate purchase price of $880,000).

 

(b) The Investor and the Company hereby agree that, without the prior written consent of the Investor, the Company many not (i) terminate this Offering, (ii) allot to the Investor fewer Units than the number subscribed by the Investor, (iv) withdraw from any discussions, negotiations or transactions with the Investor, (v) conduct a closing, and/or (vi) modify the terms of this Offering, including, without limitation, the Subscription Documents.

 

(c) It is understood that all documents, records and books pertaining to this investment have been made available for inspection by the Investor and that the Investor has had an adequate opportunity to ask questions and receive answers regarding the Company, this Offering and the Units, in each case to the Investor’s full satisfaction.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company and each other Investor who or that acquires Units as follows, and the Investor acknowledges that the Investor has full knowledge that the Company and such Investors intend to rely upon such representations and warranties:

 

(a) THE INVESTOR HAS READ CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTANDS THE SUBSCRIPTION DOCUMENTS AND HAS CONSULTED WITH SUCH INVESTOR’S OWN ATTORNEY, ACCOUNTANT OR INVESTMENT ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE INVESTMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND ITS SUITABILITY FOR THE INVESTOR. THE INVESTOR HAS SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS TO BE CAPABLE OF EVALUATING THE MERITS AND RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE UNITS AND IS ABLE TO BEAR THE RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE UNITS. ANY SPECIFIC ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SET FORTH BELOW WITH RESPECT TO ANY STATEMENT CONTAINED IN THE SUBSCRIPTION DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO LIMIT THE GENERALITY OF THIS REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY.

 

(b) The Investor acknowledges and agrees that the Company is relying on (and the offering is conditional upon) an exemption from the requirement to provide the Investor with a prospectus under applicable securities laws and as a consequence of acquiring Units in this Offering pursuant to such exemption, certain protections, rights and remedies provided by applicable securities laws, may not be or may only be partially available to the Investor and the Investor may not receive information that would otherwise be required to be provided under applicable securities laws.

 

2

 

 

(c) The Investor has such knowledge, skill and experience in business, financial and investment matters that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Units. With the assistance of the Investor’s own professional advisors, to the extent that the Investor has deemed appropriate, the Investor has made its own legal, tax, accounting and financial evaluation of the merits and risks of an investment in the Units and the consequences of this Subscription Agreement. The Investor has considered the suitability of the Units as an investment in light of its own circumstances and financial condition and the Investor is able to bear the risks associated with an investment in the Units and its authority to invest in the Units.

 

(d) The Investor understands that the Company requires the Investor to complete Attachment A to this Subscription Agreement in order to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act. The Investor hereby represents and warrants that the Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and that one or more of the categories set forth in Attachment A to this Subscription Agreement hereto correctly and in all respects describes the Investor, and that the Investor has so indicated therein.

 

(e) The Investor has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement and such execution and delivery does not violate, or conflict with, the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Investor is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(f) If the Investor is an individual, the Investor represents and warrants that he or she is (i) a bona fide resident of the state set forth on the signature page hereto and the address and Social Security number set forth on the signature page hereto are his or her true and correct residence and Social Security number, and that he or she has no present intention of becoming a resident of any other state or jurisdiction, and (ii) at least twenty-one (21) years of age and has legal capacity to enter into this Subscription Agreement.

 

(g) If the Investor is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or revocable trust, then (i) the Investor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein it is organized, (ii) this Subscription Agreement and any other documents executed and delivered by the Investor in connection herewith have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Investor and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, are the valid and legally binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, (iii) the Investor has its principal place of business at the address set forth on the signature page to this Subscription Agreement and (iv) each of the shareholders, members, partners, grantors or participants of the Investor is at least twenty-one (21) years of age. The person executing this Subscription Agreement on behalf of the Investor has reviewed the underlying corporate charter, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement, shareholders agreement or other similar documents of such Investor and all other documents necessary to confirm the representations made in the previous sentence. Such Investor has previously made other investments or engaged in other substantive business activities prior to receiving an opportunity to purchase the Units and was not formed for the purpose of purchasing the Units.

 

(h) Prior to the purchase of any Units, the opportunity has been made available to the Investor to ask questions of and receive satisfactory answers from representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the offering described in the Subscription Documents and to obtain any additional information necessary to verify the information contained in the Subscription Documents or otherwise relative to the financial data and business of the Company, to the extent that the Company possesses such information. No statement, printed material or other information that is contrary to the information contained in the Subscription Documents has been given or made by the Company to the Investor.

 

3

 

 

(i) The Units, the Notes, the Warrants and the Warrant Shares (collectively, the “Unit Securities”) may not be transferred or resold except as permitted under the Securities Act, and securities laws of applicable states and other jurisdictions, pursuant to registration or an exemption therefrom. The Unit Securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or any state’s securities laws; the Investor will have no right to require registration of the Unit Securities except as set forth herein or pursuant to the terms of the applicable Unit Securities; and the Company is under no other obligation to cause an exemption to be available. In the event the Company determines to accept this Subscription Agreement, in whole or in part, the Investor agrees that the Investor will not dispose or attempt to dispose of any of the Investor’s Unit Securities, except in a manner and fashion which is in total compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws (together, the “Governing Documents”). The Investor understands that any document that evidences the Unit Securities will bear the following legend or one substantially similar thereto:

 

For U.S. Persons:

 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH OR APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SEC OR ANY SUCH STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF ANY WRITTEN MATERIALS PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY THAT DESCRIBE THESE SECURITIES. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE UNITS ARE MADE PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS RELATING TO THE OFFER AND SALE OF SECURITIES.

 

NO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE MADE EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNLESS QUALIFIED OR REGISTERED WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCIES UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS AND THAT SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT VIOLATE ANY APPLICABLE LAWS REGULATING THE TRANSFER OF SECURITIES.

 

(j) The Investor has been advised that it may not be possible to readily liquidate this investment. The Investor’s overall commitment to investments which are not readily liquid is not disproportionate to his, her or its net worth; his, her or its investment in the Company will not cause such overall commitment to become excessive; and he, she or it can afford to bear the loss of the entire investment in the Company.

 

(k) The Investor has no need for liquidity in connection with his, her or its purchase of the Units. The Investor recognizes that there is not now any public market for the Units and that such a market is not expected to develop.

 

(l) The Investor is acquiring the Units solely for the Investor’s own beneficial account, for investment purposes, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of the Units. The purchase of the Units by the Investor is consistent with the general investment objectives of the Investor. The Investor is not acquiring the Units with a view to, or for sale in connection with any, distribution of the Units. The Investor’s subscription does not represent a significant portion of the Investor’s net worth.

 

(m) The Investor recognizes that a purchase of the Units involves a high-degree of risk.

 

(n) The Investor recognizes that neither the Company nor any other person has promised, represented or guaranteed (i) the safety of any capital investment in the Company, (ii) that the Company will be profitable, or (iii) that any particular investment return will be achieved or the probability of any investment return, and further that any such promise, representation or guaranty, if made, would be strictly unauthorized and should not be relied upon. The Investor is not relying upon any representation or other information purported to be given on behalf of the Company in determining to invest in the Units (it being understood that no person has been authorized by the Company to furnish any such representations or other information). The Investor is aware that (i) no federal, state, local or foreign agency has passed upon the Units or made any finding or determination as to the fairness of this investment, (ii) the Investor is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this subscription or any of the powers conferred herein, and (iii) the Company may accept or reject this subscription in whole or in part for any or no reason at all.

 

4

 

 

(o) The Investor confirms that it is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the Company or any of its affiliates, as investment advice or as a recommendation to purchase the Units. It is understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of the Units provided by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to purchase the Units, and that neither the Company nor any of its affiliates is acting or has acted as an advisor to the Investor in deciding to invest in the Units. The Investor acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has made any representation regarding the proper characterization of the Units for purposes of determining the Investor’s authority to invest in the Units.

 

(p) The Investor confirms that the Company has not (i) given any guarantee or representation as to the potential success, return, effect or benefit (either legal, regulatory, tax, financial, accounting or otherwise) of an investment in the Units, or (ii) made any representation to the Investor regarding the legality of an investment in the Units under applicable legal investment or similar laws or regulations. In deciding to purchase the Units, the Investor is not relying on the advice or recommendations of the Company and the Investor has made its own independent decision that the investment in the Units is suitable and appropriate for the Investor.

 

(q) The Investor acknowledges and understands that information included in financial forecasts, projections and/or other forward looking materials provided by the Company are not guarantees of performance and are based on various assumptions that may not prove to be correct. Actual results will differ and such differences could be material. The Company has not assumed any obligation to update such information.

 

(r) The Investor became aware of this Offering, and Units were offered to the Investor solely by means of direct contact between the Investor and the Company, and not by any other means, including but not limited to, by any form of general solicitation or general advertising of the Units, including, without limitation, (i) any communication published in any newspaper or magazine or broadcast over television or radio, or (ii) any seminar or meeting whose attendees were invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.

 

(s) The Investor understands and agrees that the Investor is purchasing Units directly from the Company.

 

(t) The Investor received the Subscription Documents and first learned of the Company in the jurisdiction listed in the residence address of the Investor on the signature page to this Subscription Agreement. All contacts and contracts between the Company and the Investor regarding the offer and sale of the Units have been made within that jurisdiction, and the Investor intends that the securities laws of that jurisdiction alone govern this transaction.

 

(u) The Investor satisfies any special suitability or other applicable requirements of his, her or its jurisdiction of residence and/or the jurisdiction in which the transaction by which the Units are purchased occurs.

 

(v) The Investor understands that by reason of the Company’s obligation to pay certain fees and expenses of the Offering not all of the gross proceeds of the Offering will be available for use by the Company.

 

(w) If the Investor is a partnership, limited liability company, grantor trust or Subchapter S corporation under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), except as indicated otherwise below, at no time during the term of the subscription will substantially all of the value of a beneficial owner’s interest in the Investor (directly or indirectly) be attributable to the Investor’s ownership of the Units.

 

Check if any time during the term of the investment substantially all of the value of a beneficial owner’s interest in the Investor (directly or indirectly) will be attributable to the Investor’s ownership of the Units.

 

5

 

 

If checked box, indicate how many beneficial owners there are of the Investor: _____.

 

(x) If the Investor is not a natural person, the Investor has completed Attachment B to this Subscription Agreement. The Investor acknowledges that, in order to ensure compliance by the Company with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and to avoid adverse consequences to the Company under ERISA, the Investor has properly responded to each of the questions on Attachment B to this Subscription Agreement. If the Investor is a “benefit plan investor” (as defined by ERISA Reg. §2510.3-101(f)(2)), the Investor represents that the acquisition of Units hereunder is permitted by the documents and instruments governing the plan and that the Investor or its fiduciaries have determined that this acquisition of Units is prudent under Title I of ERISA or applicable law and is not prohibited under Sections 408 or 4975 of the Code. Further, the Investor acknowledges, understands and agrees that investments by benefit plan investors are limited, in the aggregate, to a number of Units that is less than 25% of the value of equity interests in the Company, without regard to any interests owned by the directors and the officers of the Company, and agrees that the Company may, in its sole discretion, require a benefit plan investor to transfer its Units to another person or entity, including the Company, for an amount equal to the agreed value of such Units.

 

(y) The social security number or federal tax identification number indicated on the applicable signature page to this Subscription Agreement signed by the Investor is such Investor’s true and correct social security number or federal tax identification number, as applicable.

 

(z) The Investor is not subject to backup withholding because (i) the Investor is exempt from backup withholding, (ii) the Investor has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that the Investor is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has informed the Investor that the Investor is no longer subject to backup withholding.

 

(aa) The Investor (including any person who has discretionary and/or voting authority with respect to the Units to be acquired) is not subject to any “bad actor” disqualification (as used in Rule 506(d) under the Securities Act), and the Investor will notify the Company in writing promptly after first becoming aware that the Investor is subject to, or is reasonably likely to become subject to, any such disqualification. The Investor further understands, acknowledges and agrees that a description of any such disqualification may be subject to disclosure in accordance with applicable law.

 

(bb) Anti-Money Laundering Representations:

 

(i) The Investor represents that all evidence of identity provided in connection with the Subscription Agreement is true and correct and all related information furnished is genuine and accurate.

 

(ii) The Investor agrees to provide any information deemed by the Company, from time to time and in its sole and absolute discretion, necessary to comply with any anti-money laundering program that the Company may, either presently or in the future, adopt and any related responsibilities. The Investor agrees and acknowledges that in the event of delay or failure by the Investor to produce any information requested in this Subscription Agreement or required for verification purposes, the Company’s behalf may refuse to accept the subscription.

 

(iii) The Investor represents and covenants that neither it, nor any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with it, nor any person having a beneficial interest in it, is an individual, organization, or entity listed on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “OFAC Control List”) maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), and that it is not investing and will not invest in the Company on behalf of or for the benefit of any individual, organization, or entity listed on the OFAC Control List.

 

6

 

 

(iv) The Investor represents that: (1) the amounts contributed by it to the Company were not and are not directly or indirectly derived from activities that contravene U.S. federal or state laws or regulations and international laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and (2) the proceeds from the Investor’s investment in the Company will not be used to finance any illegal activities.

 

(v) The Investor agrees and acknowledges: (1) that additional subscriptions by the Investor may be refused; and/or (2) that requests for withdrawals may be delayed or declined if the Company reasonably believes it does not have satisfactory evidence of the Investor’s identity.

 

(vi) The Investor agrees and acknowledges that, if, following its subscription in the Company and/or, the Company reasonably believes that the Investor is listed on the OFAC Control List or has otherwise breached its representations and covenants as to its identity, the Company may be obligated to block the Investor’s investment in accordance with applicable law, and the Investor shall have no claim against the Company for any form of damages as a result of blocking the investment.

 

(vii) If the Investor is a “fund of funds” or an entity that invests on behalf of others, the Investor, in addition to and not by way of limiting the foregoing, represents and certifies that it is aware of the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and other applicable anti-money laundering measures in any jurisdiction (collectively, the “AML Rules”) and that it has adopted anti-money laundering policies and procedures in place reasonably designed to verify the identity of its beneficial owners or underlying investors, as the case may be, and their respective sources of funds. Such policies and procedures are properly enforced and are consistent with such AML Rules. The Investor represents and certifies that to the best of its knowledge, the beneficial owners or investors, as the case may be, are not individuals, entities, or countries that may subject the Company or any of its affiliates to criminal or civil violations of any AML Rules. The Investor agrees and acknowledges that it is to furnish a copy of its anti-money laundering policies and procedures to the Company when requested. Among its other obligations hereunder, the Investor agrees to promptly notify the Company if the foregoing representation and certification becomes inaccurate.

 

(viii) The Investor represents that:

 

a) it is not a Senior Foreign Political Figure, a member of a Senior Foreign Political Figure’s Immediate Family, and/or any Close Associate of a Senior Foreign Political Figure residing in a non-cooperative country or territory or a jurisdiction that has been designated by the U.S. Treasury as warranting special measures due to primary money laundering concerns;

 

b) it is not a former Senior Foreign Political Figure residing in a non- cooperative country or territory or a jurisdiction that has been designated as warranting special measures due to primary money laundering concerns;

 

c) it is not resident in, or organized or chartered under the laws of a jurisdiction that has been designated by the U.S. Secretary of Treasury under Sections 311 and 312 of the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures due to primary money laundering concerns;

 

d) it is not a Foreign Shell Bank as the term is defined in the USA PATRIOT Act; and

 

e) its subscription funds do not originate from, nor will they be routed through, an account maintained at a Foreign Shell Bank, an “offshore bank, or a bank organized or charted under the laws of a jurisdiction deemed to be a non-cooperative country or territory.

 

(cc) The Investor understands that this investment involves a high degree of financial risk and is suitable only for persons who have substantial financial resources, can bear the economic risk of investment in the Company and who understand or have been advised about the tax consequences and other risks of this investment.

 

(dd) The Investor understands that, unless the Investor notifies the Company in writing to the contrary at or before the Closing, each of the Investor’s representations and warranties contained in this Subscription Agreement will be deemed to have been reaffirmed and confirmed as of the Closing, taking into account all information received by the Investor.

 

7

 

 

3. Representation and Warranties of the Company. As of the Closing, the following shall be true in all material respects with respect to the Company:

 

(a) Organization and Standing of the Company. The Company is duly and validly organized and validly existing as a private limited company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and has all requisite power and authority under its Governing Documents and British Virgin Islands law to enter into and carry out the terms of this Subscription Agreement, to conduct its business as described in its Governing Documents and to issue and sell the Units. This Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the Investor, is a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

(b) Compliance with Other Instruments, etc. The Company is not in violation of any term of this Subscription Agreement nor of any term of any other mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to it. No action, proceeding, or investigation is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the operations, business, or affairs of the Company. The execution and delivery of this and other Subscription Agreements does not result in the violation of, constitute a default under or conflict with any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company (which has not been duly waived), or result in the creation of any mortgage, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the respective properties or assets of the Company.

 

(c) Governmental and Regulatory Approval, etc. Neither the execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement or any other Subscription Agreement, nor the offer, issuance or sale of the Units, requires any consent, approval or authorization from, or filing, registration or qualification with, any federal, state or local government or regulatory authority (including, without limitation, registration under the Securities Act) on the part of the Company, except for (i) compliance by the Company with the requirements of any applicable federal or state securities laws, and (ii) compliance by the Company with any and all filing requirements pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

(d) Issuance of the Units. All action required to be taken by the Company as a condition to the issuance and sale of the Units purchased by the Investor has been taken, such Units will represent duly authorized and validly issued Units of the Company and the Investor will be a holder of Units entitled to all the benefits of a Stockholder holding Units under the Company’s Governing Documents and British Virgin Islands law. Closing. One or more closings of the sale and purchase of the Investor’s Units (each, a “Closing”) shall take place at a time and place selected by the Company. At or prior to each Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor a counterpart of the Subscription Agreement executed by the Company.

 

5. Conditions to Closing. The obligations of the Investor to purchase and pay for the Units and of the Company to sell the Units are subject to the condition that the representations and warranties of the Investor contained in Section 2 hereof and of the Company contained in Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing in all respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made as of the Closing.

 

6. Registration Rights. If at any time, beginning six months from the date hereof and provided that Rule 144 under the Securities Act cannot be relied upon by the Investor with respect to its sale of any of the Unit Securities, then the Investor shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company (the “Demand Notice”), to have the Company prepare and file with the SEC, a registration statement or statements and such other documents, including a prospectus, as may be necessary in the opinion of counsel for the Investor, in order to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, so as to permit a public offering and sale of the Unit Securities held by the Investor (and all other investors in the Offering). The Company shall give written notice (a “Registration Notice”) of its receipt of any registration request under this Section 6 to the Investor within ten (10) calendar days from the date of its receipt of the Demand Notice. The Company will promptly register the number of Warrant Shares specified in the Demand Notice and in notices received from any other Investors who notify the Company within ten (10) calendar days after receiving the Registration Notice; provided that the Company shall have the right to delay or suspend the effectiveness of such registration request: (i) for such reasonable period of time until the Company receives or prepares financial statements for the fiscal period most recently ended prior to such written request, if necessary to avoid the use of stale financial statements, or (ii) if the Company would be required to divulge in such registration statement the existence of any fact relating to a material business situation, transaction or negotiation not otherwise required to be disclosed, in which case the Company shall have the right to delay such filing for a period of no longer than [ninety (90) days.]

 

8

 

 

7. Survival of Agreements, Representations and Warranties, etc. All agreements, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Investor in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement, including without limitation the agreement by any “benefit plan investor” to transfer its Units in accordance with this Subscription Agreement in compliance with the terms of the Company’s Governing Documents if required to do so by the Company, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement, any investigation at any time made by the Investor or on its behalf, and the sale and purchase of the Investor’s Units and payment therefor.

 

8. Further Advice and Assurances. The information which the Investor provided to the Company in this Subscription Agreement and in the attachments hereto is true, correct and complete in all respects as of the date hereof and will be true, correct and complete in all respects as of the Closing, and the Investor agrees to notify the Company promptly if any representation or warranty contained in this Subscription Agreement (including the attachments hereto) becomes untrue prior to the Company’s acceptance of the Investor’s subscription. The Investor agrees to provide such additional information and execute and deliver such additional documents as the Company may reasonably request to determine the eligibility of the Investor to hold the Units or to enable the Company to determine the Company’s compliance with applicable regulatory requirements or tax status.

 

9. Post-Closing Cooperation. In addition to the obligations required to be performed hereunder, the parties hereto agree to cooperate with each other following the Closing and to provide such information as reasonably shall be requested by the other party in connection with the Investor’s investment in the Company. In furtherance thereof, the parties agree to perform such other acts, and to execute, acknowledge, and/or deliver such other instruments, documents and materials, as may reasonably be requested in connection with the Investor’s ownership in the Company and the Company’s financial statement and other reporting obligations with respect thereto.

 

10. Indemnity. The Company agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Investor, its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents and representatives and each other person, if any, who controls or is controlled by any of the foregoing, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any loss, damage, claim, liability, cost or expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, legal fees and disbursements and any and all other expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing for or defending against litigation, arbitration proceedings, or other actions or proceedings commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever) arising out of or in connection with, or based upon or resulting from (i) any false representation or warranty or breach or failure to comply with any covenant or agreement made by the Company in this Subscription Agreement (including the attachments hereto) or in any other document furnished to the Investor to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction, or (ii) any action for securities law violations which is finally resolved by judgment against the Company.

 

11. Confidentiality; Certain Disclosures. The Company will use its best efforts to keep the information provided in the Investor Questionnaire strictly confidential. The Company may present this Subscription Agreement and the information provided in the Investor Questionnaire to such parties as it deems advisable if compelled by law or called upon to establish the availability under any Federal or state securities laws of an exemption from registration of the Offering or if the contents thereof are relevant to any issue in any action, suit, or proceeding to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound.

 

12. Expenses. Each party hereto will pay its own expenses relating to this Subscription Agreement and the purchase of the Investor’s Units hereunder.

 

13. Amendments. This Subscription Agreement or any term hereof may not be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except with the written consent of the Investor and the Company.

 

14. General. This Subscription Agreement (i) shall be binding upon the Investor, the Company, and each of their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns, (ii) shall be governed, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (except insofar as affected by the state or foreign securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the jurisdiction in which the offerings described herein have been made to the Investor as aforesaid), (iii) and any action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Subscription Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the state or federal courts of the State of New York of the United States, (iv) shall survive the acceptance, if any, of this subscription, and (v) shall, if the Investor consists of more than one person, be the joint and several obligation of all such persons.

 

15. Counterparts; Electronic Transmission. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts which, when considered together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. In making proof of this Subscription Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. The transmission of copies and signature pages of, and signatures to, this Subscription Agreement by Electronic Transmission (as hereinafter defined) shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement, and such Electronically Transmitted copies, signature pages and signatures may be used in lieu of the original Subscription Agreement for all intents and purposes. For purposes of this Subscription Agreement the term “Electronic Transmission” means and includes any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient of the communication and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Subscription Agreement on ___________, 2021.

 

   
PRINT name of entity Investor

 

By:    
     
Name:    
     
Title:    

 

   
Business Telephone Number (include area code)

 

   
Federal Tax I.D. Number
under which Units shall be registered

 

   
Mailing Address of Investor

 

       
City State Zip Code  

 

TOTAL NUMBER OF UNITS SUBSCRIBED FOR     100  
         
TOTAL SUBSCRIPTION AMOUNT   $ 880,000  

 

PREFERRED METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THE UNITS TO BE ISSUED TO THE INVESTOR:

 

☐ Stock Certificate delivered to the Investor at the address above.

☒ Book entry notation from [______], the Company’s transfer agent

 

10

 

 

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

 

ACCEPTANCE SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

 

This Subscription Agreement is hereby accepted by the Company for the Subscription of 100 Units (for an aggregate purchase price of $880,000).

 

Dated:

 

  LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE OR FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED UNLESS (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT COVERING SUCH SHARES IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE AND FOREIGN LAW OR (II) THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THE QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER APPLICABLE STATE AND FOREIGN LAW AND, IF THE CORPORATION REQUESTS, AN OPINION SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION TO SUCH EFFECT HAS BEEN RENDERED BY COUNSEL.

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDING PTV. LTD.
WARRANT

TO PURCHASE COMMON SHARES

 

 

Warrant Certificate No.:

Original Issue Date:

Expiration Date:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Lytus Technologies Holding PTV. LTD., a British Virgin Islands private limited company (the “Company”), hereby certifies _______, or its registered assigns (the “Holder”), is entitled to purchase from the Company up to 500,000 shares of common shares of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Shares”), or, in the event the securities sold to investors in the Qualified IPO (defined below) are units consisting of both Common Shares and warrants to purchase Common Shares, or any other combination of securities, this Warrant shall be exercisable into a number of units sold in such Qualified IPO equal to the number of Common Shares that would otherwise have been purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, subject to the conditions and adjustments set forth below. The purchase price of one share of Common Shares under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined below. This Warrant is issued by the Company pursuant to the Company’s bridge financing described in the related Subscription Agreement of even date herewith (the “Subscription Agreement”).

 

1. Definitions. As used in this Warrant, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, or is a family member related by birth or marriage. For purposes of this definition only, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of equity interests, by contract, or otherwise; provided, however, that, in any event: (i) any Person who owns directly or indirectly fifty percent (50%) or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or fifty percent (50%) or more of the partnership, member or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed to control such Person; and (ii) each director (or manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person.

 

Aggregate Exercise Price” means an amount equal to the product of (a) the number of Warrant Shares in respect of which this Warrant is then being exercised pursuant to Section 3 hereof, multiplied by (b) the Exercise Price.

 

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Business Day” means any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banking institutions in the city of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Common Shares” means the common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any capital stock into which such Common Shares shall have been converted, exchanged or reclassified following the date hereof.

 

Common Shares Deemed Outstanding” means the number of outstanding shares of Common Shares, assuming conversion of all outstanding Convertible Securities into shares of Common Shares, the exercise of all outstanding Options, or other securities convertible in to Common Shares, as well as the shares of Common Shares reserved for issuance under any existing Company equity incentive plan; provided, that Common Shares Deemed Outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Company or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Convertible Securities” means any securities (directly or indirectly) convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, but excluding Options.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Issuances” means any issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale in accordance with Section 4(d)) by the Company after the Original Issue Date of: (a) shares of Common Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant; (b) up to an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of Common Shares (as such number of shares is equitably adjusted for subsequent stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends and recapitalizations) issued directly or upon the exercise of Options to directors, officers, employees, or consultants of the Company in connection with their service as directors of the Company, their employment by the Company or their retention as consultants by the Company, in each case authorized by the Board and issued pursuant to the Lytus Technologies Employee Incentive Plan; or (c) shares of Common Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of Options (other than Options covered by clause (b) above) or Convertible Securities issued prior to the Original Issue Date, provided that such securities are not amended after the date hereof to increase the number of shares of Common Shares issuable thereunder or to lower the exercise or conversion price thereof; (d) shares of Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued (i) to persons in connection with a joint venture, strategic alliance or other commercial relationship with such person (including persons that are customers, suppliers and strategic partners of the Company) relating to the operation of the Company's business and not for the primary purpose of raising equity capital, (ii) in connection with a transaction in which the Company, directly or indirectly, acquires another business or its tangible or intangible assets, or (iii) to lenders as equity kickers in connection with debt financings of the Company, in each case where such transactions have been approved by the Board; (e) shares of Common Shares in an offering for cash for the account of the Company that is underwritten on a firm commitment basis and is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or (f) shares of Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to the lessor or vendor in any office lease or equipment lease or similar equipment financing transaction in which the Company obtains the use of such office space or equipment for its business.

 

Exercise Date” means, for any given exercise of this Warrant, the date on which the conditions to such exercise as set forth in Section 3 shall have been satisfied at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York, New York time, on a Business Day, including, without limitation, the receipt by the Company of the Exercise Agreement, the Warrant and the Aggregate Exercise Price.

 

Exercise Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i).

 

Exercise Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

2

 

 

Exercise Price” shall mean (a) if six months have elapsed since a Qualified IPO has occurred, the lesser of: (i) one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the price of the Qualified IPO and (ii) the lowest daily VWAP (as defined below) during the ten trading days prior to exercise of this Warrant; (b) if six months have not elapsed since a Qualified IPO, one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the price of the Qualified IPO; or (c) if a Qualified IPO has not occurred $10.00

 

Maximum Percentage” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(i).

 

Options” means any warrants or other rights or options to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

Original Issue Date” means the date on which the Warrant was issued by the Company pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

 

Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

 

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, incorporated organization or government or department or agency thereof.

 

Qualified IPO” has the meaning set forth in that certain Secured Promissory Note of even date herewith issued by the Company to the Holder.

 

Registration Statement” means any registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post- effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Trading Day” means (a) a day on which the Common Shares is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market or another National Securities Exchange, or (b) if the Common Shares is not traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market or another National Securities Exchange, a day on which the Common Shares is quoted in the over the counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated (or any similar organization or agency succeeding its functions of reporting prices); provided, however, that in the event that the Common Shares is not listed or quoted as set forth in (a) or (b) of this definition, then Trading Day shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

 

VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Shares is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Common Shares is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price of a share of Common Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Shares is not then listed or quoted for trading on the OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Shares are then reported in the “Pink Sheets” published by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Shares so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Shares as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holder and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

Warrant” means this Warrant and all warrants issued upon division or combination of, or in substitution for, this Warrant.

 

3

 

 

Warrant Shares” means the shares of Common Shares or other capital stock of the Company then purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in the event the securities sold to investors in the Qualified IPO are units consisting of both Common Shares and warrants to purchase Common Shares, or any other combination of securities, this Warrant shall be exercisable into a number of units sold in such Qualified IPO equal to the number of Common Shares that would otherwise have been purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant. In such event, the Company will issue a new warrant to the Holder evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the specific number of Warrant Shares and attendant exercise prices applicable with respect to this Warrant.

 

2. Term of Warrant. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time or from time to time after the six month anniversary of the Qualified IPO and prior to 5:00 p.m., New York, New York time, on the third (3rd) anniversary of the Qualified IPO or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day (the “Exercise Period”), the Holder of this Warrant may exercise this Warrant for all or any part of the Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder (subject to adjustment as provided herein).

 

3. Exercise of Warrant.

 

(a) Exercise Procedure. This Warrant may be exercised from time to time on any Business Day during the Exercise Period, for all or any part of the unexercised Warrant Shares, upon:

 

(i) surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its then principal executive offices (or an indemnification undertaking with respect to this Warrant in the case of its loss, theft or destruction), together with an Exercise Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, an “Exercise Agreement”), duly completed (including specifying the number of Warrant Shares to be purchased) and executed; and

 

(ii) payment to the Company of the Aggregate Exercise Price in accordance with Section 3(b).

 

(b) Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price. Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price shall be made, at the option of the Holder as expressed in the Exercise Agreement, by the following methods:

 

(i) by delivery to the Company of a certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Company, in the amount of such Aggregate Exercise Price;

 

(ii) by instructing the Company to issue Warrant Shares then issuable upon exercise of all or any part of this Warrant on a net basis such that, without payment of any cash consideration or other immediately available funds, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant in exchange for the number of Warrant Shares as is computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A - B) ÷ A

 

Where:

 

X = the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

Y = the total number of Warrant Shares for which the Holder has elected to exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 3(a).

 

A = the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant.

 

B = the Exercise Price in effect under this Warrant as of the applicable Exercise Date;

 

4

 

 

(iii) by surrendering to the Company (x) Warrant Shares previously acquired by the Holder with an aggregate VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant equal to such Aggregate Exercise Price and/or (y) other securities of the Company having a value as of the Exercise Date equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price (which value in the case of debt securities shall be the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, in the case of preferred stock shall be the liquidation value thereof plus accumulated and unpaid dividends and in the case of shares of Common Shares shall be the Fair Market Value thereof); or

 

(iv) any combination of the foregoing.

 

In the event of any withholding of Warrant Shares or surrender of other equity securities pursuant to clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) above where the number of shares whose value is equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price is not a whole number, the number of shares withheld by or surrendered to the Company shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share and the Company shall make a cash payment to the Holder (by delivery of a certified or official bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds) based on the incremental fraction of a share being so withheld by or surrendered to the Company in an amount equal to the product of (x) such incremental fraction of a share being so withheld or surrendered multiplied by (y) in the case of Common Shares, the Fair Market Value per Warrant Share as of the Exercise Date, and, in all other cases, the value thereof as of the Exercise Date determined in accordance with clause (iii)(y) above.

 

(c) Delivery of Share Certificates. Upon receipt by the Company of the Exercise Agreement, surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price (in accordance with Section 3(a) hereof), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, and in any event within two (2) Business Days thereafter, execute (or cause to be executed) and deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share, as provided in Section 3(d) hereof. The share certificate or certificates so delivered shall be, to the extent possible, in such denomination or denominations as the exercising Holder shall reasonably request in the Exercise Agreement and shall be registered in the name of the Holder or, subject to compliance with Section 5 below, such other Person’s name as shall be designated in the Exercise Agreement. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and such certificate or certificates of Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other Person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares for all purposes, as of the Exercise Date.

 

(d) Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue a fractional Warrant Share upon exercise of any Warrant. As to any fraction of a Warrant Share that the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay to such Holder a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.an amount in cash.

 

(e) Delivery of New Warrant. Unless the purchase rights represented by this Warrant shall have expired or shall have been fully exercised, the Company shall, at the time of delivery of the certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Shares being issued in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unexpired and unexercised Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant. Such new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical to this Warrant.

 

5

 

 

(f) Valid Issuance of Warrant and Warrant Shares; Payment of Taxes. With respect to the exercise of this warrant, the Company hereby represents, covenants and agrees:

 

(i) This Warrant is, and any Warrant issued in substitution for or replacement of this Warrant shall be, upon issuance, duly authorized and validly issued.

 

(ii) All Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant pursuant to the terms hereof shall be, upon issuance, and the Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that such Warrant Shares are, validly issued, fully paid and non- assessable, issued without violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any shareholder of the Company and free and clear of all taxes, liens and charges.

 

(iii) The Company shall take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that all such Warrant Shares are issued without violation by the Company of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Common Shares or other securities constituting Warrant Shares may be listed at the time of such exercise (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Company upon each such issuance).

 

(iv) The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Warrant Shares, immediately upon such exercise, to be listed on any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Common Shares or other securities constituting Warrant Shares are listed at the time of such exercise.

 

(v) The Company shall pay all expenses in connection with, and all taxes and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to, the issuance or delivery of Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant; provided, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed with respect to any applicable withholding or the issuance or delivery of the Warrant Shares to any Person other than the Holder, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issuance has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax, or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

 

(g) Conditional Exercise. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if an exercise of any portion of this Warrant is to be made in connection with a public offering or a sale of the Company (pursuant to a merger, sale of stock, or otherwise), such exercise may at the election of the Holder be conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction, in which case such exercise shall not be deemed to be effective until immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction.

 

(h) Reservation of Shares. During the Exercise Period, the Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares or other securities constituting Warrant Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant, two times the maximum number of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, and the par value per Warrant Share shall at all times be less than or equal to the applicable Exercise Price. The Company shall not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant above the Exercise Price then in effect, and shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(i) Warrant Share Limitations. If Holder enters into an Exercise Agreement, Holder shall have no right to purchase Warrant Shares, and the Company shall not issue Warrant Shares, in an amount that would cause Holder to beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of all shares then outstanding immediately after giving effect to such purchase. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares beneficially owned by Holder and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Shares issuable upon the consummation of the Exercise Agreement, but shall exclude shares of Common Shares which would be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by Holder and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible preferred stock) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. The number of outstanding shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, by a holder thereof and its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares was reported. By written notice to the Company, Holder may from time to time increase or decrease the Maximum Percentage to any other percentage specified in such notice; provided that (i) any such increase will not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company, and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to Holder.

 

6

 

 

4. Adjustment to Number of Warrant Shares. In order to prevent dilution of the purchase rights granted under this Warrant, the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to the adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 4 (in each case, after taking into consideration any prior adjustments pursuant to this Section 4).

 

(a) Adjustment to Exercise Price Upon Issuance of Common Shares. Except as provided in Section 4(c) and except in the case of an event described in either Section 4(e) or Section 4(f), if the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, issue or sell, or in accordance with Section 4(d) is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Shares without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale), then immediately upon such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale), the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale) shall be reduced (and in no event increased) to an Exercise Price equal to the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(i) the sum of (A) the product obtained by multiplying the Common Shares Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale) by the Exercise Price then in effect plus (B) the aggregate consideration, if any, received by the Company upon such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale); by

 

(ii) the sum of (A) the Common Shares Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale) plus (B) the aggregate number of shares of Common Shares issued or sold (or deemed issued or sold) by the Company in such issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale).

 

(b) Adjustment to Number of Warrant Shares Upon Adjustment to Exercise Price. Upon any and each adjustment of the Exercise Price as provided in Section 4(a), the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to any such adjustment shall be increased to a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(i) the product of (A) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to any such adjustment multiplied by (B) the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to any such adjustment; by

 

(ii) the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

(c) Exceptions To Adjustment Upon Issuance of Common Shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, there shall be no adjustment to the Exercise Price or the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to any Excluded Issuance.

 

(d) Effect of Certain Events on Adjustment to Exercise Price. For purposes of determining the adjusted Exercise Price under Section 4(a) hereof, the following shall be applicable:

 

(i) Issuance of Options. If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, in any manner grant or sell (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any Options, whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange any Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options are immediately exercisable, and the lowest price per share (determined as provided in this paragraph and in Section 4(d)(v) for which any one share of Common Shares is issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Security issuable upon the exercise of any such Option is less than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting or sale of such Options, then such share of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Option or upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Security issuable upon the exercise of such Option shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of granting or sale of such Options (and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of adjusting the Exercise Price under Section 4(a)), at a price per share equal to such lowest price per share. For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i) , the lowest price per share for which any one share of Common Shares is issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Security issuable upon the exercise of any such Option shall be equal to the sum (which sum shall constitute the applicable consideration received for purposes of Section 4(a)) of the lowest amounts of consideration, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration with respect to any one share of Common Shares upon each of (A) the granting or sale of the Option, plus (B) the exercise of the Option, plus (C) in the case of an Option which relates to Convertible Securities, the issuance or sale of the Convertible Security and the conversion or exchange of the Convertible Security. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d)(iii), no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of Common Shares or of Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issuance of Common Shares upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options.

 

7

 

 

(ii) Issuance of Convertible Securities. If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, in any manner grant or sell (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any Convertible Securities, whether or not the right to convert or exchange any such Convertible Securities is immediately exercisable, and the lowest price per share (determined as provided in this paragraph and in Section 4(d)(v) for which one share of Common Shares is issuable upon the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities is less than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting or sale of such Convertible Securities, then such share of Common Shares issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Security shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of granting or sale of such Convertible Securities (and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of adjusting the Exercise Price under Section 4(a)), at a price per share equal to such lowest price per share. For purposes of this Section 4(d)(ii), the lowest price per share for which any one share of Common Shares is issuable upon the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Security shall be equal to the sum (which sum shall constitute the applicable consideration received for purposes of Section 4(a)) of the lowest amounts of consideration, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration with respect to any one share of Common Shares upon each of (A) the granting or sale of the Convertible Security, plus (B) the conversion or exchange of the Convertible Security. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d)(iii), no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of Common Shares upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or by reason of the issue or sale of Convertible Securities upon exercise of any Options to purchase any such Convertible Securities for which adjustments of the Exercise Price have been made pursuant to the other provisions of this Section 4(d).

 

(iii) Change in Terms of Options or Convertible Securities. Upon any change in any of (A) the lowest amounts of consideration, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration with respect to any one share of Common Shares upon the granting or sale of any Options or Convertible Securities referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or Section 4(d)(ii) hereof, (B) the lowest amounts of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Company with respect to any one share of Common Shares upon exercise of any Options or upon the issuance, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or Section 4(d)(ii) hereof, (C) the rate at which Convertible Securities referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or Section 4(d)(ii) hereof are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, or (D) the maximum number of shares of Common Shares issuable in connection with any Options referred to in Section 4(d)(i) hereof or any Convertible Securities referred to in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof (in each case, other than in connection with an Excluded Issuance), then (whether or not the original issuance or sale of such Options or Convertible Securities resulted in an adjustment to the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 4) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of such change shall be adjusted or readjusted, as applicable, to the Exercise Price which would have been in effect at such time pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4 had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed consideration, conversion rate or maximum number of shares, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold, but only if as a result of such adjustment or readjustment the Exercise Price then in effect is reduced, and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to any such adjustment or readjustment shall be correspondingly adjusted or readjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(b).

 

8

 

 

(iv) Treatment of Expired or Terminated Options or Convertible Securities. Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option (or portion thereof) or any unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) for which any adjustment (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) was made pursuant to this Section 4 (including without limitation upon the redemption or purchase for consideration of all or any portion of such Option or Convertible Security by the Company), the Exercise Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be changed pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4 to the Exercise Price which would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such unexercised Option (or portion thereof) or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof), to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.

 

(v) Calculation of Consideration Received. If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, issue or sell, or is deemed to have issued or sold in accordance with Section 4(d), any shares of Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities: (A) for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the net amount received by the Company therefor; (B) for consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be the fair value of such consideration, except where such consideration consists of marketable securities, in which case the amount of consideration received by the Company shall be the market price (as reflected on any securities exchange, quotation system or association or similar pricing system covering such security) for such securities as of the end of business on the date of receipt of such securities; (C) for no specifically allocated consideration in connection with an issuance or sale of other securities of the Company, together comprising one integrated transaction, the amount of the consideration therefor shall be deemed to be the fair value of such portion of the aggregate consideration received by the Company in such transaction as is attributable to such shares of Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be, issued in such transaction/; or (D) to the owners of the non-surviving entity in connection with any merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation, the amount of consideration therefor shall be deemed to be the fair value of such portion of the net assets and business of the non-surviving entity as is attributable to such shares of Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be, issued to such owners. The net amount of any cash consideration and the fair value of any consideration other than cash or marketable securities shall be determined in good faith jointly by the Board and the Holder.

 

(vi) Record Date. For purposes of any adjustment to the Exercise Price or the number of Warrant Shares in accordance with this Section 4, in case the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Shares for the purpose of entitling them (A) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Shares deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be[; provided, that if before the distribution to its holders of Common Shares the Company legally abandons its plan to pay or deliver such dividend, distribution, subscription or purchase rights, then thereafter no adjustment shall be required by the taking of such record and any such adjustment previously made in respect thereof shall be rescinded and annulled.

 

9

 

 

(vii) Dividends and Distributions. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4(d), If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, make or declare, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive, a dividend or any other distribution payable in securities of the Company (other than a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities in respect of outstanding shares of Common Shares), cash or other property, then, and in each such event, provision shall be made so that the Holder shall receive upon exercise of the Warrant, in addition to the number of Warrant Shares receivable thereupon, the kind and amount of securities of the Company, cash or other property which the Holder would have been entitled to receive had the Warrant been exercised in full into Warrant Shares on the date of such event and had the Holder thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the Exercise Date, retained such securities, cash or other property receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this Section Error! Reference source not found. with respect to the rights of the Holder; provided, that no such provision shall be made if the Holder receives, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Shares, a dividend or other distribution of such securities, cash or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities, cash or other property as the Holder would have received if the Warrant had been exercised in full into Warrant Shares on the date of such event.

 

(e) Adjustment to Number of Warrant Shares Upon Dividend, Subdivision or Combination of Common Shares. If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, (i) pay a dividend or make any other distribution upon the Common Shares or any other capital stock of the Company payable in shares of Common Shares or in Options or Convertible Securities, or (ii) subdivide (by any stock split, recapitalization or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Shares into a greater number of shares, the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to any such dividend, distribution or subdivision shall be proportionately increased. If the Company at any time combines (by combination, reverse stock split or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased. Any adjustment under this Section 4€ shall become effective at the close of business on the date the dividend, subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(f) Adjustment to Number of Warrant Shares Upon Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation or Merger. In the event of any (i) capital reorganization of the Company, (ii) reclassification of the stock of the Company (other than a change in par value or from par value to no par value or from no par value to par value or as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), (iii) consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another Person, (iv) sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another Person or (v) other similar transaction (other than any such transaction covered by Section Error! Reference source not found.), in each case which entitles the holders of Common Shares to receive (either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Shares, each Warrant shall, immediately after such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or similar transaction, remain outstanding and shall thereafter, in lieu of or in addition to (as the case may be) the number of Warrant Shares then exercisable under this Warrant, be exercisable for the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or assets of the Company or of the successor Person resulting from such transaction to which the Holder would have been entitled upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or similar transaction if the Holder had exercised this Warrant in full immediately prior to the time of such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or similar transaction and acquired the applicable number of Warrant Shares then issuable hereunder as a result of such exercise (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the exercisability of this Warrant); and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (in form and substance satisfactory to the Holder) shall be made with respect to the Holder’s rights under this Warrant to insure that the provisions of this Section 4 hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as possible, to this Warrant in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter acquirable upon exercise of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section Error! Reference source not found. shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers, sales or similar transactions. The Company shall not affect any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or similar transaction unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor Person (if other than the Company) resulting from such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or similar transaction, shall assume, by written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant and satisfactory to the Holder, the obligation to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets which, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with respect to any corporate event or other transaction contemplated by the provisions of this Section Error! Reference source not found., the Holder shall have the right to elect prior to the consummation of such event or transaction, to give effect to the exercise rights contained in Section 2 instead of giving effect to the provisions contained in this Section Error! Reference source not found. with respect to this Warrant.

 

10

 

 

5. Purchase Rights. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 4 above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any shares of Common Shares, Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of Common Shares (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder shall be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder would have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Warrant Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Holder shall not be entitled to the Purchase Rights granted herein with respect to any Excluded Issuance.

 

6. Transfer of Warrant; Transfer of Warrant Shares. Subject to the transfer conditions referred to in the legend endorsed hereon, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, by the Holder without charge to the Holder, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its then principal executive offices with a properly completed and duly executed Assignment in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, together with funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes described in Section 3(f)(v) in connection with the making of such transfer. Upon such compliance, surrender and delivery and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees and in the denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant, if any, not so assigned and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Warrant Shares shall not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Warrant Shares by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the date hereof.

 

7. Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder; Limitations on Liability. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, prior to the issuance to the Holder of the Warrant Shares to which the Holder is then entitled to receive upon the due exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of shares of capital stock of the Company for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Warrant be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a Shareholder of the Company or any right to vote, give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether any reorganization, issue of stock, reclassification of stock, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise), receive notice of meetings, receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise. In addition, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a Shareholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company. Notwithstanding this Section 6, the Company shall provide the Holder with copies of the same notices and other information given to the Shareholders of the Company generally, contemporaneously with the giving thereof to the Shareholders.

 

11

 

 

8. Replacement on Loss; Division and Combination.

 

(a) Replacement of Warrant on Loss. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and upon delivery of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (it being understood that a written indemnification agreement or affidavit of loss of the Holder shall be a sufficient indemnity) and, in case of mutilation, upon surrender of such Warrant for cancellation to the Company, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver to the Holder, in lieu hereof, a new Warrant of like tenor and exercisable for an equivalent number of Warrant Shares as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed; provided, that, in the case of mutilation, no indemnity shall be required if this Warrant in identifiable form is surrendered to the Company for cancellation.

 

(b) Division and Combination of Warrant. Subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of this Warrant and the Shareholders Agreement as to any transfer or other assignment which may be involved in such division or combination, this Warrant may be divided or, following any such division of this Warrant, subsequently combined with other Warrants, upon the surrender of this Warrant or Warrants to the Company at its then principal executive offices, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the respective Holders or their agents or attorneys. Subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of this Warrant and the Shareholders Agreement as to any transfer or assignment which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall at its own expense execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered in accordance with such notice. Such new Warrant or Warrants shall be of like tenor to the surrendered Warrant or Warrants and shall be exercisable in the aggregate for an equivalent number of Warrant Shares as the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered in accordance with such notice.

 

9. No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association, or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by it hereunder, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in the taking of all such action as may reasonably be requested by the Holder in order to protect the exercise rights of the Holder against dilution or other impairment, consistent with the tenor and purpose of this Warrant.

 

10. Compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(a) Agreement to Comply with the Securities Act; Legend. The Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 9 and the restrictive legend requirements set forth on the face of this Warrant and further agrees that such Holder shall not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). This Warrant and all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (unless registered under the Securities Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE OR FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED UNLESS (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT COVERING SUCH SHARES IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT AND IS QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE AND FOREIGN LAW OR (II) THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE ACT AND THE QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER APPLICABLE STATE AND FOREIGN LAW AND, IF THE CORPORATION REQUESTS, AN OPINION SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION TO SUCH EFFECT HAS BEEN RENDERED BY COUNSEL.”

 

12

 

 

(b) Representations of the Holder. In connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the Holder specifically represents, as of the date hereof, to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant as follows:

 

(i) The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The Holder is acquiring this Warrant and the Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof for investment for its own account and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act.

 

(ii) The Holder understands and acknowledges that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. In addition, the Holder represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

 

(iii) The Holder acknowledges that it can bear the economic and financial risk of its investment for an indefinite period, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Warrant and the Warrant Shares. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Warrant and the business, properties, prospects and financial condition of the Company.

 

11. Registration of Securities. The Warrant Shares shall be registered by the Company on a resale registration statement on Form F-1 promptly following the Qualified IPO.

 

12. Warrant Register. The Company shall keep and properly maintain at its principal executive offices books for the registration of the Warrant and any transfers thereof. The Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Warrant is registered on such register as the Holder thereof for all purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, except any assignment, division, combination or other transfer of the Warrant effected in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

13. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given: (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or e-mail of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the addresses indicated below (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11).

 

13

 

 

If to the Company:

 

with a copy to:

 

If to the Holder:

 

with a copy to:

 

14. Cumulative Remedies. Except to the extent expressly provided in Section 6 to the contrary, the rights and remedies provided in this Warrant are cumulative and are not exclusive of, and are in addition to and not in substitution for, any other rights or remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

15. Equitable Relief. Each of the Company and the Holder acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach by such party of any of its obligations under this Warrant would give rise to irreparable harm to the other party hereto for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by such party of any such obligations, the other party hereto shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including a restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

16. Entire Agreement. This Warrant, together with the Subscription Agreement, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Warrant with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Warrant, and the Subscription Agreement, the statements in the body of this Warrant shall control.

 

17. Successor and Assigns. This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of the Holder. Such successors and/or permitted assigns of the Holder shall be deemed to be a Holder for all purposes hereunder.

 

18. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Warrant is for the sole benefit of the Company and the Holder and their respective successors and, in the case of the Holder, permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Warrant.

 

19. Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Warrant.

 

20. Amendment and Modification; Waiver. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Warrant may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by the Company or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

14

 

 

21. Severability. If any term or provision of this Warrant is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Warrant or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

22. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of York.

 

23. Submission to Jurisdiction. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the city of New York, and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of process, summons, notice or other document by certified or registered mail to such party’s address set forth herein shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or any proceeding in such courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

24. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS WARRANT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

25. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Warrant delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Warrant.

 

26. No Strict Construction. This Warrant shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

15

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this Warrant on the Original Issue Date.

 

  LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.
     
  By:                  
  Name:  
  Title:    

 

Accepted and agreed,
   
By:        
Name:    
Title:    

 

16

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Exercise Agreement

 

17

 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

  To: LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase shares of Common Shares of LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (the “Warrant”) and (check the applicable box):

 

__________ Tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any; or

 

__________ Elects to exercise the Warrant on a “cashless” basis under the limited circumstances described in Section 2(c) of the Warrant.

 

(2) In exercising the Warrant, the undersigned hereby confirms and acknowledges that the shares of Common Shares to be issued upon exercise hereof are being acquired solely for the account of the undersigned and not as a nominee for any other party, and for investment and that the undersigned will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any such shares of Common Shares except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state or foreign securities laws.

 

(3) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Common Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Name: ___________________________

 

Address: _________________________

 

Tax I.D. No. _______________________

 

(4) The undersigned represents that (a) he, she, or it is the original purchaser from the Corporation of the Warrant or is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (b) the aforesaid shares of Common Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

 

Date: ___________________________

 

Signature: _______________________

 

18

 

Exhibit B

 

Assignment Agreement

 

19

 

 

WARRANT ASSIGNMENT

 

(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the Warrant)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the right to purchase Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD., a British Virgin Islands private limited company (“Company”), evidenced by the Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company to .

 

Dated:                 , 20               

 

Signature: _______________________

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

 

20

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

THIS SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED FOR SALE OR RESALE UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. ACCORDINGLY, SUCH NOTE IS NOT FREELY TRANSFERABLE AND MUST BE HELD UNTIL SUCH TIME AS IT IS EITHER REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

 

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Note: A-1 July , 2021

Principal Amount: $1,000,000.00

Purchase Amount: $880,000.00

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD., a British Virgin Islands private limited company (the “Maker”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of ________ (the “Noteholder,” and together with the Maker, the “Parties”), the principal sum of $1,000,000 (the “Principal Amount”), which amount is the $880,000 of the purchase price set forth above plus an original issue discount in the amount of $120,000, together with interest thereon from the date of issuance of this Secured Promissory Note (the “Note,” as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms). Interest will accrue at a simple rate of seven percent (7%) per annum (the “Interest”), subject to adjustments set forth herein. The principal and accrued interest of this Note will be due and payable on the date that is the earlier of (i) six (6) months anniversary of this Note, or (ii) a Qualified IPO, as defined below (the “Maturity Date”). Additionally, the principal and accrued interest of this Note shall accelerate and become due and payable in accordance with Section 5 of this Note. Terms used but not defined herein, including without limitation have the meaning set forth in that certain Subscription Agreement by and between the Parties of even date herewith (the “Subscription Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, the Parties entered into the Subscription Agreement pursuant to which the Noteholder agree to sell and the Maker agreed to buy Units.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises, and obligations set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby expressly acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, limited or general partnership, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

 

1. Original Issue Discount. The Principal Amount of this Note is subject to an original issue discount in the amount of twelve percent (12%); as a result, on the date hereof, the Noteholder shall deliver to the Maker, or its assigns, cash in the amount of $880,000.

 

2. Seniority. The indebtedness evidenced by this Note and the payment of the Principal Amount and interest shall be Senior (as hereinafter defined) to, and have priority in right of payment over, all indebtedness of the Maker, now outstanding or hereinafter incurred. “Senior,” as used herein, shall be deemed to mean that, in the event of any default in the payment of the obligations represented by this Note (after giving effect to “cure” provisions, if any) or of any liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceedings relating to the Maker, all sums payable on this Note shall first be paid in full, with interest, if any, before any payment is made upon any other indebtedness, now outstanding or hereinafter incurred, and, in any such event, any payment or distribution of any character which shall be made in respect of any other indebtedness of the Company, shall be paid over to the Noteholder for application to the payment hereof, unless and until the obligations under this Note (which shall mean the Principal Amount, any accrued but unpaid interest, and any costs and expenses payable under this Note) shall have been paid and satisfied in full.

 

3. Title to the Ownership Interest. Subject to that certain Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement by and between the Parties of even date herewith (the “Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, all rights, title, and interest in the Units shall transfer to the Maker upon the execution of the Subscription Agreement.

 

4. Payments. All payments will be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Noteholder, or at such other place as the Noteholder may from time to time designate in writing to the Maker. Payment will be credited first to accrued interest due and payable, with any remainder applied to the Principal Amount. This Note may not be prepaid or repaid in whole or in part except as otherwise explicitly set forth herein.

 

 

 

5. Qualified IPO. Upon the occurrence of a Qualified IPO (defined below), immediately and without notice, all outstanding indebtedness represented by the Note shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the Subscription Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Qualified IPO, the Noteholder shall waive the Interest and the Maker shall have no obligation pay such Interest to Noteholder. A “Qualified IPO” shall mean the closing within 120 days as of the date hereof of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Shares of the Maker that results in the Common Shares being traded on a U.S. national securities exchange.

 

6. Guaranty and Suretyship; Pledge and Security Agreement. The Maker’s performance of its obligations hereunder is guaranteed by Global Health Sciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as more fully described in the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, dated as of an even date herewith, and secured by a security interest in the assets of Global Health Sciences, Inc. granted pursuant to the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement. In addition, the Maker’s performance of its obligations hereunder is secured by a pledge of the Maker’s shares of the common stock of Global Health Sciences, Inc. pursuant to a Pledge Agreement dated as of an even date herewith.

 

7. Representations and Warranties. The Maker hereby represents and warrants to the Noteholder on the date hereof as follows:

 

7.1 Existence. The Maker is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its jurisdiction of organization.

 

7.2 Power and Authority. The Maker has the power and authority, and the legal right, to execute and deliver this Note and the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

7.3 Authorization; Execution and Delivery. The execution and delivery of this Note and the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement by the Maker and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability action in accordance with all applicable Laws. The Maker has duly executed and delivered this Note and the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement.

 

7.4 Absence of Material Adverse Change. Since May 25, 2021, there has not been any (a) material adverse change in the business, operations, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company, or (b) damage, destruction or loss, whether covered by insurance or not, materially and adversely affecting the business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company, taken as a whole.

 

8. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

 

8.1 Failure to Pay. The Maker fails to pay any amount of the Loan when due; and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice to the Maker by the Noteholder.

 

8.2 Breach of Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Maker to the Noteholder herein or in the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement is incorrect in any material respect as of the date such representation or warranty was made.

 

8.3 Bankruptcy. Institution of any proceeding by or against the Maker under the provisions of any federal bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement of debt, insolvency or receivership laws or similar state or federal laws providing for the relief of debtors, if such proceeding is not dismissed, bonded or discharged within 30 days following its institution.

 

9. Remedies. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Noteholder shall be entitled to receive, to the extent permitted by applicable law, interest on the outstanding principal of, and overdue interest, if any, on, the Notes at a rate per annum equal to twelve percent (12%).

 

10. Waiver and Release. The Noteholder, on the Noteholder’s behalf and on behalf of the Noteholder’s heirs, executors, representatives, administrators, agents, insurers, and assigns (collectively with the Noteholder, the “Releasors”) irrevocably and unconditionally fully and forever waives, releases, and discharges the Maker, including its members, managers, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, companies under common ownership, predecessors, successors, and assigns, and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, in their corporate and individual capacities (collectively, the “Released Parties”), from any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of action, judgments, rights, fees, damages, debts, obligations, liabilities, purported rights to distribution of profits, and expenses (inclusive of attorney’s fees) of any kind whatsoever, whether known or unknown, that Releasors may have or have ever had against the Released Parties, or any of them, arising out of, or in any way related to the Purported Investment, the Actual Investment, the Investment Agreement, the Operating Agreement, or the Units.

 

2

 

11. Joint Drafting. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Note and the other Transaction Documents. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge and agree that there is no single drafter of this Note or the other Transaction Documents and therefore, the general rule that ambiguities are to be construed against the drafter is, and shall be, inapplicable. If any language in this Note is found or claimed to be ambiguous, each party shall have the same opportunity to present evidence as to the actual intent of the parties with respect to any such ambiguous language without any inference or presumption being drawn against any party.

 

12. Miscellaneous.

 

12.1 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or email of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next business day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses they may from time to time provide.

 

12.2 Expenses. The Parties shall be responsible for their own costs, expenses, and fees (including reasonable expenses and fees of its external counsel) incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including the negotiation, documentation, and execution of this Note and the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement and the enforcement of rights hereunder and thereunder.

 

12.3 Governing Law. This Note and the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

12.4 Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Note or the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, to the extent not waived by the terms of this Note, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration Rules. The number of arbitrators shall be one. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York. New York law shall apply. Judgement on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Parties shall share the costs of such arbitration evenly.

 

12.5 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Note and any amendments, waivers, consents, or supplements hereto may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Note and the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement constitute the entire contract between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect thereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Note by facsimile or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Note or the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, as applicable. If any terms of this Note conflict with those of the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, the terms of this Note will govern.

 

12.6 Successors and Assigns. This Note may not be assigned, transferred, or negotiated by the Noteholder to any Person, defined below, at any time, without notice to or the consent of the Maker. Person means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, limited or general partnership, unincorporated organization, or other entity. The Maker may assign or transfer this Note or any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the Noteholder. This Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their permitted assigns.

 

12.7 Amendments and Waivers. This Note may only be amended, modified, or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto.

 

12.8 No Waiver. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach, or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power, or privilege arising from this Note shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power, or privilege.

 

12.9 Severability. If any term or provision of this Note or the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Note or the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has executed this Note as of July , 2021.

 

  LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.
     
  By                   
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  Acknowledged and agreed:
     
  By                   
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

4

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of July , 2021, is entered into between LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD., a British Virgin Islands private limited company (“Pledgor”), and __________________ (“Secured Party”), with reference to the following:

 

WHEREAS, Pledgor and Secured Party are parties to that certain Secured Promissory Note (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Promissory Note”), of even date herewith, pursuant to which Secured Party has agreed to make certain financial commitments to Pledgor;

 

WHEREAS, Pledgor beneficially owns the Equity Interests (as hereinafter defined) in the Issuers (as hereinafter defined);

 

WHEREAS, to induce Secured Party to make the financial commitments provided to Pledgor pursuant to the Promissory Note, Pledgor desires to pledge, grant, transfer, and assign to Secured Party a security interest in the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) to secure the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined), as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, representations, and warranties set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions and Construction.

 

(a) Definitions.

 

All initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Promissory Note. As used in this Agreement:

 

1. Bankruptcy Code” means United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.), as in effect from time to time, and any successor statute thereto

 

2. Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which national banks are authorized or required to close.

 

3. “Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of from time to time.

 

4. “Promissory Note” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

5. Promissory Note Documents” shall mean the Promissory Note and all other agreements, instruments, or other documents entered into or executed in connection therewith, in each case, as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

6. “Collateral” shall mean the Pledged Interests, the Future Rights, and the Proceeds, collectively.

 

7. Equity Interests” means all securities, shares, units, options, warrants, interests, participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or similar entity, whether voting or nonvoting, certificated or uncertificated, including general partner partnership interests, limited partner partnership interests, common stock, preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

 

8. “Event of Default” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Promissory Note.

 

 

 

9. Future Rights” shall mean: (a) all Equity Interests (other than Pledged Interests) of the Issuers, and all securities convertible or exchangeable into, and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase, Equity Interests of the Issuers; and (b) the certificates or instruments representing such Equity Interests, convertible or 38607194.4 exchangeable securities, warrants, and other rights and all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Equity Interests.

 

10. “Holder” and “Holders” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

11. Issuers” shall mean each of the Persons identified as an Issuer on Schedule 1 attached hereto (or any addendum thereto), and any successors thereto, whether by merger or otherwise.

 

12. Lien” shall mean any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment (including any assignment of rights to receive payments of money), security interest, charge, or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, or any agreement to give any security interest).

 

13. “Pledged Interests” shall mean (a) all Equity Interests of the Issuers identified on Schedule 1; and (b) the certificates or instruments representing such Equity Interests.

 

14. “Pledgor” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

15. Proceeds” shall mean all proceeds (including proceeds of proceeds) of the Pledged Interests and Future Rights including all: (a) rights, benefits, distributions, premiums, profits, dividends, interest, cash, instruments, documents of title, accounts, contract rights, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, payment intangibles, deposit accounts, chattel paper, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for, or as a replacement of or a substitution for, any of the Pledged Interests, Future Rights, or proceeds thereof (including any cash, Equity Interests, or other securities or instruments issued after any recapitalization, readjustment, reclassification, merger or consolidation with respect to the Issuers and any security entitlements, as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the Code, with respect thereto); (b) “proceeds,” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the Code; (c) proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty, or guaranty (including guaranties of delivery) payable from time to time with respect to any of the Pledged Interests, Future Rights, or proceeds thereof; (d) payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to Pledgor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Pledged Interests, Future Rights, or proceeds thereof; and (e) other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Interests, Future Rights, or proceeds thereof.

 

16. “Registered Organization” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9-102(a)(7) of the Code.

 

17. Secured Obligations” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, or undertakings owing by Pledgor to Secured Party of any kind or description arising out of or outstanding under, advanced or issued pursuant to, or evidenced by the Promissory Note, this Agreement, or the other Promissory Note Documents, irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, voluntary or involuntary, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and including all interest (including interest that accrues after the filing of a case under the Bankruptcy Code) and any and all costs, fees (including attorneys fees), and expenses which Pledgor is required to pay pursuant to any of the foregoing, by law, or otherwise.

 

18. Secured Party” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to this Agreement, together with its successors or assigns.

 

-2-

 

 

19. “Securities Act” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9(c) of this Agreement.

 

(b) Construction.

 

(i) Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular and to the singular include the plural, the part includes the whole, the term “including” is not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and other similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not exclusively to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, section, subsection, exhibit, and schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All of the exhibits or schedules attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference. Any reference to any of the following documents includes any and all alterations, amendments, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, or supplements thereto or thereof, as applicable: this Agreement, the Promissory Note, or any of the other Promissory Note Documents.

 

(ii) Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against Secured Party or Pledgor, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by both of the parties and their respective counsel and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to fairly accomplish the purposes and intentions of the parties hereto.

 

(iii) In the event of any direct conflict between the express terms and provisions of this Agreement and of the Promissory Note, the terms and provisions of the Promissory Note shall control.

 

2. Pledge.

 

As security for the prompt payment and performance of the Secured Obligations in full by Pledgor when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code), Pledgor hereby pledges, grants, transfers, and assigns to Secured Party a security interest in all of Pledgor’s right, title, and interest in and to the Collateral.

 

3. Delivery and Registration of Collateral.

 

(a) All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Collateral shall be promptly delivered by Pledgor to Secured Party or Secured Party’s designee pursuant hereto at a location designated by Secured Party and shall be held by or on behalf of Secured Party pursuant hereto, and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed indorsement certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or other instrument of transfer or assignment in blank, in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Party.

 

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Secured Party shall have the right, at any time in its discretion and without notice to Pledgor, to transfer to or to register on the books of the Issuers (or of any other Person maintaining records with respect to the Collateral) in the name of Secured Party or any of its nominees any or all of the Collateral. In addition, Secured Party shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

 

(c) If, at any time and from time to time, any Collateral (including any certificate or instrument representing or evidencing any Collateral) is in the possession of a Person other than Secured Party or Pledgor (a “Holder”), then Pledgor shall immediately, at Secured Party’s option, either cause such Collateral to be delivered into Secured Party’s possession, or cause such Holder to enter into a control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Party, and take all other steps deemed necessary by Secured Party to perfect the security interest of Secured Party in such Collateral, all pursuant to Sections 9-106 & 9-313 of the Code or other applicable law governing the perfection of Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral in the possession of such Holder.

 

(d) Any and all Collateral (including dividends, interest, and other cash distributions) at any time received or held by Pledgor shall be so received or held in trust for Secured Party, shall be segregated from other funds and property of Pledgor and shall be forthwith delivered to Secured Party in the same form as so received or held, with any necessary endorsements; provided that cash dividends or distributions received by Pledgor, may be retained by Pledgor in accordance with Section 4 and used in the ordinary course of Pledgor’s business.

 

(e) If at any time, and from time to time, any Collateral consists of an uncertificated security or a security in book entry form, then Pledgor shall immediately cause such Collateral to be registered or entered, as the case may be, in the name of Secured Party, or otherwise cause Secured Party’s security interest thereon to be perfected in accordance with applicable law.

 

-3-

 

 

4. Voting Rights and Dividends.

 

(a) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of the Promissory Note Documents and shall be entitled to receive and retain any cash dividends or distributions paid or distributed in respect of the Collateral.

 

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all rights of Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights or receive and retain cash dividends or distributions that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise or receive and retain, as applicable pursuant to Section 4(a), shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in Secured Party, who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting or other consensual rights and to receive and retain such cash dividends and distributions. Pledgor shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to Secured Party all such proxies and other instruments as Secured Party may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling Secured Party to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise and to receive the dividends and distributions that it is entitled to receive and retain pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

5. Representations and Warranties.

 

Pledgor represents, warrants, and covenants as follows:

 

(a) Pledgor has taken all steps it deems necessary or appropriate to be informed on a continuing basis of changes or potential changes affecting the Collateral (including rights of conversion and exchange, rights to subscribe, payment of dividends, reorganizations or recapitalization, tender offers and voting and registration rights), and Pledgor agrees that Secured Party shall have no responsibility or liability for informing Pledgor of any such changes or potential changes or for taking any action or omitting to take any action with respect thereto.

 

(b) If Pledgor is a Registered Organization: Pledgor is a Registered Organization, organized under the laws of the state set forth on Schedule 2. Pledgor’s type of organization is set forth on Schedule 2.

 

(c) All information herein or hereafter supplied to Secured Party by or on behalf of Pledgor in writing with respect to the Collateral is, or in the case of information hereafter supplied will be, accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

(d) Pledgor is and will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral (including the Pledged Interests and all other Collateral acquired by Pledgor after the date hereof) free and clear of any adverse claim, Lien, or other right, title, or interest of any party, other than the Liens in favor of Secured Party.

 

(e) This Agreement, and the delivery to Secured Party of the Pledged Interests representing Collateral (or the control agreements referred to in Section 3 of this Agreement), creates a valid, perfected, and first priority security interest in one hundred percent (100%) of the Pledged Interests in favor of Secured Party securing payment of the Secured Obligations, and all actions necessary to achieve such perfection have been duly taken.

 

(f) Schedule 1 to this Agreement is true and correct and complete in all material respects. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) except as set forth on Schedule 1, all the Pledged Interests are in certificated form, and, except to the extent registered in the name of Secured Party or its nominee pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, are registered in the name of Pledgor; and (ii) the Pledged Interests as to each of the Issuers constitute at least the percentage of all the fully diluted issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such Issuer as set forth in Schedule 1 to this Agreement.

 

(g) There are no presently existing Future Rights or Proceeds owned by Pledgor.

 

-4-

 

 

(h) The Pledged Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(i) Neither the pledge of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement nor the extensions of credit represented by the Secured Obligations violates Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

6. Further Assurances.

 

(a) Pledgor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of Pledgor, Pledgor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action that may be necessary or reasonably desirable, or that Secured Party may request, in order to perfect and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pledgor will: (i) at the request of Secured Party, mark conspicuously each of its records pertaining to the Collateral with a legend, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party, indicating that such Collateral is subject to the security interest granted hereby; (ii) execute and such instruments or notices, as may be necessary or reasonably desirable, or as Secured Party may request, in order to perfect and preserve the first priority security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby; (iii) allow inspection of the Collateral by Secured Party or Persons designated by Secured Party; and (iv) appear in and defend any action or proceeding that may affect Pledgor’s title to or Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

(b) Pledgor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Collateral. A carbon, photographic, or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

 

(c) Pledgor will furnish to Secured Party, upon the request of Secured Party: (i) a certificate executed by an authorized officer of Pledgor, and dated as of the date of delivery to Secured Party, itemizing in such detail as Secured Party may request, the Collateral which, as of the date of such certificate, has been delivered to Secured Party by Pledgor pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; and (ii) such statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as Secured Party may request.

 

7. Covenants of Pledgor.

 

Pledgor shall:

 

(a) Perform each and every covenant in the Promissory Note Documents applicable to Pledgor;

 

(b) For Pledgor that is Registered Organization: Neither change its jurisdiction of organization nor cease to be a Registered Organization, in each case, without giving Secured Party at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof;

 

(c) To the extent it may lawfully do so, use its best efforts to prevent the Issuers from issuing Future Rights or Proceeds, except for cash dividends and other distributions to be paid by any Issuer to Pledgor; and

 

(d) Upon receipt by Pledgor of any material notice, report, or other communication from any of the Issuers or any Holder relating to all or any part of the Collateral, deliver such notice, report or other communication to Secured Party as soon as possible, but in no event later than five (5) days following the receipt thereof by Pledgor.

 

-5-

 

 

8. Secured Party as Pledgor’s Attorney-in-Fact.

 

(a) Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party as Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of Pledgor and in the name of Pledgor, Secured Party or otherwise, from time to time at Secured Party’s discretion, to take any action and to execute any instrument that Secured Party may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including: (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to receive, indorse, and collect all instruments made payable to Pledgor representing any dividend, interest payment or other distribution in respect of the Collateral or any part thereof to the extent permitted hereunder and to give full discharge for the same and to execute and file governmental notifications and reporting forms; (ii) to enter into any control agreements Secured Party deems necessary pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement; or (iii) to arrange for the transfer of the Collateral on the books of any of the Issuers or any other Person to the name of Secured Party or to the name of Secured Party’s nominee.

 

(b) In addition to the designation of Secured Party as Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact in subsection (a), Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party as Pledgor’s agent and attorney-in-fact to make, execute and deliver any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or appropriate for approval of, or be required by, any regulatory authority located in any city, county, state or country where Pledgor or any of the Issuers engage in business, in order to transfer or to more effectively transfer any of the Pledged Interests or otherwise enforce Secured Party’s rights hereunder.

 

9. Remedies upon Default.

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(a) Secured Party may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Code (irrespective of whether the Code applies to the affected items of Collateral), and Secured Party may also without notice (except as specified below) sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of Secured Party’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as Secured Party may deem commercially reasonable, irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply all or any part of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable at such sale. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of Pledgor, and Pledgor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay, or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. Pledgor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) calendar days notice to Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which a private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. Secured Party shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. Secured Party may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Pledgor hereby waives any claims against Secured Party arising because the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if Secured Party accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.

 

(b) Pledgor hereby agrees that any sale or other disposition of the Collateral conducted in conformity with reasonable commercial practices of banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions in the city and state where Secured Party is located in disposing of property similar to the Collateral shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable.

 

(c) Pledgor hereby acknowledges that the sale by Secured Party of any Collateral pursuant to the terms hereof in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 as now in effect or as hereafter amended, or any similar statute hereafter adopted with similar purpose or effect (the “Securities Act”), as well as applicable “Blue Sky” or other state securities laws, may require strict limitations as to the manner in which Secured Party or any subsequent transferee of the Collateral may dispose thereof. Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that in order to protect Secured Party’s interest it may be necessary to sell the Collateral at a price less than the maximum price attainable if a sale were delayed or were made in another manner, such as a public offering under the Securities Act. Pledgor has no objection to sale in such a manner and agrees that Secured Party shall have no obligation to obtain the maximum possible price for the Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pledgor agrees that, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Secured Party may, subject to applicable law, from time to time attempt to sell all or any part of the Collateral by a private placement, restricting the bidders and prospective purchasers to those who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for investment only and not for distribution. In so doing, Secured Party may solicit offers to buy the Collateral or any part thereof for cash, from a limited number of investors reasonably believed by Secured Party to be institutional investors or other accredited investors who might be interested in purchasing the Collateral. If Secured Party shall solicit such offers, then the acceptance by Secured Party of one of the offers shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable method of disposition of the Collateral.

 

-6-

 

 

(d) If Secured Party shall determine to exercise its right to sell all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to this Section, Pledgor agrees that, upon request of Secured Party, Pledgor will, at its own expense:

 

(i) use its best efforts to execute and deliver, and cause the Issuers and the directors and officers thereof to execute and deliver, all such instruments and documents, and to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Secured Party, advisable to register such Collateral under the provisions of the Securities Act, and to cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain effective for such period as prospectuses are required by law to be furnished, and to make all amendments and supplements thereto and to the related prospectuses which, in the opinion of Secured Party, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto;

 

(ii) use its best efforts to qualify the Collateral under the state securities laws or “Blue Sky” laws and to obtain all necessary governmental approvals for the sale of the Collateral, as requested by Secured Party;

 

(iii) cause the Issuers to make available to their respective security holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

 

(iv) execute and deliver, or cause the officers and directors of the Issuers to execute and deliver, to any person, entity or governmental authority as Secured Party may choose, any and all documents and writings which, in Secured Party’s reasonable judgment, may be necessary or appropriate for approval, or be required by, any regulatory authority located in any city, county, state or country where Pledgor or the Issuers engage in business, in order to transfer or to more effectively transfer the Pledged Interests or otherwise enforce Secured Party’s rights hereunder; and

 

(v) do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be necessary to make such sale of the Collateral or any part thereof valid and binding and in compliance with applicable law.

 

Pledgor acknowledges that there is no adequate remedy at law for failure by it to comply with the provisions of this Section and that such failure would not be adequately compensable in damages, and therefore agrees that its agreements contained in this Section may be specifically enforced.

 

(e) PLEDGOR EXPRESSLY WAIVES TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW: (i) ANY CONSTITUTIONAL OR OTHER RIGHT TO A JUDICIAL HEARING PRIOR TO THE TIME SECURED PARTY DISPOSES OF ALL OR ANY PART OF THE COLLATERAL AS PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION; (ii) ALL RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION, STAY, OR APPRAISAL THAT IT NOW HAS OR MAY AT ANY TIME IN THE FUTURE HAVE UNDER ANY RULE OF LAW OR STATUTE NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ENACTED; AND (iii) EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SUBSECTION (a) OF THIS Section 9, ANY REQUIREMENT OF NOTICE, DEMAND, OR ADVERTISEMENT FOR SALE.

 

10. Application of Proceeds.

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any cash held by Secured Party as Collateral and all cash Proceeds received by Secured Party in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by Secured Party of its remedies as a secured creditor as provided in Section 9 shall be applied from time to time by Secured Party as provided in the Promissory Note.

 

-7-

 

 

11. Indemnity and Expenses.

 

Pledgor agrees:

 

(a) To indemnify and hold harmless Secured Party and each of its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates from and against any and all claims, damages, demands, losses, obligations, judgments and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in any way arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the Secured Obligations, except to the extent the same shall arise as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking to be indemnified; and

 

(b) To pay and reimburse Secured Party upon demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) that Secured Party may incur in connection with (i) the custody, use or preservation of, or the sale of, collection from or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, including the reasonable expenses of re-taking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Collateral, (ii) the exercise or enforcement of any rights or remedies granted hereunder, under the Promissory Note, or under any of the other Promissory Note Documents or otherwise available to it (whether at law, in equity or otherwise), or (iii) the failure by Pledgor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof. The provisions of this Section shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the termination of the commitments of Secured Party under the Promissory Note and the termination of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

12. Duties of Secured Party.

 

The powers conferred on Secured Party hereunder are solely to protect its interests in the Collateral and shall not impose on it any duty to exercise such powers. Except as provided in Section 9-207 of the Code, Secured Party shall have no duty with respect to the Collateral or any responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Persons with respect to any Collateral.

 

13. Choice of Law and Venue; Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process.

 

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, ITS CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF). THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK OR, AT THE SOLE OPTION OF SECURED PARTY, IN ANY OTHER COURT IN WHICH SECURED PARTY SHALL INITIATE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCEEDINGS AND WHICH HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION OVER THE MATTER IN CONTROVERSY.

 

(b) PLEDGOR HEREBY SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION.

 

(c) PLEDGOR HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT, OR OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT, OR OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO PLEDGOR AT ITS ADDRESS FOR NOTICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF PLEDGOR’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAILS, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.

 

-8-

 

 

(d) NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO AFFECT THE RIGHT OF SECURED PARTY TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW, OR TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT BY SECURED PARTY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR ORDER OBTAINED IN SUCH FORUM OR THE TAKING OF ANY ACTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO ENFORCE SAME IN ANY OTHER APPROPRIATE FORUM OR JURISDICTION.

 

14. Amendments; etc.

 

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by Pledgor herefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Secured Party, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No failure on the part of Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right under this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or otherwise with respect to any of the Secured Obligations, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right under this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or otherwise with respect to any of the Secured Obligations preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies provided for in this Agreement or otherwise with respect to any of the Secured Obligations are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

15. Notices.

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices shall be in writing addressed to the respective party as set forth below: and may be personally served, faxed, telecopied or sent by overnight courier service or United States mail:

 

If to Pledgor:

 

with a copy to:

 

If to Secured Party:

 

With a copy to:

 

Any notice given pursuant to this section shall be deemed to have been given: (a) if delivered in person, when delivered; (b) if delivered by fax, on the date of transmission if transmitted on a Business Day before 4:00 p.m. at the place of receipt or, if not, on the next succeeding Business Day; (c) if delivered by overnight courier, two (2) days after delivery to such courier properly addressed; or (d) if by United States mail, four (4) Business Days after depositing in the United States mail, with postage prepaid and properly addressed. Any party hereto may change the address or fax number at which it is to receive notices hereunder by notice to the other party in writing in the foregoing manner.

 

16. Continuing Security Interest.

 

This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall: (a) remain in full force and effect until the indefeasible payment in full of the Secured Obligations, including the cash collateralization, expiration, or cancellation of all Secured Obligations, if any, consisting of letters of credit, and the full and final termination of any commitment to extend any financial accommodations under the Promissory Note; (b) be binding upon Pledgor and its successors and assigns; and (c) inure to the benefit of Secured Party and its successors, transferees, and assigns. Upon the indefeasible payment in full of the Secured Obligations, including the cash collateralization, expiration, or cancellation of all Secured Obligations, if any, consisting of letters of credit, and the full and final termination of any commitment to extend any financial accommodations under the Promissory Note, the security interests granted herein shall automatically terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Pledgor. Upon any such termination, Secured Party will, at Pledgor’s expense, execute and deliver to Pledgor such documents as Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination. Such documents shall be prepared by Pledgor and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party.

 

17. Security Interest Absolute.

 

To the maximum extent permitted by law, all rights of Secured Party, all security interests hereunder, and all obligations of Pledgor hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

 

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any of the Promissory Note Documents;

 

(b) any change in the time, manner, or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any of the Promissory Note Documents, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

-9-

 

 

(c) any exchange, release, or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty for all or any of the Secured Obligations; or

 

(d) any other circumstances that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Pledgor.

 

18. Headings.

 

Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement or be given any substantive effect.

 

19. Severability.

 

In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

20. Counterparts; Telefacsimile Execution.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, or binding effect hereof.

 

21. Waiver of Marshaling.

 

Each of Pledgor and Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that in exercising any rights under or with respect to the Collateral: (a) Secured Party is under no obligation to marshal any Collateral; (b) may, in its absolute discretion, realize upon the Collateral in any order and in any manner it so elects; and (c) may, in its absolute discretion, apply the proceeds of any or all of the Collateral to the Secured Obligations in any order and in any manner it so elects. Pledgor and Secured Party waive any right to require the marshaling of any of the Collateral.

 

22. Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor and Secured Party have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

  By:  
  Title:   
     
  By:  
  Title:  

 

-10-

 

 

Schedule 1

 

Pledged Interests

 

Name of Issuer: Global Health Sciences, Inc. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

Type of Interest: Shares of common stock Number of Shares/Units (if applicable): 50 Certificate Number(s) (if any)

Percentage of Outstanding Interests in Issuer: 75%

 

 

 

Schedule 2

 

Pledgor Information

 

For Pledgor That Is a Registered Organization: Jurisdiction of Organization: British Virgin Islands Type of Organization: [Private Limited Company] Organizational ID Number (if any):

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Endorsement Certificate

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto ____, [____ (____) shares of the__ Stock [or other securities of]] [a____ percent (%) interest in    ]___ (the “Issuer”) standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Issuer represented by Certificate No(s). , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact to transfer the said stock [or other securities] on the books of the Issuer with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Date:

 

  [PLEDGOR]
     
  By:         
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

GUARANTY AND SURETYSHIP AGREEMENT

 

1. Identification. This Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement is made by the undersigned (hereinafter called the “Guarantor”), in favor of ________________ (hereinafter called “Lender”), to induce Lender into loaning LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. (“Debtor”) the principal sum of one million Dollars ($1,000,000) (the ” Loan”). The Loan is evidenced by a Secured Promissory Note of Debtor payable to Lender, dated July , 2021 (the ’‘Note”). If there is more than one (l) Guarantor executing this Agreement, the obligations of all Guarantors hereunder shall be joint and several, and all words used herein in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural when the context and construction so require.

 

2.  Guaranty.

 

2.1 Guarantor hereby jointly, severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt payment in full, performance and discharge of any and all now existing or hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to Lender of every kind or nature, however arising, including without limitation payment of principal, interest, loan administration charges and fees comprising or relating to the Loan. The foregoing Guaranty shall also extend to any obligations which the Debtor may incur to Lender under any agreement or by reason of any other financial accommodation between Lender and the Debtor made after the date hereof, whether or not presently contemplated.

 

2.2 Guarantor unconditionally guarantees the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in the Note or in any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any document or instrument evidencing a financial accommodation between Lender and Debtor.

 

2.3 Guarantor shall, on demand, reimburse Lender for all expenses, collection charges, court costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in endeavoring to collect or enforce any of Lender’s rights and remedies against Debtor and/or Guarantor or any other person or concern liable thereto, including all attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred by Lender as the result of any case or proceeding filed by or against any such person under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code. All of the guaranty obligations listed in subparagraphs 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 are referred to herein as the “Obligations.”

 

2.4 Guarantor shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all of the Note or any financial accommodation shall be void or voidable as against Debtor or any of Debtor’s creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor, by reason of any fact or circumstances, including without limitations failure by any person to file any document or to take any other action to make or any other financial accommodation enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. Guarantor also agrees that Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall not be relieved in the event Lender fails to perfect or protect or otherwise impairs any collateral, whether as a result of Lender’s negligence or otherwise.

 

2.5 The obligations, covenants, agreements, and duties of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall in no way be affected or impaired by the release of the Debtor from the performance or observance of any of the agreements, covenants, terms or conditions contained in the Note, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

3. Waivers of Guarantor.

 

(a) Guarantor does hereby waive notice of acceptance hereof, notice of the extension of credit from time to time given by Lender to Debtor and the creation, existence or acquisition of any Obligations hereby guaranteed, notice of the amount of the Obligations of Debtor to Lender from time to time, notice of adverse change in the Debtor’s financial condition or of any other fact which might increase Guarantor ’s risk, notice of presentment for payment, demand and protest, notice of default and all other notices and demands to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.

 

 

 

 

(b) Guarantor further waives the right to a jury trial in any action hereunder and any rights established by statute or otherwise to require Lender to institute suit against Debtor or to exhaust its rights and remedies first against Debtor, Guarantor being bound to the payment of each and all Obligations of Debtor to Lender as fully as if such Obligations were directly owing to Lender by Guarantor.

 

(c) Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Debtor or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Debtor and any defense that other indemnity, guaranty, or security was to be obtained.

 

(d) Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to or with respect to any asset or property of Debtor or to any collateral for the Obligations of Debtor. Nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of Guarantor hereunder except the full performance and payment of the Obligations of Debtor with interest.

 

4. Guarantor’s Property as Security for Guaranty.

 

(a) Lender shall have a lien upon any and all property of Guarantor, now or at any time whatsoever, with or in the possession of Lender or anyone holding for Lender, as security for any and all obligations of Guarantor to Lender, or to any company which may now or at any time be its subsidiary, no matter how or when arising and whether under this or any other instrument or agreement or otherwise (the “Possessory Collateral”).

 

(b) To secure payment to Lender and performance of the obligations under the Note, Debtor hereby grants to the Secured Party a continuing security interest in the Collateral, to the extent permitted by law. The term “Collateral” shall mean all tangible and intangible assets in which Debtor has rights or the power to transfer rights, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) Accounts, Chattel Paper (including Tangible Chattel Paper and Electronic Chattel Paper), Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter of Credit Rights, Payment Intangibles, Supporting Obligations, books and records (including, but not limited to, manual records, computer runs, print outs, tapes, disks, software, programs, source codes and other computer prepared information and equipment of any kind); and (ii) the Possessory Collateral; and (iii) all other tangible and intangible personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including policies of insurance thereon and all insurance proceeds and unearned premium in connection therewith, together with all accessions, additions to, replacements for and substitutions of Collateral and all cash and non-cash Proceeds and products thereof. Capitalized terms used in this Section 4(b) and not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall each have the meaning set forth in the Uniform Commercia l Code as enacted by the State of New York (the “UCC”).

 

(c) Debtor hereby authorizes Lender, at any time and from time to time, to file financing statements, continuation statements, correction statements and amendments to financing statements, including financing statements that describe the Collateral in particular or as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect and that contain any other information required by the UCC for sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, correction statement or amendment.

 

5. Consent to Lender’s Actions. Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Guarantor, and without affecting or impairing the obligations of Guarantor hereunder, Lender may compromise or settle, extend the period of duration or the time for payment or discharge or performance of, or may refuse to enforce or may release any party to any and all of the Obligations, or may grant other indulgences to Debtor in respect thereof, or may amend or modify in any manner any documents or agreements relating to such Obligations (other than this Continuing Guaranty) or may release, surrender, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the period of duration or time for performance, discharge or payment, of any and all deposits and other property securing the Obligations or on which Lender at any time may have a lien, or may refuse to enforce its rights, or may make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor, in respect of any and all of such deposits and property, or with any party to the Obligations, or with any other person, firm or corporation whatsoever, or may release or substitute any one or more of the endorsers or guarantors of the Obligations , whether parties to this instrument or not, or may exchange, enforce, waive or release any security for any guaranty of the Obligations. Guarantor consents and agrees that Lender shall be under no obligation to marshal any asset in favor of Guarantor, or any of them, or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.

 

-2-

 

 

6. Reinstatement of Obligations. Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent Debtor makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or payments or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any insolvency act (including the United States Bankruptcy Code), state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such payment or repayment, the Obligation or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived as to Guarantor and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made.

 

7. Subordination of Guarantor’s Claims. Any and all present and future debts and obligations of Debtor to Guarantor are hereby waived and postponed in favor of, and subordinated to, the full payment of the Obligations by Debtor to Lender, and as security for this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby assigns to Lender all claims of any nature by which they, or any of them, may now or hereafter have against Debtor.

 

8. Irrevocable Guaranty. Guarantor agrees that the liability of Guarantor on this Guaranty shall be irrevocable and shall be immediate and not contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by Lender of whatever remedies it may have against Debtor or others, or the enforcement of any lien or realization upon any security Lender may at any time possess. In the event of the death of any Guarantor, this Guaranty shall continue in effect against his estate. Any attempted revocation shall be ineffective except if Lender shall have granted written consent thereto; Lender shall be under no obligation to grant such consent. Any such consent which Lender might grant with respect to one or more Guarantors would not release any other Guarantor or diminish his joint and several obligations.

 

9. Covenants and Warranties of Guarantor. Each Guarantor represents, warrants and covenants to Lender as an inducement to Lender to grant credit to Debtor that, as of the date of this Guaranty, the fair saleable value of Guarantor’s assets exceed its/his liabilities; Guarantor is meeting current liabilities as they mature; the financial statements of Guarantor furnished Lender are true and correct and include in the footnotes thereto all contingent liabilities of Guarantor; since the date of said financial statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Guarantor; there are not now pending any material court or administrative proceedings or undischarged judgments against Guarantor, and no federal or state liens have been filed or threatened against Guarantor, nor is Guarantor in default or claimed default under any agreement for borrowed money; Guarantor shall immediately give Lender written notice of any material adverse change in its/his financial condition, including but not Limited to litigation commended, tax liens filed, defaults claimed under his indebtedness for borrowed money or bankruptcy proceedings commenced against Guarantor, by Guarantor or any third party; Guarantor shall, at such reasonable times as Lender requests, furnish his current financial statements to Lender and permit Lender or its representatives to inspect, at Guarantor’s offices, Guarantor’s financial records and properties and make extracts therefrom in order to evaluate the financial condition of Guarantor.

 

10. Primary Nature of Guaranty. This Guaranty is a primary and original obligation of Guarantor and is an absolute, unconditional, continuing and irrevocable guaranty of payment and shall remain in full force and effect without respect to future changes in conditions, including change of law or any invalidity or irregularity with respect to the issuance of any Obligations of Debtor to Lender or with respect to the execution and delivery of any agreement between Debtor and Lender.

 

11. Cumulative Remedies. Lender shall have the right to seek recourse against Guarantor to the full extent provided for herein and in any other document or instrument evidencing obligations of Guarantor to Lender, and against Debtor, to the full extend provided for in any loan agreement between Lender and Debtor. No election to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any party, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against other parties unless Lender has expressly waived such right in writing. All of Lender’s rights, remedies and recourse are separate and cumulating; may be pursued separately, successively or concurrently; are nonexclusive; and the exercise of any one or more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable right, remedy or recourse to which Lender may be entitled.

 

-3-

 

 

12. Continuing Guaranty. This is a continuing guaranty. No action or proceeding by Lender against Debtor under any document or instrument evidencing or securing the Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of Guarantor, except to the extent Lender realized payment by such action or proceeding, notwithstanding the effect of any such action or proceeding upon Guarantor’s right of subrogation against Debtor. By acceptance hereof, Lender and Guarantor agree that Guarantor hereby knowingly accepts the full range of risk encompassed within a contract of “Continuing Guaranty” which risk includes, but with limitation, the possibility that Debtor will incur additional indebtedness for which Guarantor may be liable hereunder after Debtor’s financial condition or ability to pay its lawful debts when they fall due has deteriorated.

 

13. Guarantor’s Independent Investigation of Debtor. Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition of Debtor. Guarantor delivers this Guaranty based solely upon his/its own independent investigation, and in no part upon any representation or statement of Lender with respect thereto. Guarantor warrants, based on its investigation, that Debtor is in sound financial condition and will perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Note and the Loan Documents. Guarantor is in a position to assume and hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining any additional information concerning Debtor’s financial condition as Guarantor may deem material to his obligations hereunder, and Guarantor is not relying upon, nor expecting Lender to furnish him, any information in Lender’s possession concerning Debtor’s financial condition.

 

14. Reaffirmation of Obligations. Guarantor agrees that he will promptly execute and deliver to Lender, or its designee, written reaffirmation of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, if so requested by Lender from time to time. Guarantor’s absolute obligation to make such reaffirmations is not to be construed to infer an absence of liability on Guarantor’s behalf in any instance in which Guarantor is not asked to reaffirm (or fails to reaffirm) its obligations, notwithstanding any modification of Debtor’s obligations to Lender.

 

15. Binding Effect of Guaranty. Guarantor agrees that all the rights, benefits and privileges herein and hereby conferred upon Lender shall vest in, and be enforceable by Lender, its successors and assigns. Each Guarantor and his respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns shall be jointly and severally bound and their respective sole and separate property and estate, together with their community property and estate, shall be jointly and severally bound by and liable for all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Continuing Guaranty.

 

16. Governing Law. This Guaranty, all acts and transactions hereunder and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of New York.

 

17. Consent to Jurisdiction. As part of the consideration for Lender’s granting credit to Debtor, Guarantor hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York situated in New York County, New York, and/or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, in any and all actions or proceedings arising hereunder or pursuant hereto, and irrevocably agrees to service of process by personal service upon Guarantor wherever Guarantor may be then located, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to Guarantor at his last known address.

 

18. Purpose of Guaranty. Guarantor hereby acknowledges that it is entering into this Continuing Guaranty to induce Lender to make the Loan to Debtor, which loan is to be used for lPO bridge financing. Guarantor further acknowledges that it is a majority-owned subsidiary of Debtor and constitutes part of a single business enterprise controlled by Debtor, and that it will derive benefits from the making of the Loan and will receive reasonably equivalent value in exchange for the making of this Guaranty.

 

19. Modifications. No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or Limited, and signed by Guarantor and Lender.

 

-4-

 

 

20. Merger. This writing is intended by the parties as a final expression of this agreement of Guaranty and is intended also as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement. No course of prior dealing between the parties, no usage of the trade, and no parole or extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or explain or modify any term used in this agreement of Guaranty.

 

21. Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

22. Notices. Guarantor agrees that any notice or demand upon it shall be deemed to be sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served or, in lieu of personal service, is mailed by first class certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Guarantor at the addresses set forth below. Any notice or demand so mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first business day following mailing.

 

23. Confession of Judgment. THE GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AUTHORIZES ANY ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD TO APPEAR FOR THE GUARANTOR AND CONFESS JUDGMENT THEREIN FOR THE AMOUNT FOR WHICH THE GUARANTOR MAY BE OR BECOME LIABLE TO LENDER UNDER THIS GUARANTY, WITH OR WITHOUT DEFAULT, AS EVIDENCED BY AN AFFIDAVIT SIGNED BY LENDER OR OF SUCH ASSIGNEE SETTING FORTH THE AMOUNT THEN DUE, PLUS ATTORNEYS’ FEES IN THE AMOUNT OF FIVE PERCENT (5%) OF SUCH AMOUNT, WITH COSTS OF SUIT, AND RELEASE OF ERRORS. IF A COPY HEREOF, VERIFIED BY AFFIDAVIT, SHALL HAVE BEEN FILED IN SAID PROCEEDING, IT SHALL NOT BE NECESSARY TO FILE THE ORIGINAL AS A WARRANT OF ATTORNEY. THE GUARANTOR WAIVES THE RIGHT TO ANY STAY OF EXECUTION AND THE BENEFIT OF ALL EXEMPTION LAWS NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT. EXECUTION MAY IMMEDIATELY BE ISSUED ON THE JUDGMENT, WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE OR HEARING, TO GARNISH, LEVY OR ATTACH ANY PENDING PROPERTY OF GUARANTOR. NO SINGLE EXERCISE OF THE FOREGOING WARRANT AND POWER TO CONFESS JUDGMENT SHALL EXHAUST THE WARRANT, AND THE POWER SHALL CONTINUE UNDIMINISHED AND MAY BE EXERCISED FROM TIME TO TIME AS OFTEN AS LENDER SHALL ELECT, UNTIL ALL SUMS PAYABLE, OR THAT MAY BECOME PAYABLE, HAVE BEEN PAID IN FULL.

 

-5-

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantor, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and with intent to be legally abound, has duly executed this Guarantee this day of July, 2021.

 

    
  (NAME OF GUARANTOR)
   
  By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S

 

We consent to the use, in this Offering Statement on Form 1-A, as amended, of our independent auditor’s report dated 8 July 2020, except for the disclosures related to subsequent events described in Note 24, as to which the date is 31 March 2021, with respect to the audited consolidated statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. as of 31 March 2020 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Offering Circular.

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

 

New York, New York

23 August 2021

Exhibit 23.5

 

 

Registered Public Company Accountant’s Consent Letter

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders’

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

601 Everest Grande, A Wing

Mahalaxmi Caves Road

Andheri (East)

Mumbai, India 400 093

 

Re: Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

 

We, Kirtane & Pandit LLP, Chartered Accountants, hereby consent to using our opinion report, dated August 10, 2021 relating to Lytus Technologies Private Limited as of March 31, 2019 and as of March 15, 2020 and of our audit opinion dated May 28, 2021 relating to DDC CATV Network Private Limited as of March 31, 2018, March 31, 2019 and as of March 31, 2020, on behalf of filing the referenced company’s Form F-1 with the SEC as exhibit document.

 

We, Kirtane & Pandit LLP, Chartered Accountants, hereby consent to using our report, dated March 29, 2021, on review of interim financial statements of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. and consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020, and for the nine-month periods then ended on behalf of filing the referenced company’s Form F-1 with the SEC as exhibit document.

 

We, Kirtane & Pandit LLP, Chartered Accountants, hereby consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP

Chartered Accountants

FRN: 105215W/W100057

PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

 

/s/ Milind Bhave

 

Milind Bhave

Partner

Membership No. 047973

Place: Mumbai, India

Date: Aug 23, 2021

 

Page 1 of 1

Exhibit 99.4

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 15 MARCH, 2020

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 15 MARCH 2020

 

 

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Consolidated Pro Forma Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income   F-3-F-4
Consolidated Prp Forma Statement of Financial Position   F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-6-F-7

 

 

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial position as of 15 March 2020 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended 31 March 2019 and Interim period ended 15 March 2020 are based on the historical financial statements of DDC CATV Networks Private Limited (“DDC CATV”), and Lytus Technologies Holdings Private Limited (collectively the "Lytus Group" or “the Company) after giving effect to DDC CATV acquisition by the LYTUS GROUP on 15 March 2020 and applying the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. There were no historical consolidated financial statements of Lytus Group for the Period from 1 April 2019 to 15 March 2020 as the Company was incorporated on16 March 2020 and accordingly the historical figures of Lytus Group are considered as “Nil”.

 

The acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition accounting method, as described in Note 1 to these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. The DDC CATV tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their estimated fair values as of 15 March 2020, the closing date of the acquisition. The excess purchase price over the value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial position of March 15, 2020 is presented as if the acquisition of the DDC CATV had occurred on 1 April 2018 and is derived from the unaudited standalone financial position of DDC CATV and the unaudited financial position of Lytus Group at 15 March 2020 and gives effect to certain pro forma adjustments. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the period ended 15 March 2020 are derived from the historical statements of operations of DDC CATV and the Company are presented as if the acquisition and incorporation of the Company occurred/happened on 1 April 2018 and give effect to certain pro forma adjustments.

 

The functional and reporting currency of the DDC CATV and Lytus Group is “INR” and “USD”. The statements and notes were translated into U.S. Dollars for use in the pro forma condensed combined financial statements as follows: The financial position as of 15 March 2020 was translated at the exchange rate as of that date of 73.9040 INR to the U.S. Dollar. The statement of operations for the period ended 15 March 2020 and 31 March 2019 were translated at the average exchange rate of 70.9702 and 69.9202 respectively INR to the U.S. Dollar. Note 1, which describes the terms of the acquisition, was translated at the exchange rate of 73.9040 INR to the U.S. Dollar as of the date of the close of the transaction, 15 March 2020. In the other notes to the financial statements, the exchange rate used for assets and liabilities was the rate as of 15 March 2020 and the exchange rate used for expenses was the average rate for the period ended 15 March 2020 and 31 March 2019 respectively, as applicable.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations are based upon the historical financial statements of DDC CATV, and the Company and include all adjustments that give effect to events that are directly attributable to the transaction, are expected to have a continuing impact, and that are factually supportable.

 

F-1

 

 

The pro forma adjustments and related assumptions are described in the accompanying notes presented on the following pages. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon currently available information and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been prepared by management for illustrative purposes only, in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and are not necessarily indicative of the consolidated financial position or performance of operations in future year or the performance that actually would have been realized had DDC CATV and the Company been a combined company during the specified year. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, including the notes thereto, should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

 

There were no historical consolidated financial statements of Lytus Group for the Period from 1 April 2019 to 15 March 2020 as the Company was incorporated on16 March 2020 and accordingly the historical figures of Lytus Group are considered as “Nil”. The audited historical consolidated financial statements of Lytus Group for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020 and the related notes thereto, included in F-1 and the unaudited standalone financial statements of DDC CATV for the period ended 15 March 2020, audited standalone financial statement for the year ended 31 March 2019 and the related notes thereto, included in F-1.

  

The purchase price allocation for the DDC CATV takes into account the information management believes is reasonable.

 

F-2

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

For the year ended 31 March 2019

 

    Lytus Group
Historical
    DDC
historical
    Transaction accounting adjustments     Notes     Other Transaction accounting adjustments     Notes     Pro forma combined  
Income                                          
Revenue from contract with customers   $ -     $ 1,596,740       -             -           $ 1,596,740  
Other operating income     -       1,877       -               -               1,877  
Other  income     -       -       -               -               -  
              1,598,617                                       1,598,617  
Expenses                                                        
Operating expenses     -       1,247,308       -               -               1,247,308  
Depreciation     -       357,116       -               -               357,116  
Amortisation of intangible assets     -       246       -               -               246  
              1,604,670                                       1,604,670  
                                                         
Finance income     -       502       -               -               502  
Finance cost     -       21,445       -               -               21,445  
Profit/(Loss) for the year before taxation     -       (26,996 )     -               -               (26,996 )
Taxation             (7,080 )                                     (7,080 )
Profit/(Loss) for the year after taxation     -       (19,916 )     -               -               (19,916 )
                                                         
Attributable to :                                                        
Controlling interests     -       (10,158 )     -               -               (10,158 )
Non - controlling interests     -       (9,758 )     -               -               (9,758 )
                                                         
Other comprehensive income                                                        
Items that may reclassified to profit or loss                                                        
Foreign currency transalation reserves     -       126,304       -               -               126,304  
Income tax relating to above item     -       32,524       -               -               32,524  
Total other comprehensive income     -       93,780       -               -               93,780  
Total comprehensive income for the year   $ -     $ 73,864       -               -             $ 73,864  
Attributable to :                                                        
Owner of the Company     -       37,671       -               -               37,671  
Non - controlling interests     -       36,193       -               -               36,193  
Earning per equity share of face value of Cents 10/- each                                                        
- Basic earnings per equity share (in US $.)     -                                               (0.07 )
- Diluted earnings per equity share (in US $.)     -                                               (0.07 )

 

See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma CONDENSED   Combined Financial Information

 

F-3

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

For the year period 15 March 2020

 

     Lytus Group
Historical
    DDC
historical
    Transaction accounting adjustments     Notes     Other Transaction accounting adjustments     Notes     Pro forma combined  
Income                                                        
Revenue from contract with customers   $ -       1,674,485       -             -           $ 1,674,485  
Other operating income     -       -       -               -               -  
Other  income     -       -       -               -               0  
      -       1,674,485                                       1,674,485  
Expenses                                                        
Operating expenses     -       1,299,130       -               -               1,299,130  
Depreciation     -       285,702       -               -               285,702  
Amortisation of intangible assets     -       163       -               -               163  
      -       1,584,995                                       1,584,995  
                                                         
Finance income     -       30       -               -               30  
Finance cost     -       2,479       -               -               2,479  
Profit/(Loss) for the year before taxation     -       87,041       -               -               87,041  
Taxation     -       2,691                                       2,691  
Profit/(Loss) for the year after taxation     -       84,350       -               -               84,350  
                                                         
Attributable to :                                                        
Owner of the Company     -       43,019       -               -               43,019  
Non - controlling interests     -       41,331       -               -               41,331  
Other comprehensive income                                                        
Items that may reclassified to profit or loss                                                        
Foreign currency transalation reserves     -       3,347       -               -               3,347  
    Income tax relating to above item     -               -               -               0  
Total other comprehensive income     -       3,347       -               -               3,347  
Total comprehensive income for the year   $ -       81,003       -               -             $ 87,697  
                                                         
Attributable to :                                                        
Owner of the Company     -       41,312       -               -               41,312  
Non - controlling interests     -       39,691       -               -               46,385  
Earning per equity share of face value of Cents 10/-  each                                                        
- Basic earnings per equity share (in US $.)     -                                               0.28  
- Diluted earnings per equity share (in US $.)     -                                               0.28  

 

See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma CONDENSED Combined Financial Information 

 

F-4

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITIONS

 

For the year ended 15 March 2020

 

    Lytus Group
Historical
    DDC CATV
Historical
    Pro-Forma Adjustments     Note No.     Pro-Forma Combined  
ASSETS   $     $     $           $  
Non-current assets                              
a) Property, plant and equipment     -       1,138,868       -             1,138,868  
b) Intangible assets     -       391       -               391  
c) Goodwill on consolidation     -       -       295,431       A       295,431  
d) Investments in subsidiaries     270,514       -       (270,514 )     A       -  
e) Other non-current assets     -       -       -               -  
f) Deferred tax assets     -       53,909       -               53,909  
Total non-current assets     270,514       1,193,168       24,917               1,488,599  
                                         
Current assets                                        
a) Financial assets                                        
(i) Other receivables     -       -       -               -  
(ii) Trade receivables     -       428,847       -               428,847  
(iii) Cash and cash equivalents     3,000       7,298       -               10,298  
(iv) Others financial assets     -       39,643       -               39,643  
b) Other current assets     -       121,060       -               121,060  
Total current assets     3,000       596,848       -               599,848  
                                         
Total assets     273,514       1,790,016       24,917               2,088,447  
                                         
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES                                        
Equity                                        
a) Equity share capital     3,000       1,354       (1,354 )     A       3,000  
b) Other equity             (50,213 )     50,213       A       -  
Equity attributable to owners of the Company     3,000       (48,859 )     48,859               3,000  
Non Controlling interests             -       (23,942 )     A       (23,942 )
                                         
Total equity     3,000       (48,859 )     24,917               (20,942 )
                                         
Liabilities                                        
Non-current liabilities                                        
a) Other non-current liabilities     -       -                       -  
b) Deferred tax liability     -       -                       -  
Total non-current liabilities     -       -       -               -  
                                         
Current liabilities                                        
a) Financial liabilities                                        
(i)  Borrowings     -       1,625,021       -               1,625,021  
(ii) Trade payables     -       72,563       -               72,563  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     -       406       -               406  
(iv) Security deposits     -       69,286       -               69,286  
b) Other current liabilities     270,514       33,080       -               303,594  
c) Current tax liability     -       38,519       -               38,519  
Total current liabilities     270,514       1,838,875       -               2,109,389  
                                         
Total liabilities     270,514       1,838,875       -               2,109,389  
                                         
Total equity and liabilities     273,514       1,790,016       24,917               2,088,447  

 

See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma CONDENSED   Combined Financial Informational part of these statements.

 

F-5

 

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL statementS
As of 15 March 2020

 

NOTE 1 — ACQUISATION OF DDC CATV

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of US$ 1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

 

The statements and notes are translated into U.S. Dollars for use in the pro forma condensed combined financial statements as follows: The Balance Sheet as of 15 March 2020 was translated at the exchange rate as of that date of 73.9040 INR to the U.S. Dollar. The Statements of Operations for the period ended 15 March 2020 were translated at the average exchange rate 70.9702 INR to U.S. Dollar.

 

The Company accounted for its acquisition of the DDC CATV using the acquisition method of accounting. The Lytus India tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. The excess of purchase price over the value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The following table summarizes the acquisition accounting and the tangible and intangible assets acquired as of the date of acquisition:

 

Calculation of Goodwill upon Acquisition   (INR)     (USD)  
Consideration transferred     19,992,000     $ 270,514  
Add: Non-controlling interest – 49%     (1,769,238 )     (23,940 )
Less: DDCA TV Net Assets     (3,610,690 )     (48,857 )
Goodwill     21,833,452     $ 295,431  

 

With this acquisition, the Group expects to increase its market share in India in Media and Internet Services market. Details of the business combination are as follows:

 

          (INR)     (USD)  
Amount settled in cash           19,992,000     $ 265,410  
Proportionate value of Non-controlling interest in DDC CATV             (1,769,238 )     (23,940 )
Total             18,222,762       246,574  
Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:                        
Property and equipment     84,155,801                  
Intangible assets     39,937                  
Deposits     2,929,765                  
Non-current loans and advances     348,710                  
Trade and other receivables     31,693,449                  
Cash and cash equivalents     539,345                  
Deferred tax assets     3,984,083                  
Other current assets     8,598,063                  
Borrowings     -125,215,932                  
Other liabilities     -5,289,195                  
Trade and other payables     -5,394,715                  
Net identifiable assets and liabilities             (3,610,690 )     (48,857 )
Goodwill             21,833,452     $ 295,431  

 

F-6

 

 

NOTE 2 — ACQUISATION OF DDC CATV (Cont.)

 

Non-controlling interest in DDC India

 

The non-controlling interest in DDC India is measured at the proportionate value of net assets at the acquisition date.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain indicators are present.

 

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of DDC CATV’s workforce which cannot be separately recognized as an intangible asset. This goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s wholesale segment and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)   (USD)  
Balance at 1 April 2019   $ 295,431  
Acquired through business combination     -  
Net exchange differences     -  
Balance at 15 March 2020   $ 295,431  

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been compiled in a manner consistent with the accounting policies adopted by the Group. The accounting policies of the DDC CATV was not deemed to be materially different to those adopted by the Group.

 

4. ACQUISITION-RELATED COSTS

 

In conjunction with the acquisition, the Group incurred acquisition-related charges, related primarily to investment banking, legal, accounting and other professional services.

 

5. PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based upon the historical financial statements of the Company, DDC CATV and certain adjustments which the Company believes are reasonable to give effect to the acquisition of DDC CATV. These adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain assumptions, and therefore the actual impacts will likely differ from the pro forma adjustments.

 

The adjustments made in preparing the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are as follows:

 

A. To eliminate the Target Common Stock, Accumulated Deficit and Non-controlling interest accounting as part of the acquisition.

 

NOTE 6 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share consist of the following as of 15 March 2020:

 

    2020
($US)
 
Net income available to common shareholders   $ 84,350  
Weighted average number of common shares     300,000  
Par value   $ 0.01  
Income per common share:        
Basic income per common share   $ 0.28  
Diluted income per common share   $ 0.28  

 

 

F-7